Dpjo 156 en

ISSN 2176-9451
Volume 15, Number 6, November / December 2010
Dental Press International
v. 15, no. 6
Dental Press J Orthod. 2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):1-164
Nov/Dec 2010
ISSN 2176-9451
EDITOR-IN-CHIEF
Jorge Faber
Ary dos Santos-Pinto

Braslia - DF
ASSOCIATE EDITOR
Telma Martins de Araujo
UFBA - BA
Bruno D'Aurea Furquim
FOAR/UNESP - SP
PRIV. PRACTICE - PR
Camila Alessandra Pazzini
UFMG - MG
Camilo Aquino Melgao
UFMG - MG
Carla D'Agostini Derech
UFSC - SC
Carla Karina S. Carvalho
ABO - DF
ASSISTANT EDITOR
Carlos A. Estevanel Tavares
ABO - RS
(Online only articles)
Carlos H. Guimares Jr.
ABO - DF
Daniela Gamba Garib
HRAC/FOB-USP - SP
Carlos Martins Coelho

Clia Regina Maio Pinzan Vercelino
ASSISTANT EDITOR
Cristiane Canavarro
(Evidence-based Dentistry)
Eduardo C. Almada Santos
David Normando
UFPA - PA
Eduardo Franzotti Sant'Anna

Eduardo Silveira Ferreira
ASSISTANT EDITOR
Enio Tonani Mazzieiro
(Editorial review)
Fernando Csar Torres
Flvia Artese
UERJ - RJ
Giovana Rembowski Casaccia

Gisele Moraes Abraho
PUBLISHER
Laurindo Z. Furquim
Glaucio Serra Guimares

UEM - PR
Guilherme Janson
Guilherme Pessa Cerveira
EDITORIAL SCIENTIFIC BOARD

Adilson Luiz Ramos
Danilo Furquim Siqueira
Maria F. Martins-Ortiz Consolaro
Gustavo Hauber Gameiro

UEM - PR
UNICID - SP
ACOPEM - SP
Haroldo R. Albuquerque Jr.
UFMA - MA
FOB-USP - SP
UERJ - RJ
FOA/UNESP - SP
UFRJ - RJ
UFRGS - RS
PUC-MG - MG
UMESP - SP
PRIV. PRACTICE - RS
UERJ - RJ
UFF - RJ
FOB-USP - SP
ULBRA-Torres - RS
UFRGS - RS
UNIFOR - CE
Henri Menezes Kobayashi
UNICID - SP
Hiroshi Maruo
PUC-PR - PR
Hugo Cesar P. M. Caracas
UNB - DF
EDITORIAL REVIEW BOARD
Jonas Capelli Junior
UERJ - RJ
Adriana C. da Silveira
Jos Augusto Mendes Miguel
Univ. de Illinois / Chicago EUA
Jos F. Castanha Henriques
Bjrn U. Zachrisson
Jos Nelson Mucha
Univ. de Oslo / Oslo - Noruega
Jos Renato Prietsch
Clarice Nishio
Jos Vinicius B. Maciel
Universit de Montreal
Julia Cristina de Andrade Vitral
Jess Fernndez Snchez
Jlio de Arajo Gurgel
Univ. de Madrid / Madri - Espanha
Julio Pedra e Cal Neto
Jos Antnio Bsio
Karina Maria S. de Freitas
Marquette Univ. / Milwaukee - EUA
Leandro Silva Marques
Jlia Harfin
Leniana Santos Neves
Univ. de Maimonides / Buenos Aires - Argentina
Leopoldino Capelozza Filho
UERJ - RJ
FOB-USP - SP
UFF - RJ
UFRGS - RS
PUC-PR - PR
PRIV. PRACTICE - SP
FOB-USP - SP
UFF - RJ
UNING - PR
UNINCOR - MG
UFVJM - MG
HRAC/USP - SP
Larry White
Liliana vila Maltagliati
AAO / Dallas - EUA
Lvia Barbosa Loriato
PUC-MG - MG
Marcos Augusto Lenza
Luciana Abro Malta
PRIV. PRACTICE - SP
Univ. de Nebraska - EUA
Luciana Baptista Pereira Abi-Ramia
Maristela Sayuri Inoue Arai
Luciana Rougemont Squeff
Tokyo Medical and Dental University
Luciane M. de Menezes
Roberto Justus
Lus Antnio de Arruda Aidar
Univ. Tecn. do Mxico / Cid. do Mx. - Mxico
Luiz Filiphe Canuto

Luiz G. Gandini Jr.
Luiz Srgio Carreiro
Orthodontics
Adriana de Alcntara Cury-Saramago
Adriano de Castro
Aldrieli Regina Ambrsio
Alexandre Trindade Motta
Ana Carla R. Nahs Scocate
Ana Maria Bolognese
Andre Wilson Machado
Marcelo Bichat P. de Arruda

UFF - RJ
UCB - DF
SOEPAR - PR
UFF - RJ
UNICID - SP
UFRJ - RJ
UFBA - BA
Marcelo Reis Fraga

Mrcio R. de Almeida
Marco Antnio de O. Almeida
Marcos Alan V. Bittencourt
Maria C. Thom Pacheco
Maria Carolina Bandeira Macena
Maria Perptua Mota Freitas
USC - SP
UERJ - RJ
UFRJ - RJ
PUC-RS - RS
UNISANTA - SP
FOB-USP - SP
FOAR-UNESP - SP
UEL - PR
UFMS - MS
UFJF - MG
UNIMEP - SP
UERJ - RJ
UFBA - BA
UFES - ES
FOP-UPE - PB
ULBRA - RS
Antnio C. O. Ruellas
UFRJ - RJ
Marlia Teixeira Costa
UFG - GO
Armando Yukio Saga
ABO - PR
Marinho Del Santo Jr.
PRIV. PRACTICE - SP
Arno Locks
UFSC - SC
Mnica T. de Souza Arajo
UFRJ - RJ
Orlando M. Tanaka
PUC-PR - PR
Oswaldo V. Vilella
UFF - RJ
Patrcia Medeiros Berto
PRIV. PRACTICE - DF
Patricia Valeria Milanezi Alves
PRIV. PRACTICE - RS
Pedro Paulo Gondim

Renata C. F. R. de Castro
Ricardo Machado Cruz
Ricardo Moresca
Dentistics
Maria Fidela L. Navarro
TMJ Disorder
UFPE - PE
Carlos dos Reis P. Arajo
UMESP - SP
Jos Luiz Villaa Avoglio
UNIP - DF
UFPR - PR
Phonoaudiology
Roberto Rocha
UFSC - SC
Esther M. G. Bianchini
Rodrigo Csar Santiago
UFJF - MG
Svio R. Lemos Prado

Srgio Estelita
Tarcila Trivio
Weber Jos da Silva Ursi
Wellington Pacheco
CTA - SP
FOB-USP - SP
UFJF - MG
Rolf M. Faltin
FOB-USP - SP
Paulo Csar Conti
Robert W. Farinazzo Vitral
Rodrigo Hermont Canado
FOB-USP - SP
UNING - PR
PRIV. PRACTICE - SP
CEFAC-FCMSC - SP
Implantology
Carlos E. Francischone
FOB-USP - SP
UFPA - PA
FOB-USP - SP
UMESP - SP
FOSJC/UNESP - SP
Dentofacial Orthopedics
Dayse Urias
PRIV. PRACTICE - PR
Kurt Faltin Jr.
UNIP - SP
PUC-MG - MG
Periodontics
Oral Biology and Pathology

Alberto Consolaro
Maurcio G. Arajo
UEM - PR
FOB-USP - SP
Edvaldo Antonio R. Rosa
PUC - PR
Prothesis
Victor Elias Arana-Chavez
USP - SP
Marco Antonio Bottino
UNESP-SJC - SP
Sidney Kina
PRIV. PRACTICE - PR
Biochemical and Cariology

Marlia Afonso Rabelo Buzalaf
FOB-USP - SP
Radiology
UFG - GO
Rejane Faria Ribeiro-Rotta

Orthognathic Surgery
Eduardo SantAna
FOB/USP - SP
SCIENTIFIC CO-WORKERS
Laudimar Alves de Oliveira
UNIP - DF
Adriana C. P. SantAna
FOB-USP - SP
Liogi Iwaki Filho
UEM - PR
Ana Carla J. Pereira
UNICOR - MG
Rogrio Zambonato
Waldemar Daudt Polido
Dental Press Journal of Orthodontics

(ISSN 2176-9451) continues the
Revista Dental Press de Ortodontia e
Ortopedia Facial (ISSN 1415-5419).
PRIV. PRACTICE - DF
ABO - RS
Luiz Roberto Capella
CRO - SP
Mrio Taba Jr.
FORP - USP
Indexing:
Databases
(ISSN 2176-9451) is a bimonthly publication of Dental

Press International Av. Euclides da Cunha, 1.718 - Zona
BBO
5 - ZIP code: 87.015-180 - Maring / PR, Brazil Phone: (55 044) 3031-9818 www.dentalpress.com.br - [email protected].
DIRECTOR: Teresa R. D'Aurea Furquim - INFORMATION

ANALYST: Carlos Alexandre Venancio - EDITORIAL
PRODUCER: Jnior Bianchi - DESKTOP PUBLISHING:
Diego Ricardo Pinaffo - Fernando Truculo Evangelista
- Gildsio Oliveira Reis Jnior - Tatiane Comochena REVIEW / CopyDesk: Ronis Furquim Siqueira - IMAGE
PROCESSING: Andrs Sebastin - journalism:
Renata Mastromauro - LIBRARY: Marisa Helena Brito
- NORMALIZATION: Marlene G. Curty - DATABASE:
Adriana Azevedo Vasconcelos - E-COMMERCE: Soraia
Pelloi - ARTICLES SUBMISSION: Roberta Baltazar de
Oliveira - COURSES AND EVENTS: Ana Claudia da Silva
- Rachel Furquim Scattolin - INTERNET: Edmar Baladeli
- FINANCIAL DEPARTMENT: Mrcia Cristina Nogueira
Plonkski Maranha - Roseli Martins - COMMERCIAL
manager: Rodrigo Baldassarre - COMMERCIAL
DEPARTMENT: Roseneide Martins Garcia - dispatch:
Diego Moraes - SECRETARY: Rosane Aparecida Albino.
since 1998
since 1998
since 2002
since 2008
Bimonthly.
ISSN 2176-9451
since 1999
since 2008
since 2005
since 2009
contents
ISSN 2176-9451

Verso em portugus
Verso em portugus
Editorial
11
Events Calendar
12
News
14
Whats new in Dentistry
18
Orthodontic Insight
25
Interview with Leopoldino Capelozza Filho
Online Articles
54
Orthodontics as risk factor for temporomandibular disorders: a systematic review

Eduardo Machado, Patricia Machado, Paulo Afonso Cunali, Rensio Armindo Grehs
Design of included studies

Longitudinal prospective
nonrandomized
studies
12
Systematic reviews
Randomized
clinical trial
Meta-analysis
56
tablE 4 - Test results used in comparison of groups with respect to orthodontic
treatment.
Questions
Cost of treatment
Test result
4.631
Table value
p>0.5
Offices environment
1.795
p>0.5
How do you feel during the consultations
31.750
p<0.005
How many patients are treated
9.343
p<0.05
Who does care clinical
2.583
p>0.1
Evaluation of level of satisfaction in orthodontic patients considering

professional performance
Claudia Beleski Carneiro, Ricardo Moresca, Nicolau Eros Petrelli
Bone density assessment for mini-implants position

Marlon Sampaio Borges, Jos Nelson Mucha
Original Articles
61
Quality of life instruments and their role in orthodontics

Daniela Feu, Ctia Cardoso Abdo Quinto, Jos Augusto Mendes Miguel
58
71

80

Evaluation of the effect of rapid maxillary expansion on the respiratory pattern using
active anterior rhinomanometry: Case report and description of the technique
Edmilsson Pedro Jorge, Luiz Gonzaga Gandini Jnior, Ary dos Santos-Pinto,
Odilon Guariza Filho, Anibal Benedito Batista Arrais Torres de Castro
Non-neoplastic proliferative gingival processes in patients undergoing

orthodontic treatment
Irineu Gregnanin Pedron, Estevam Rubens Utumi, ngelo Rafael Calbria Tancredi,
Flvio Eduardo Guillin Perez, Gilberto Marcucci
Contents
TablE 3 - Results of Students t-test for the comparison between Group

1 and Group 2 measurements, obtained from the study models.
Measures
TPI
TPI final
Group 1 (n=42)
X
1.74
SD
0.97
Group 2 (n=20)
X
1.35
SD
88
1.13
1.40
TPI initial
5.94
2.17
7.12
1.09
-2.30
0.025*
TPI f-i
-4.20
2.52
-5.77
1.40
2.59
0.011*
0.167
(*) Statistically significant difference (p < 0.05)
93

100

107

113

123

Occlusal characteristics of Class II division 1 patients treated with and without

extraction of two upper premolars
Joo Tadeu Amin Graciano, Guilherme Janson, Marcos Roberto de Freitas,
Jos Fernando Castanha Henriques
The expression of TGF1 mRNA in the early stage of the midpalatal

suture cartilage expansion
Emilia Teruko Kobayashi, Yasuaki Shibata, Vanessa Cristina Veltrini,
Rosely Suguino, Fabricio Monteiro de Castro Machado, Maria Gisette Arias
Provenzano, Tatiane Ferronato, Yuzo Kato
The influence of bilateral lower first permanent molar loss on dentofacial

morfology a cephalometric study
David Normando, Cristina Cavacami
Analysis of rapid maxillary expansion using Cone-Beam

Computed Tomography
Gerson Luiz Ulema Ribeiro, Arno Locks, Juliana Pereira, Maurcio Brunetto
An overview of the prevalence of malocclusion in 6 to 10-year-old

children in Brazil
Marcos Alan Vieira Bittencourt, Andr Wilson Machado
Comparative study between manual and digital cephalometric tracing using

Dolphin Imaging software with lateral radiographs
Mariane Bastos Paixo, Mrcio Costa Sobral, Carlos Jorge Vogel,
Telma Martins de Araujo
131
BBO Case Report
Angle Class III malocclusion, subdivision right, treated without extractions

and with growth control
Srgio Henrique Casarim Fernandes
143
Special Article
Lower incisor extraction: An orthodontic treatment option

Mrian Aiko Nakane Matsumoto, Fbio Loureno Romano,
Jos Tarcsio Lima Ferreira, Silvia Tanaka, Elizabeth Norie Morizono
162
Information for authors
Editorial
The impact of orthodontics on society

Moreover, the article by Feu and colleagues on indicators
of quality of life and their importance in orthodontics
further enhances this understanding. By describing and
illustrating various dentistry-related indicators of quality
of life the authors managed to conveniently sum up the
knowledge available on the different ways in which our
specialty can impact on people's lives. And the number of
people who need orthodontic treatment is huge. To gain
an insight into what I mean by that, just read the article
by Machado Bittencourt, who evaluated 4776 Brazilian
children during the campaign "Prevention is Easier to
Handle," conducted in 18 Brazilian states by the Brazilian
Association of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics.
Finally, the broad scope of orthodontics can be experienced in a simple and direct manner by observing the
figure generated with the words used in this issue of the
Journal (Fig 1). The size of each word represents how
frequently they appear in the articles. It is remarkable
to note the myriad effects that orthodontic treatment
can produce in patients.
What is the impact of orthodontics on society? This

question is often addressed to specialties whose goals are,
at least in part, aesthetic. We orthodontists are intuitively
aware that orthodontic treatment reaches beyond the
realm of beauty. A great many patients clearly understand
the relevance and scope of orthodontic correction because
they enjoy its benefits firsthand in their everyday life.
Cleft patients are among those people. And it is
curious to note that Brazil has contributed immensely
to the development of techniques and concepts used
in the treatment of this pathology since one of the
largest and most highly reputed centers in the world
for treatment of cleft patients is called "Centrinho"
(Little Center), and is located in the city of Bauru,
So Paulo State (USP-HRAC). It was there that in the
1970s a team of researchers was challenged to expand
their knowledge of orthodontic solutions for people
who sought them with serious aesthetic and functional
facial impairments. Perhaps as a result of this selection
pressure, a classic case of 'professional Darwinism',
several great professionals emerged. I'd like to highlight
one such example because he is our interviewee in
this edition of the Journal: Dr. Leopoldino Capelozza
Filho, or simply, Dino, as he is fondly known to all. He
was forged in an environment that gave him "relentless
conditions to develop a critical spirit and the confidence
to ignore dogmas and shift paradigms." These virtues are
the hallmarks of his professional life both as a clinician
and a professor. His greatest legacy undoubtedly lies
in the latter, I mean his contribution to the academic
universe. He is one of a handful of teachers who helped
transition Brazilian orthodontics from a mere echoer
of knowledge to a position of worldwide leadership.
All this he accomplished without losing sight of the
premise that patients "are my primary goal."
I mentioned above our intuition because it helps
us realize the benefits that orthodontics brings to the
population. And cleft patients provide us with an obvious touchstone to measure the extent of these benefits.
Dental Press J Orthod
Enjoy your reading!

Jorge Faber
Editor-in-chief ([email protected])
FIGURE 1 - The size of each word depicts the frequency with which each
word appears in the articles published in this issue of the Journal. It is remarkable to note the myriad effects that orthodontic treatment can produce
in patients.
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):6
Dolphin Imaging 11
ImagingP
lus
TM
C e p h Tr a c i n g
Tr e a t m
ent S
imul
ation
3D
Sys
Letter
tem
3D skeletal rendering
Face your patient.
Stunning Visualization Instant Ceph/Pan

3D Analysis Easy Data Processing
Introducing 2D Facial Photo Wrap, a brand new
feature included in Dolphin 3D. Import a 2D photo
of your patient and Dolphin 3D guides you through
simple steps to overlay it on the facial surface
of the patients CBCT, CT or MRI 3D scan. No
additional devices or add-ons are needed. This,
plus all the other rich and sophisticated features
of Dolphin 3D is why practitioners worldwide are
2D photo
choosing Dolphin. Go ahead: add a face to your

patient! To learn more, visit www.renovatio3.com.
br or contact us at [email protected],
fone: +55 11 3286-0300.
Facial Photo Wrap
3D airway volume analysis
Panoramic projection
3D pre/post operative superimpositions
Excellence in Orthodontics
Created in 1999, the Excellence in Orthodontics is the 1st program in
Latin America focused exclusively to specialized professionals, who
are willing to develop both their technique skills and orthodontic
philosophy. The faculty reunites the best PhD Professors in Brazil.
Faculty:
ADEMIR ROBERTO BRUNETO
HENRIQUE MASCARENHAS VILLELA
LUIZ GONZAGA GANDINI JR.
ADILSON LUIZ RAMOS
HIDEO SUZUKI
MARCOS JANSON
ALBERTO CONSOLARO
HUGO JOS TREVISI
MARDEN OLIVEIRA BASTOS
ARY DOS SANTOS PINTO
JORGE FABER
MAURCIO GUIMARES ARAJO
BEATRIZ FRANA
JOS FERNANDO CASTANHA HENRIQUES
MESSIAS RODRIGUES
CARLO MARASSI
JOS MONDELLI
MIKE BUENO
CARLOS ALEXANDRE CMARA
JOS NELSON MUCHA
OMAR GABRIEL DA SILVA FILHO
CARLOS COELHO MARTINS
JOS RINO NETO
PAULO CSAR CONTI
CELESTINO NOBREGA
JULIA HARFIN
REGINALDO CSAR ZANELATO
EDUARDO PRADO DE SOUZA
JLIO DE ARAJO GURGEL
ROBERTO MACOTO SUGUIMOTO
EDUARDO SANTANA
JURANDIR BARBOSA
ROLF MARON FALTIN
GLCIO VAZ CAMPOS
KURT FALTIN JNIOR
TELMA MARTINS ARAJO
GUILHERME DE ARAJO ALMEIDA
LAURINDO ZANCO FURQUIM
WEBER JOS DA SILVA URSI
GUILHERME JANSON
LEOPOLDINO CAPELOZZA FILHO
Events Calendar
IV International Meeting of The Peruvian Society of Orthodontics
Date: March 17 to 19, 2011
Location: JW Marriott Hotel Lima; Malecon de la Reserva 615, Miraflores, Peru
Information: www.ortodoncia.org.pe
[email protected]
[email protected]
POWER2Reason - Evidence Based Seminars
Date: March 18 and 19, 2011
Location: So Paulo - Hotel Blue Tree Premium, Brazil
Information: [email protected]
(55 011) 6976-8533
0800-711.60.10
Curso Mini-implantes 2011 - Hands on
Location: Rio de Janeiro - Flamengo, Brazil
Information: (55 021) 3325-5621
www.marassiortodontia.com.br
Mega Curso de em So Paulo Ortodontia em Adultos
Location: Hotel Quality Sutes - Congonhas / SP, Brazil
Information: www.megacurso.tumblr.com
Curso de Capacitao Biomecnica Interativa Auto Ligante

Date: April 1 and 2, 2011
Location: So Jos dos Campos / SP, Brazil
Information: (55 012) 3923-2626
[email protected]
VI Jornada de Medicina Dentria UCP-Viseu

Date: May 19 to 21, 2011
Location: Universidade Catlica Portuguesa (Viseu/Portugal)
Information: www.vijornadasmd.pt.vu
[email protected]
Letter
to the
Editor
Dear Editor,
There was a miscommunication during the
writing of the article entitled Statement of the
1st Consensus on Temporomandibular Disorders and Orofacial Pain, published in 2010 MayJune;15(3):114-20: it was mistakenly included the
name of Dr. Jos Tadeu de Siqueira Tesseroli as endorser. Thus, we authors want to clarify that this
doctor was not one of the endorsers of the work.
Sincerely, Simone Vieira Carrara, Paulo Csar Rodrigues Conti and Juliana Stuginski Barbosa.
11
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):11
News
SPO 2010
The 17 th SPO Congress was held at the Anhembi Conventions Palace, in So Paulo, under the
theme Contemporary Orthodontics: Technology and Welfare, with the presence of nationally
and internationally leading names of Orthodontics.
Laurindo Furquim, Vanda Domingos, Nerio Pantaleoni, Vera T. C. Terra and Ertty Silva.
Alberto Consolaro and Jorge Faber.
Alisson Hernandes, Amanda Oliveira, Renata

Romero, Maria Cludia, Mrcio Almeida and
Manuela Morisco.
Bjorn Ludwig and Hugo de Clerck.
Weber Ursi, Jos Valladares and David Normando.
Laurindo Furquim and Carlos Cabrera.
Laura, Carlos and Marise Cabrera with Hugo

Jos Trevisi.
Fabrizio Panti, Alessandro Rampello, Vanda, Leopoldino Capelozza and Enrico Massarotti.
Renato Almeida and David Normando.
Book release:
O Ser Professor
To celebrate the releasing of the 5th edition of
the book O Ser Professor Arte e Cincia no
Ensinar e Aprender, the professor Alberto Consolaro, with support from the Publisher Dental
Press, received friends, students and teachers for
an evening of autographs in Bauru-SP (Brazil).
Professor Alberto Consolaro, professor Maria Arminda do Nascimento Arruda and Jos Jobson de Andrade Arruda.
12
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):12-3
Portugal OMD 2010

Santa Maria da Feira received, on 11, 12 and 13 November, the Nineteenth Annual Conference of the
Annual Congress of the Order of Dentists (OMD, Portugal). The event offered multiple opportunities for
interdisciplinary learning, and also had a group of world renowned speakers. One of the highlights, with
the introduction of innovations, was the trade fair Expo-Dental.
The Presidente of the OMD 2010, Pedro Pires,

and Eunice Carrilho.
Robert R. Edwab and Sherry Edwab.
Marco Rosa and Teresa Furquim.
AOA
Honorable Mention
Curitiba received the 14th Scientific Meeting of the Association of Former Students of Orthodontics of Araraquara (AOA). The event, organized by Roberto Shimizu and Adriano Marotta Araujo, with support from
Ilapeo met lecturers, teachers, alumni and colleagues from the region.
Silvia Hitos received honors at the

39th Congress of the International
Association of Orofacial Myology,
with the work Mastication diagnosis: comparison of three methods of
Analysis oral breathing in children
and adolescents.
Adriano Marotta, Ulisses Coelho, Ana C. Melo, Hideo Shimizu, Adilson Ramos and Helio Terada.
Silvia Hitos.
Defenses
David Norman defended his doctoral thesis entitled
Dentofacial morphology and occlusal characteristics of Arara Indians: revisiting the role of heredity
and diet in the etiology of malocclusion, under the
guidance of Professor Dr. Ctia Quinto.
Henry Victor Alves Marques defended his masters

degree dissertation in Unopar in Londrina - PR.
Dr. Marcio Rodrigues de Almeida, Henry Victor Alves Marques, Dr. Renato Rodrigues de Almeida and Dr. Adilson Luiz Ramos.
Jorge Faber, Joo Guerreiro, Ctia Quinto, David Normando and Marco
Antonio Almeida.
13
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):12-3
Whats New
in
Dentistry
Moving teeth faster, better and painless.

Is it possible?
Jose A. Bosio*, Dawei Liu**
By nature, orthodontic tooth movement

(OTM) is a process of mechanically-induced bone
modeling wherein new bone formed on the tension side and resorbed on the compression side
of the periodontal ligament (PDL). Historically,
it has been found that when forces are applied,
three distinct phases of tooth movement can be
observed, namely the 1st strain phase in which the
PDL is squeezed (less than 5 seconds), the 2nd lag
phase in which tooth movement pauses due to
hyalinization formed in the PDL (as long as 7-14
days), and the 3rd move phase in which the tooth
moves readily with significant undermining resorption of the adjacent alveolar bone.2 Therefore,
it is logical to assume that if the 2nd phase (hyalinization in the PDL) can be avoided or minimized,
the tooth can move smoothly and faster.
From a clinical standpoint, force application
owns features of magnitude, frequency and duration. For years, studies on the magnitude and duration of forces have been emphasized, resulting
in most of the solid scientific findings in todays
literature. In brief, if light forces are applied, it
seems that the second phase is not present and
the tooth moves much more atraumatically (no
hyalinization) through the alveolar bone, which
is obviously ideal. The problem with heavy force
application is that although the tooth moves ultimately through the alveolar bone, the tooth root
The history has shown attempts to correct

crowded or protruding teeth since 3000 year
ago. Egyptian mummies have been found with
crude metal bands wrapped around individual
teeth, and primitive and surprisingly well-designed orthodontic appliances have also been
found with Greek and Etruscan artifacts.1
From Pierre Fauchard, passing through Ben
Kingsley, Calvin Case, and finally to Edward
H. Angle, we have seen technology evolved.
The modern era of orthodontics has initiated
its history around 1900 and has gone from
metal bands adjusted around the teeth to
bonded braces on the buccal and the lingual
sides, as well as clear aligners, mini-implants/
mini-plates, self-ligating brackets, digital models, lasers and so on. Thus, the continuing quest
for improvements on materials and techniques
leads us to the desire to treat patients faster,
better, and totally painless.
Today, many people receive orthodontic
treatment which brings about better occlusion, improved oral function and harmonized
facial appearance. However, two perplexing
challenges have not been solved in clinical orthodontics, i.e. long treatment time (on average 2-3 years) and iatrogenic root resorption.
Figuring out these challenges will dramatically
improve the quality of orthodontic care.
Both authors have contributed equally to this work.

* Assistant Professor Postgraduate Clinic Director Department of Developmental Sciences/ Orthodontics - Marquette University School of Dentistry,
Milwaukee, WI.
** Assistant Professor Undergraduate Program Director and Research Director Department of Developmental Sciences/ Orthodontics - Marquette University School of Dentistry, Milwaukee, WI.
14
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):14-7
Bosio JA, Liu D
to help orthodontically move teeth for 4 weeks

in mice, compared with the non-vibrated tooth
movement group, the tooth movement rate under
vibration is increased by about 50%.10 However,
cautions should be taken when extrapolating the
experimental findings and conclusions from animals to human being.
With the advancement of research, a new
orthodontic company OrthoAccel founded in
2007 brought his brand generation of dental vibrator named AcceleDent (Fig 1B) into the market in 2009. To explore the clinical effects of this
device, Kau et al11 conducted a clinical trial in
which 14 orthodontic patients were recruited and
instructed to use the device for 20 minutes daily
for a period of 6 consecutive months. As a result,
it was found that the total rate of movement for
the mandibular crowding was 2.1 mm per month
and for the maxillary arch was 3.0 mm per month,
which apparently is faster than the traditional
finding as of about 1.0 mm per month.12 The
patient compliance was 67% with good patient
perception. It was thus concluded that the AcceleDent device is a useful adjunct to orthodontic
treatment. If used appropriately, it can accelerate routine orthodontic tooth movement.11 Currently, the AcceleDent device is marketed in the
European Union and Australia, while the opening
to the US market will not take place until the outcome of an ongoing clinical trial being conducted
at the University of Texas Health Science Center
San Antonio gets approved by the US Food and
Drug Administration (FDA).
According to the manufacturer, AcceleDent
is a simple, removable dental device that patients
need to use between the teeth for twenty minutes daily. The product is hands-free and allows
the user flexibility to carry out most routine tasks
during use like doing homework, watching television and reading. This device can be used with
any type of appliance, such as fixed braces and/or
clear aligners. If proven efficacious, we may face a
revolution in the orthodontic arena.
surface will be resorbed due to the long duration

of contacting the wall of the alveolar socket.3 Clinically, lighter forces are considered to be proper,
however the hyalinization still cannot absolutely
be prevented per se due to the irregular surfaces
of the root and the wall of alveolar socket.4
With regard to the frequency of force application which has rarely been studied, all the currently available orthodontic appliances can only
apply static forces. Therefore, it can be hypothesized that if a light alternating force is applied
on teeth, the tooth movement will be faster and
root resorption risks reduced due to the possible
absence of hyalinization delay.
But, how can we achieve a light alternating
(pulsating, cyclical) orthodontic force? One of the
possible means is to impose mechanical vibration to
the conventionally applied static orthodontic force.
Are there any scientific evidences supporting our
hypothesis? Yes. In recent years, whole body weightbearing bones have been shown to be sensitive to
low-level mechanical vibrations.5,6 With less than
50m of displacement and as little as 5 minutes per
day, the mechanical vibration signals can promote
bone formation, enhance bone morphology, increase bone strength, and attenuate the negative effects associated with catabolic stimuli.6 In dentistry,
Kusano et al7 found that both ultrasonic (1.6MHz)
and vibratory (141Hz) toothbrush mechanisms
increased the proliferation and collagen synthesis
of gingival fibroblasts in dogs. More importantly,
Nishimura et al8 reported that the resonance vibration could increase tooth movement rate in rats. In
clinical orthodontics, Marie found vibration to be
possible to reduce pain in orthodontic patients, but
without looking at the vibratory stimulation effect
on OTM.9 These findings strongly encourage the
researchers to investigate the possibility of using
mechanical vibration to enhance orthodontic tooth
movement and reduce root resorption.
As one of the pioneers focusing on this issue,
Liu has reported that when mechanical vibration
(4Hz, 20m displacement, 5 min/day) is applied
15
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):14-7
Whats new in dentistry
FIGURE 1 - Two models of dental vibrators. A) Is named dental masseuse developed by Dr. Powers and primarily used to relieve pain of orthodontic adjustment;
and B) is named AcceleDent developed by OrthoAccel Inc.
scanned with special intraoral scanner and a

digital model is produced, the doctor then sees
a malpositioned tooth, changes the position
in the computer, the information is sent automatically to the company which activates the
robot to produce a pre-adjusted wire. This, in
turn, will be sent back to the participant orthodontist to be delivered to the patient mouth.
Dr. Saschdeva states that the treatmentplanning software has many functional components: 3D visualization, measurement, communication, decision making with simulation,
bracket placement, setup and archwire design,
quality and outcome assessment, and SureSmile patient management. Each of these utilities used either singularly or in combination
enables the doctor to make better informed
decisions and design the targeted prescription
archwire.14 According to his statements, it will
take a motivated and experienced orthodontist
a minimum of 2 years and the completion of
at least 100 patients to develop competency
in treating with SureSmile. However, we believe that the orthodontic community would
be interested to see unbiased strong level of
evidence studies showing that teeth can be
moved faster, better, and more efficiently with
SureSmile technology.
Difficulties with the SureSmile system are:
1) scanning time is still significantly long, about
Another new orthodontic system has also

been present in the literature since 2002. It
is called SureSmile . In this system, the orthodontist needs to scan the teeth and associated structures 3-dimensionally and send
the records over to the company through the
internet, with the doctors prescriptions and
preferences for brackets, for treatment planning and fabrication of the appliance. The orthodontist only has to follow the track set by
the company to finish the case and possibly to
retain as well. 13
By looking back in our profession, we realize that traditionally, the orthodontists have
relied heavily on a standard prescription designed into the bracket for the first half of the
treatment cycle. In the second half, the doctor focuses on correcting errors resulting from
improper diagnosis, limitations of the standard
bracket prescription and placement. This stage
of the treatment is considered a highly reactive
phase. The frequency of patient visits increases
substantially, and the demands on doctor time
increase.14 SureSmile is designed to facilitate a
proactive care delivery model. It enables the
orthodontist to provide personalized and targeted therapeutics using robotically fabricated
prescription archwires. The robot is driven by
input from the doctor. In simple words, impressions are not taken anymore because teeth are
16
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):14-7
Bosio JA, Liu D
FIGURE 2 - A) Intraoral Scanner; B) 3-D individualized model; C) Robotic wire bending; D) Individualized tooth wire bending.
25 minutes to take a full mouth impression,

2) clinical chair time is reduced but computer
organizing time is greater, 3) initial cost with
the equipment set up is still very high. A challenging technology will show to our orthodontic community its efficacy in the near future.
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Wahl N. Orthodontics in 3 millennia. Chapter 2: entering

the modern era. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2005
Apr;127(4):510-5.
Reitain K. Some factors determining the evaluation of forces in
orthodontics. Am J Orthod. 1957;43:32-45.
Proffit W. Contemporary Orthodontics. 4th ed. St. Louis: Mosby Year
Book; 2007. cap. 9, p. 331-40.
Cattaneo PM, Dalstra M, Melsen B. Moment-to-force ratio, center
of rotation, and force level: a finite element study predicting their
interdependency for simulated orthodontic loading regimens. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2008 May;133(5):681-9.
Rubin C, Turner AS, Bain S, Mallinckrodt C, McLeod K. Anabolism.
Low mechanical signals strengthen long bones. Nature. 2001 Aug
9;412(6847):603-4.
Xie L, Rubin C, Judex S. Enhancement of the adolescent
murine musculoskeletal system using low-level mechanical
vibrations. J Appl Physiol. 2008 Apr;104(4):1056-62.
Kusano H, Tomofuji T, Azuma T, Sakamoto T, Yamamoto T,
Watanabe T. Proliferative response of gingival cells to ultrasonic
and/or vibration toothbrushes. Am J Dent. 2006 Feb;19(1):7-10.
Nishimura M, Chiba M, Ohashi T, Sato M, Shimizu Y, Igarashi K, et
al. Periodontal tissue activation by vibration: intermittent stimulation
by resonance vibration accelerates experimental tooth movement
in rats. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2008 Apr;133(4):572-83.
Marie SS, Powers M, Sheridan JJ. Vibratory stimulation as a
method of reducing pain after orthodontic appliance adjustment.
J Clin Orthod. 2003 Apr;37(4):205-8.
10. Liu D. Acceleration of orthodontic tooth movement by mechanical

vibration. Access: 2009 Jan 12. Available from: http://iadr.confex.
com/iadr/2010dc/webprogram/Paper129765.html.
11. Kau CH, Jennifer TN, Jeryl D. The clinical evaluation of a novel
cyclical-force generating device in orthodontics. Orthodontic
Practice US. 2010;1(1):43-4.
12. Mandall N, Lowe C, Worthington H, Sandler J, Derwent S,
Abdi-Oskouei M, et al. Which orthodontic archwire sequence? A
randomized clinical trial. Eur J Orthod. 2006 Dec;28(6):561-6.
13. Mah J, Sachdeva R. Computer assisted orthodontic treatment:
The SureSmile process. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2001
Jul;120(1):85-7.
14. Scholz RP, Sachdeva RCL. Interview with an innovator: SureSmile
Chief Clinical Officer Rohit C. L. Sachdeva. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 2010 Aug;138(2):231-8.
Contact address
Jose A. Bosio - E-mail: [email protected]
Dawei Liu - E-mail: [email protected]
17
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):14-7
Orthodontic Insight
Orthodontic forced eruption:

Possible effects on maxillary canines
and adjacent teeth
Part 3: Dentoalveolar ankylosis, replacement
resorption, calcific metamorphosis of the pulp and
aseptic pulp necrosis
Alberto Consolaro*, Renata Bianco Consolaro**, Leda A. Francischone***
3) Dentoalveolar ankylosis of the canine involved

in the process.
4) Calcific metamorphosis of the pulp and aseptic
pulp necrosis.
In two previous works, we reviewed the first
two topics. In this last article in the series we address the biological foundation of dentoalveolar ankylosis, replacement resorption, calcific metamorphosis of the pulp and aseptic necrosis cases either
directly or indirectly related to the orthodontic
forced eruption of canines.
Canine forced eruption comprises one

among a number of procedures that can be used
in orthodontic treatment to ensure that cuspids
are positioned in the dental arch in normal esthetic and functional conditions. Canine forced
eruption should be characterized as an orthodontic movement.
Unfortunately, in discussions of clinical orthodontic practice some professionals are reluctant
to indicate orthodontic forced eruption, especially
of maxillary canines. These professionals believe
that orthodontic forced eruption can cause many
clinical problems during and after surgery. Among
the most widely cited reasons for restricting the indication of orthodontic forced eruption are:
1) Lateral root resorption in lateral incisors and
premolars.
2) External cervical resorption of canines due to
forced eruption.
How to distinguish orthodontic forced

eruption from other procedures
There are other ways to position unerupted, or
erupted but poorly positioned canines in the dental
arch using surgical procedures. Surgical displacement of canines is given such names as "fast-track
canine forced eruption," or rapid canine extrusion,
* Full Professor of Pathology, FOB-USP and FORP-USP Postgraduate Program.

** Substitute Professor of Pathology, Araatuba School of Dentistry, UNESP.
*** Ph.D. and Professor, Graduate and Postgraduate Programs of Oral Biology, USC-Bauru.
18
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):18-24
Consolaro A, Consolaro RB, Francischone LA
volves handling the tissues of the dental follicle,

exposing enamel, and sometimes improperly
and inconveniently also exposing the cementoenamel junction, which may result in external
cervical resorption, among other consequences.
These surgical issues regarding the dental follicle, exposure of the enamel and cementoenamel
junction and their impact on bracket bonding
have been presented in previous papers.6,7,8
When requesting surgeons to bond a bracket
on the crown of an unerupted tooth, orthodontists are not requesting, nor expecting surgeons
to complement the surgical procedure by dislocating the canine with the purpose of facilitating
orthodontic movement. Strictly speaking, surgically induced dislocation in cases of canines that
require forced eruption should be undertaken
at the orthodontist's request. When performed
without such request, for reasons identified during the surgical period, the orthodontist must
necessarily be informed by the surgeon about
such decision.
This idea of "facilitating" forced eruption
through dislocation can only be understood in
the world of physics without considering that
tooth movementof which orthodontic forced
eruption is but one examplecomprises a set
of biological events. Forces delivered through
orthodontic movement induce biological
events, determine the intensity and sites where
such forces should be applied, but do not replace these events.
Surgically induced dislocation of teeth necessarily involves the rupture of the periodontal ligament, rupture of periodontal vessels,
nerves and fibers, and cellular fragmentation
and disorganization of epithelial rests of Malassez. Three-dimensionally, the epithelial rests of
Malassez appear as a network of well-organized
basketball hoops around the tooth in the context of the periodontal ligament. These changes
induced by periodontal dislocation can be controlled if surgical procedures are well planned
but in fact involves an autogenous intra-alveolar10

transplant and does not make use of induced tooth
movements with the aid of periodontal tissues.
There is no such thing as surgical canine "forced
eruption" since this expression refers to a force applied to the tooth. A more appropriate denomination would be surgical displacement or intra-alveolar autogenous tooth transplant. Surgical displacement of canines can cause:
a) disruption of the periodontal ligament.
b) compromised vasculo-nervous bundle of
the pulp.
c) The need to partially or fully prepare a
socket to receive the canine.
The rupture of the periodontal ligament can
damage cementoblasts and the epithelial rests of
Malassez, structures without which inflammatory
resorption, dentoalveolar ankylosis and replacement resorption tend to occur. Moreover, disruption of or damage to the vascular pulp-periodontium bundle may induce aseptic pulp necrosis or
calcific metamorphosis of the pulp.
Consequences of the surgical displacement of
canines are similar to the possible effects of traumatic injuries as the affected structures are the
same. In surgical displacement however, unlike in
dental trauma, microbial contamination can be
controlled while tissue damage can be minimized
through adequate planning. In dental trauma the
forces are unpredictable when applied to the tissues and injuries vary in scope and intensity. In a
basic analogy, one can say that the consequences of
the surgical displacement of an unerupted canine
can resemble dental trauma.
Genuine canine forced eruption is an orthodontic movement, not a surgical displacement. This
distinction becomes crucial as soon as one begins to
analyze the possible consequences of canine orthodontic forced eruption.
Surgically induced dislocation is independent
of orthodontic forced eruption
Surgical approach of the canine crown in-
19
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):18-24
Orthodontic forced eruption: Possible effects on maxillary canines and adjacent teeth (Part 3)
following this diagnostic path or protocol to decide on the therapeutic approaches to be undertaken. This protocol can be divided into three
necessarily sequential different times:
1. First step of diagnosis and therapeutic decision: evaluate and create adequate space for the
canine in the dental arch.
When an unerupted canine is present, the
first evaluation should ascertain space availability in the dental arch as well as normal dental
follicle tissues.2,5,11 Should eruption be mostly
attributed to the dental follicle, space availability in the dental arch should disclose not only
the mesiodistal width of the crown but also
the presence of follicular tissue in the follicular
space.1,2,5
The measurement to be added to the canine
mesiodistal width, which must be considered to
accommodate the uncompressed dental follicle
in the eruptive path, with or without orthodontic forced eruption, can use as reference half of
that width (1.5 times the mesiodistal canine
width) although this is not always applicable
in all clinical cases. In many cases, the potential
space is much smaller and the canine erupts, but
this increases the risk of resorption in neighboring teeth6,7although sometimes such risk is
inevitable. It must be assumed that the dental
follicle of maxillary canines,given their unique
anatomy, tend to bulge and broaden laterally
more than any other teeth.
In some cases, space is sufficient and natural
eruption is just a matter of time. But depending on patient age, orthodontic assessment and
clinical need, there is no time or reason to wait.
2. Second step of diagnosis and therapeutic
decision: orthodontic forced eruption.
Even when the available and required space is
orthodontically provided for natural eruption of
the canine, the tooth does not move toward the
arch. It may be impacted in an area of denser bone,
hindered by a more pronounced root curvature,
intercepted by the root of a neighboring tooth,
and accurately performed without overdoing

forces and repetitive handling of instruments.
Surgically induced dislocation is a risky procedure to which teeth should be subjected only
when potential benefits are significant, as in
cases of well-established and accurately diagnosed dentoalveolar ankylosis. Among the risks
of induced dislocation is dentoalveolar ankylosis. Should such condition not be present, consequences may involve replacement resorption,
calcific metamorphosis of the pulp and aseptic
pulp necrosis.
The procedure of surgically induced dislocation refers to increased tooth mobility in the
alveoli attained through the agency of surgical instruments. Such mobility is higher than
the one commonly observed as a function of
the periodontal ligament. In ankylosed teeth,
tooth mobility, even such as results from the
presence of periodontal ligament, is not observed. Lever movements performed with surgical instruments can accomplish dislocation
and this is perceived as discrete forces applied
to the tooth with the instrument heads. However, professionals, in their eagerness to verify
that mobility has occurred during dislocation,
canwith their instruments or fingersinduce
considerable movements in the alveoli. If the
dislocation itself had not produced major periodontal injuries, these verification or checking
maneuvers can now cause such injuries or even
enlarge them.
Indications for surgically induced dislocation
during orthodontic forced eruption
Surgically induced dislocation for therapeutic purposes is a valid alternative but only when
clearly indicated after a clinical and/or definitive
imaging diagnosis of dentoalveolar ankylosis,
and not performed preemptively to mechanically "facilitate" orthodontic forced eruption. In
the presence of an unerupted canine, an indication for induced dislocation can be reached by
20
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):18-24
shape, intensity and direction of forces delivered during the surgical procedures of surgically
induced dislocation.
Inflammatory resorption would only indicate
injury to the layer of cementoblasts and maintenance of the epithelial rests of Malassez and the
periodontal space, but it is not usually observed
in teeth subjected to forced eruption and surgical dislocation. If periodontal damage occurs
due to surgically induced dislocation, typically
this will also affect the epithelial rests of Malassez, induce dentoalveolar ankylosis and subsequent replacement resorption.
Ankylosis and replacement resorption after
forced eruption usually manifest themselves
months or years after the procedure has been
performed when the tooth is in its appropriate position in the dental arch. In most cases
they are detected by chance during routine examinations. The processes of ankylosis and replacement resorption are asymptomatic, with
no evident clinical signs. Tooth darkening may
be associated, but when this occurs it is not
due to ankylosis or resorption but rather results from injuries to the pulp, such as calcific
metamorphosis of the pulp and/or aseptic pulp
necrosis,4,9 which may also have been induced
by maneuvers during dislocation surgery, i.e.,
tooth darkening represents only a simultaneous occurrence.
If during dislocation there is partial damage
to the neurovascular bundle and partial and/or
temporary restriction of pulp oxygenation and
nutrition, the cells undergo metaplasia and settle randomly and diffusely into a dysplastic dentin, i.e., poorly formed and deposited with the
purpose of filling and reducing cellular metabolism at the site to ensure survival. This dentin
partially or totally obliterates the pulp chamber
(Figs 1 and 2) over a period of 3 months to 1
year after procedure.4,9 Consequently over time,
the tooth will darken slowly, affecting the patient's aesthetics.
or else it just may not display eruptive force.

After a two month period with no sign of the
eruption, even with sufficient space available,
one can opt for orthodontic forced eruption
which requires the bonding of a bracket, some
specific orthodontic device, or even perforation
of the enamel for anchoring the orthodontic
wire and applying the necessary force in terms
of intensity in the appropriate direction.
3. Third step of diagnosis and therapeutic decision: surgically induced dislocation, followed
by orthodontic forced eruption.
Even when sufficient available space is
orthodontically provided, sometimes the unerupted tooth will not move, and in some cases,
even through forced eruption one fails to direct
or "pull" the tooth into that arch space. In radiographic and/or CT images, dentoalveolar ankylosis may not appear owing to the early stage of
the process or to image superimposition. Dentoalveolar ankylosis only appears in imaging diagnostic tools when over 20% of its root surface
area has been affected.3 Prior to this degree of
impairment, the images obtained will be normal and this can give rise to uncertainty in exclusively clinical diagnoses, where the support
of diagnostic images is not available. However,
one should not wait for biological phenomena
to develop before generating diagnostic images.
If a tooth had adequate space available and was
subsequently subjected to orthodontic forced
eruption and even so failed to move occlusally,
the only remaining option is surgically induced
dislocation.
Possible consequences of surgically induced
dental dislocation
The consequences of surgically induced dislocations are directly related to the degree of
injury sustained by the periodontal ligament,
especially in the cementoblast layer and epithelial rests of Malassez. In the pulp, induced injury
and its consequences are also dependent on the
21
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):18-24
FIGURE 1 - Maxillary canine subjected to orthodontic forced eruption

which after many months showed gradual crown darkening and radiographs showed obliteration of pulp chamber by calcific metamorphosis
of the pulp. The most likely causes were surgically induced dislocation
performed simultaneously with placement of bracket/orthodontic device, showing injury to neurovascular bundle of pulp and/or "fast-forced
eruption."
FIGURE 2 - Maxillary canine with obliteration of pulp chamber by calcific metamorphosis of the pulp. It is noteworthy that after a few years
chronic periapical lesion was detected. It is found in approximately a
quarter of cases between 2 and 22 years of monitoring.
Although it is asymptomatic, within periods

of up to 22 years later calcific metamorphosis of
the pulp can produce chronic periapical lesions
in 24% of affected teeth4,9 (Figs 1 and 2). Root
canal therapy may be rendered impracticable
due to canal obliteration, making it necessary to
use a paraendodontic approach. In cases where
endodontic treatment is no longer possible and
chronic periapical lesions are not yet manifest,
yearly external dental bleaching can improve
esthetics, although not as a definitive solution
because the deposit of dysplastic dentin in the
pulp chamber cannot be resolved. More lasting

and satisfactory esthetic and functional results
may be attained through facet installation.
In cases of aseptic pulp necrosis there was
complete disruption of the pulpal neurovascular bundle during surgically induced dislocation. Pulp cells contain few lysosomes with
their proteolytic enzymes and thus, when
they undergo necrosis their proteins tend to
coagulate, remaining in the site indefinitely.
In other words, without vascularization the
pulp undergoes anemic infarct, a necrosis due
22
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):18-24
accurately diagnosed. The risks involving ankylosis, replacement resorption, calcific metamorphosis of the pulp and pulp necrosis not only
exist but are of considerable prevalence.
If orthodontic forced eruption is well planned
and performed it is an orthodontic movement
and as such is a safe procedure whose consequences are minor and clinically manageable.
Even when conducted in association with surgically induced dislocation, also well planned
and consciously performed, orthodontic forced
eruption remains a safe procedure.
In short, orthodontic forced eruption, if performed as a tooth movement, does not promote
ankylosis, replacement resorption, calcific metamorphosis of the pulp or aseptic pulp necrosis.
These problems stem from technical procedures
during surgically induced dislocation.
to protein coagulation. Thus, one can spend

months or years with no symptoms as one's
interface and relationship with the rest of the
body is conducted exclusively through the
minute apical foramen. In general, the most
common clinical consequence for the patient
manifests as gradual darkening of the tooth
depending on the gradual and slow decomposition of dead tissues and incorporation of
pigments derived from the inner wall of the
dentin. The pulp chamber is maintained and
over the years one can detect the presence of
chronic periapical lesions. Endodontic treatment is indicated as well as external and/or
internal dental bleaching.
Surgically induced dental dislocation: When
should it be indicated?
In the third step of diagnosis and therapeutic
decision making, dislocation is an option. If the
canine remains unerupted, and remains in place
with ankylosis it will evolve over time towards
replacement resorption and loss. If dislocation is
well planned with precise and delicate maneuvers without aggressive verification chances are
that it will get back to normal if it is followed
by extrusion when the subsequent orthodontic
forced eruption is performed. In cases where
this procedure still results in ankylosis and replacement resorption after the canine tooth is
properly positioned in the dental arch, planning
may involve its replacement by an osseointegrated implant, or orthodontic space closure
followed by re-anatomization of the premolars.
In cases of darkening by calcific metamorphosis of the pulp and aseptic necrosis endodontic procedures lead to esthetically and
functionally adequate results with preservation
of the natural canine tooth.
However, surgically induced dislocation
should not be indicated without restrictions in
all cases of forced eruption of unerupted canines, but only when dentoalveolar ankylosis is
Speed of movement during orthodontic

forced eruption
During surgically induced dislocation in cases where it was adopted as a therapy prior to
orthodontic forced eruption, small movements
induced during operative procedures, although
intense, should not cause large displacements of
the tooth in the socket as partial or total lesion
of the neurovascular bundle may develop.
However, special care should also involve
the intensity of the forces and the speed of
tooth movement during orthodontic extrusion
induced in canines whose forced eruption resulted from dislocation. Dislocation "loosens"
the tooth, even when well accommodated in
the tooth socket. Injuries to the neurovascular
pulp bundle are commonly associated with cases of "fast-track orthodontic forced eruption,"
which actually consists of a therapeutically
adopted tooth avulsion that causes surgically
induced dislocation and tooth displacement
to inflict a severe dental injury to the neurovascular bundle in addition to the other aforementioned periodontal damage. Orthodontic
23
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):18-24
the canine involved in the process, d) Calcific metamorphosis of the pulp, and aseptic pulp necrosis.
These possible outcomes do not arise primarily and specifically from orthodontic forced
eruption. They can be avoided if certain technical precautions are adopted, especially the "four
cardinal points for the prevention of problems
during orthodontic forced eruption,"6 namely:
Assess the dental follicle and its relations
with neighboring teeth.
Value the cervical region of the unerupted
tooth to avoid exposure and surgical manipulation of the cementoenamel junction.
Ensure that the dislocation performed prior
to forced eruption does not become severe dental
trauma caused by unnecessary surgical procedures.
Preserve the apical neurovascular bundle
that enters the root canal during the procedure
of verifying that dislocation has been attained,
or by increasing the speed of forced eruption in
the occlusal direction.
forced eruption is a tooth movement and, as

such, has its speed limits because movement is
effected by the periodontal ligament cells.
Final considerations
Orthodontic forced eruption should be considered an induced tooth movement just like
any other orthodontic movement. Its forces
and direction induce tooth extrusion and are
responsible for the specific features of this orthodontic procedure. In planning and implementing orthodontic forced eruption of canines, the
anatomical and functional characteristics of the
periodontal ligament should be considered.
The unintended consequences most often
cited to restrict the indication of forced eruption
are of a technical and procedural nature and can
be explained biologically. They are: a) Lateral root
resorption in the lateral incisors and premolars,
b) External cervical resorption in the canine involved in the process, c) Dentoalveolar ankylosis of
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Cahill DR, Marks SC Jr. Tooth eruption: evidence for the

central role of the dental follicle. J Oral Pathol. 1980
Jul;9(4):189-200.
Consolaro A. Caracterizao microscpica de folculos
pericoronrios de dentes no irrompidos e parcialmente
irrompidos. Sua relao com a idade [tese]. Bauru (SP):
Faculdade de Odontologia de Bauru; 1987.
Consolaro A. Reabsores dentrias nas especialidades
clnicas. 2 ed. Maring: Dental Press; 2005.
Consolaro A. Metamorfose clcica da polpa versus
calcificaes distrficas da polpa". Rev Dental Press Estt.
2008 abr-jun;5(2):130-5.
Consolaro A. O folculo pericoronrio e suas implicaes
clnicas nos tracionamentos dos caninos. Rev Cln Ortod
Dental Press. 2010 jun-jul;9(3):105-10.
Consolaro A. O tracionamento ortodntico representa
um movimento dentrio induzido! Os 4 pontos cardeais
da preveno de problemas durante o tracionamento
ortodntico. Rev Cln Ortod Dental Press. 2010 ago-set;
9(4):109-14.
Consolaro A. Tracionamento ortodntico: possveis
consequncias nos caninos superiores e dentes adjacentes.
Parte 1: reabsoro radicular nos incisivos laterais e prmolares. Dental Press J Orthod. 2010 jul-ago;15(4):19-27.
Consolaro A. Tracionamento ortodntico: possveis
consequncias nos caninos superiores e dentes adjacentes.
Parte 2: reabsoro cervical externa nos caninos tracionados.
Dental Press J Orthod. 2010 set-out;15(5):11-8.
9.
Consolaro A, Francischone LA, Consolaro RB, Carraro ESC.

Escurecimento dentrio por metamorfose clcica da polpa e
necrose pulpar assptica. Rev Dental Press Estt. 2007 outdez;12(6):128-33.
10. Consolaro A, Pinheiro TN, Intra JBG, Masioli MA, Roldi A.
Os transplantes dentrios autgenos: as razes biolgicas
do sucesso clnico. Rev Dental Press Estt. 2008 julset;5(3):124-34.
11. Damante JH. Estudo dos folculos pericoronrios de dentes
no irrompidos e parcialmente irrompidos. Inter-relao
clnica, radiogrfica e microscpica [tese]. Bauru (SP):
Universidade de So Paulo; 1987.
Contact address
Alberto Consolaro
E-mail: [email protected]
24
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):18-24
interview
An interview with

Dentistry Graduate, Bauru School of Dentistry, So Paulo University (1972).
M.Sc. in Orthodontics, Bauru School of Dentistry, So Paulo University (1976).
Ph.D. in Oral Rehabilitation, Area of Periodontics, Bauru School of Dentistry, So Paulo
University (1979).
Began his professional career as founder and head of the Orthodontics Department, aka Centrinho (Rehabilitation Hospital of Craniofacial Anomalies, So Paulo University (HRAC-USP).
Faculty member of the postgraduate department, (HRAC-USP).
In the early 80s, started his private orthodontic practice gaining extensive experience in the
orthodontic treatment of children and adults with dental and/or skeletal deformities, and
dental follow-up.
Former Assistant Professor and Ph.D., So Paulo University; Professor, Postgraduate (Masters)
Program in Orofacial Clefts (HRAC-USP); Visiting Professor, Julio de Mesquita Filho So
Paulo State University, Orthodontist, HRAC-USP, Advisor to the Foundation for Research
Support, So Paulo. With many publications in national and international journals, and significant participation in orthodontic conferences, currently coordinates the Specialization
Program in Orthodontics (Profis) encompassing the Specialization and Masters Programs in
Orthodontics, Sacred Heart University (USC), and collaborates with several graduate courses
in orthodontics.
I was invited to introduce Prof. Leopoldino Capelozza Filhos interview under a rather unfortunate circumstance. One of his greatest
friends and scientific partners, Prof. Omar Gabriel da Silva Filho, was supposed to do so, but soon after receiving his questions, a health problem
no longer allowed him to undertake this task. But with the grace of God he will soon resume his work and enjoy this historic participation.
As regards our illustrious respondent of this issues interview, I am sure that many of his friends (and they are many) - had they been
invited in my stead - would inevitably feel burdened by the responsibility of introducing Dr. Dino, as he is fondly nicknamed. And they
would all ask if such introduction was indeed necessary.
It is estimated that over 3,000 copies of his book have been sold, including a best-seller published by Dental Press. Furthermore, this indefatigable master is poised to launch a new book with further innovations, focusing on his concept of an individualized orthodontics, which
is at once realistic and minimalist, and according to whichwere I to paraphrase himminimum can mean maximum.
Early in my training I was privileged to have Prof. Capelozza as one of my key mentors in Orthodontics. So I feel I am in a position to
attest to the character, personal and scientific honesty, and common sense of this undisputed master. I had the chance to learn and awaken to a
more open-minded orthodontic approach given his vast experience and his scientific criteria. He spearheaded this approach, based on patients
morphology, and it has long been his unique diagnostic and treatment method.
During the years I spent in residency at the Department of Orthodontics of Centrinho (HRAC-USP, Bauru), I was also able to keep
track of his influential and clear minded performance in his daily struggle to enhance the outcomes of cleft patient treatment with the support
of the entire Centrinho team.
Countless lines would be needed to describe the impact of his views on the current behavior of Brazilian orthodontists, built over 30
years of orthodontic practice. Starting with his former students, like myself, who today closes ranks on the educational front and continues to
convey my concepts in the training of new professionals, right down to the new orthodontists, who may have the golden opportunity to start
a career very soon. Dino has benefitted us all.
Those who know him well also know that a lot more could said of this ingenious friend.
In this interview one can grasp a bit of Prof. Leopoldino Capelozza Filhos lucid reasoning as he walks the reader through his treatment
of cleft patients and his orthodontic practice, affording insights into compensatory treatment in all three planes (vertical, anteroposterior and
transverse). Interviewers included the following distinguished colleagues: Dr. Omar Gabriel da Silva Filho, Prof. Terumi Okada, Prof. Laurindo
Furquim, Prof. Suzana Rizzato and Prof. Dione Vale.
Readers can expect to be enthralled by this fertile and unmissable chat with Dino as if they were talking personally with this unique icon
of the orthodontic world.
Good reading!
Adilson Luiz Ramos
25
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
As I gained a practical knowledge of bands, brackets and Typodont archwires and started planning
with cephalometric diagnosis the first cases of our
postgraduate course, the difficulties began to pop
up at Centrinho. Patients who needed orthodontic
treatment were accumulating, and all were complex
cases. The presence of clefts of various types created
different diseases with skeletal involvement. They
had very different ages, from the very young to
mature adults. The orthodontics that I was learning
reflected the period and was limited to corrective
treatment of young patients. The literature was
overall scarce, inaccessible and time consuming,
and did not provide anything consistent about the
treatment of cleft patients. Removable appliances,
poor results... Very discouraging! Since I had no idea
how to proceed I decided to just let time go by... But
who could control Dr. Gastos eagerness?
I had to put my shoulder to the wheel. When
things get tough, there is no point in brooding over
difficulties. Youve got to find solutions. In the literature, Dr. Pruzansky26 at least said what should
not be done: using orthopedic appliances pre-and
post surgery, which he condemned at the time based
primarily on common sense. Time and scientific research have confirmed such devices are of little value.
There were also the articles by Dr. Haas teaching
us how to perform rapid maxillary expansion. At
the FOB Department of Orthodontics I learned to
fabricate good bands and to produce tooth movement using leveling loops. All in all, it was still not
enough because the concepts of normality defined
and assessed by cephalometry and by Angles molar
key to occlusion did not apply, so we were unable to
define therapeutic goals for patients at Centrinho.
It took courage. Is this the right word? I dont
know. What I do know is that at that time I began
to schedule patients who were admitted to the
Hospital to have the orthodontic appliance set up.
We were in the 70s, the era of bands, stainless steel
wires with leveling and alignment loops, when a
whole lot of time was spent in the procedures. I
then started to do to them something similar to
Upon graduating from FOB-USP (Bauru

School of Dentistry), you were invited to
work at Centrinho (Rehabilitation Hospital of Craniofacial Anomalies, HRAC-USP),
Bauru, So Paulo State, Brazil. As the first
orthodontist to take part in their multidisciplinary team, you undertook the difficult task
of giving back smile and life to the complex
cases that confronted you there. What were
the main challenges you faced in implementing your treatment philosophy? Tell us about
your experience there. How worthwhile was
it? Terumi Okada
In life, a good start can make a difference. As
a student, I was asked to join the team of professionals of what was then known as Centrinho
(Little Center) at the Bauru School of Dentistry.
The invitation came from Professor Jos Alberto
de Souza Freitas (Dr. Gasto), who would, from
that moment on, be my mentor in academic life
and an example in my private life. This informal
invitation would determine to a great extent the
sort of professional I would eventually become. For
starters, I got used to hard work for it was sweetened by the gratitude I discerned in the eyes of my
patients, their mothers and fathers. No doubt I was
burdened with tremendous responsibilities. Too big,
in fact, for such a young fellow, but impossible to
turn down, in view of the expectations, trust and
support provided by Dr. Gasto. I started working
at Centrinho in early 1973 doing general practice
and in August of that year I began to prepare to
become their very first orthodontist. I started the
postgraduate course in orthodontics, the first class
of Bauru School of Dentistry, coordinated by Prof.
Dcio Rodrigues Martins, another very important
person in my orthodontic life. He showed me the
way, the importance of basic knowledge, of reading
and understanding scientific articles and keeping
records of my professional practice. He awakened
in us (Jurandir Barbosa, Luis Garcia and Wanderlei
Amorin) students of the first class, a huge affection
for this specialty.
26
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
what we did in patients without clefts, and that was

setting up the orthodontic appliance. This contact,
no longer with models and radiographs, but with
patients and parents, made the difference. The confidence with which these people, often of humble
origin, entrusted themselves to an institution that
was intent on treating them, hoping to recover their
smile and life, left an indelible mark in me. Emotion and willingness. Driven by necessity, I found
the courage to do things for the first time. Some had
already been described, others not. We are talking
about absolutely individualized diagnosis. Seeing

the patients needs and defining what was needed
to address them, whether or not it broke the rules of
orthodontics. It was based on morphology, especially
of the occlusion, since there were major limitations
when dealing with the face. That is when I began
to develop the new concept that I currently adopt
for diagnosis.4
We began to finish treatments with satisfactory
results, which greatly surprised people who worked
in the area (Fig 1). But this was only the beginning,
FIGURE 1A - Young patient, 17 years and 3 months of age with unilateral cleft lip and palate operated on as a child, showing scars marking the lip and
nasal deformity, but Pattern I face. Class II relationship on the right and Class I on the left side, with right posterior crossbite and retruded anterior
teeth. Complicated occlusion due to missing teeth, poor hygiene and remaining teeth in bad condition. This picture clearly reflects the usual conditions faced by these patients at that time (1978).
27
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 1B - Upper arch with expander in place, before activation (a), after activation (b), frontal occlusion (c), occlusal radiograph of maxilla before
(d), and after expansion (e).
FIGURE 1C - Profile close-up and cephalometric tracings before (a, b) and after (c, d) chin reduction surgery performed by Dr. Reinaldo Mazzottini
(Centrinho), with very positive impact on facial profile.
28
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
FIGURE 1D - Upper dental arch, before (a), immediately after placement of late bone graft (b), and alveolar area repaired (no cleft) after healing (c).
Occlusal correction was complete and missing teeth replaced prosthetically. When critically analyzing these results, consider that they were obtained
30 years ago.
FIGURE 1E - Cosmetic surgeries were performed by Dr. Diogenes Larcio Rocha (Centrinho) to improve the contour of the upper lip and nose shape.
FIGURE 1F - Comparison between initial and final images (frontal and profile) demonstrates very significant aesthetic recovery, considering the complete
cleft lip and palate. These results were influenced by an adequate facial growth pattern displayed by the patient. Speech rehabilitation complemented
rehabilitation as a whole, attesting to the pioneering efforts of Centrinho in the treatment of cleft patients.
29
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
surrounded me at a time of intense clinical practice. I learned to respect differences, to admire

competence, to be part of a team, to always regard
the patient as our primary target.
I think that answers your question. We humans
are a result of genetics and whatever experience life
allows us. Centrinho meant an opportunity for teamwork in dealing with complex patients, challenges
and conditions to face them, early recognition of
the limitations of orthodontics, dedication to clinical
practice and study. All these were relentless requisites
to develop a critical spirit and the confidence to
ignore dogmas and shift paradigms. Was it worth it?
Each and every day!... Mainly because all those actions took place in an environment of respect for the
human being, which pervaded the entire Centrinho
team, inspired by Dr. Gasto.
and far from over. Occlusion correction was effective but we still had to grapple with many patients
faces. Although we acknowledged how effective
our approach had proven, we were confined to
certain dentoalveolar limits.
Patients with deformities and unsightly faces
required correction. The quest for surgical resources
for these patients was in its infancy. It was the dawn
of the history of orthognathic surgery in Brazil. This
story is told in the introduction to my interview with
Dr. Reinaldo Mazzottini, on the 30th anniversary of
this event.6 We learned a lot from this experience,
starting with facial analysis, the basis for diagnosis
in contemporary orthodontics, which I learned from
Dr. Larry Wolford. It was 1978 and the first patients
were operated on in an unforgettable week for all
those who had the privilege to experience yet one
more step Centrinho was taking to attain its goal.
The smile and life were returned to those who
were most unlikely to regain them.
Those early days were the happiest. Perhaps because we were young, because everything was still
waiting to be accomplished and, of course, because
we were naive. We were a fledgling team, but a team
nonetheless, sharing ideas in a brotherly atmosphere.
Residency in orthodontics was now available. Teaching and research were growing. We investigated the
influence of surgical procedures on the correction of
cleft lip and palate, as the primary etiological agent in
the sequelae of the face. We had to operate seldom,
well and in a timely manner. We began to see relapse
and instability in patients we had treated. All these
aspects were investigated and led to publications.
They served as a basis for further actions. I became
coordinator of the Hospitals therapy management
area, which established conduct protocols for the
rehabilitation process, because this function is supposed to be performed by an orthodontist.
More and more orthodontists joined us. Special
people the likes of Dr. Reinaldo Mazzottini, Dr.
Arlette Cavassan, Dr. Silvia Graziadei, Dr. Omar
Gabriel da Silva Filho and Dr. Terumi Okada
Ozawa. This was the core of professionals that
Although your orthodontic practice can sometimes be bold and challenging, it is always
based on morphological, scientific and clinical concepts. Do you think this is partly due
to your experience in treating those complex
and borderline cleft lip and palate patients?
Terumi Okada
I agree that that was the main influence. For one
thing, diagnosis is failure-prone if conducted using
cephalometry in patients with skeletal deformities,
and therefore not applicable to most patients with
complete clefts. In these cases, prognosis can prove
difficult if made with conventional tools since it is
determined by factors beyond genetic inheritance,
such as the cleft condition and the treatment it requires, as well as by the functional disorders it causes.
This complexity you referred to limited therapy goals
and required enough understanding not to transgress
those limitations and risk instability. Individualizing
and compensating were the keywords in those days.
Those were times of dogmas, rigid targets, based on
numerical data which I believe nowadays only orthodox orthodontists still pretend to abide by. Shifting
those paradigms was quite a challenge, especially for
the young man I was at the time.
30
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
The thrill of seeing the cleft segments moving away

and the crossbite being corrected! Excitement and
satisfaction. We began to make lots of expansions.
In contrast to the prevalent concept at the time, we
expanded the maxilla of children in early mixed
dentition, youths and adults. This experience was
enriched by each and every one of our professionals,
who changed the expander design using rectangular
wires instead of a buccal bar,10 used different anchorage teeth depending on patient age,9 and allowed
continued expansion by replacing the screw7,8 (Fig
2C), besides devising specific expansion protocols
for different ages.5,7,8,13
Thats what those magical days of discovery were always like. Different needs justifying different methods.
We used brackets with reversed angulation on central
incisors and canines and superangulation on canines
near the cleft to respect bone limits. We would level
the dental arches in segments and only then expand
and perform a complete leveling8 (Fig 2B). Cases were
finished with class II relations for canines and/or molars,
But the commitment to patients in need of orthodontic treatment as part of an interdisciplinary approach began to dictate the procedures that I would
begin to use and gradually organize and protocol.4
I believe you will get a clearer picture if I tell you
how my first rapid maxillary expansion came about. I
learned how to expand the maxilla using a W-shaped
archwire. It was a limited resource if your purpose was
to expand the basal bone. Rapid maxillary expansion
was not routine yet and I had not learned how to perform it, but the potential results were exciting. Haass
articles were clear so I summoned enough courage
to perform the first expansion, following his instructions. I told him when we brought him to Bauru in
2001 to teach a course and receive our respects that
everyone here had been his students and I, the first
and most grateful. It involved the use of elastic separators, banding, impression taking, making a model with
the bands in place, and then going to a lab where it
was also the technicians first experience fabricating
an expander. Fabricating, cementing and activating.
FIGURE 2A - As the incisors show a reduction in

size in routine bilateral cleft lip and palate, one
option to set the perimeters of the anterior upper and lower dental arches was to extract one
lower central incisor.
31
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 2B - Leveled and aligned dental arches, with the upper arch in segments, which was routine prior to expansion. Expansion was not enough
to correct the crossbite, requiring a new appointment with patient for further expansion. This was a problem involving operating times and additional costs.
FIGURE 2C - When the expander was exhausted and occlusion not yet corrected, instead of fabricating a new appliance, acting on Prof. Dr. Reinaldo Mazzottini suggestion we would lock the acrylic base of the expansion appliance, remove the screw, close it and once again attach it to the base. The locks
were removed and expansion continued. Then the crossbite was finally corrected.
Competent and special individuals, who believed in melike Dr. Joo Cardoso Neto,
private practice partner for 31 yearsallowed
the exhaustive application of these concepts. I
believe at this point you may have an insight
into the root of the concepts that enabled me
to develop a diagnosis based on facial growth
patterns, 4 the need to accept the limitations
of orthodontic intervention, as a rule curtailed
by dentoalveolar limits, and my individualized
not necessarily symmetrically. We would extract a

mandibular incisor of patients with bilateral cleft lip and
palate to compensate for the smaller size of maxillary
central incisors (Fig 2A). We would compensate by
tipping incisors in the opposite direction of the skeletal discrepancy, usually a Pattern III, but preferred to
concentrate on compensating the lower arch.
This approach obviously reached beyond the
care of cleft patients, and affected my entire universe of orthodontic clinical practice and teaching.
32
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
has been documented and is available now, in the

21st century, the protocolwhich though not a
guarantee of fantastic results, does spare the patient
long-term treatmentsis deprecated on account of
outdated, obsolete preferences or techniques touted
with a new name. This is a risk that must be accepted and requires vigilance to avoid.
brackets.12 Nothing is by chance. Individualization and compensation are still keywords in my

orthodontic philosophy and reflect the influence
of having experienced complex and borderline
orthodontic patients with cleft lip and palate.
The care of patients with cleft lip and palate
is now almost 100% provided by public medical services (SUS), and they thought at first
to concentrate it at the Centrinho, in Bauru.
However, the current trend is the creation of
several mini health centers scattered across
different regions of Brazil, coordinated by different professionals with varying protocols.
How do you view this policy of decentralization? Terumi Okada
I do not know if the centralization that occurred
in the early days had been planned ahead. I rather
think it was a consequence of the quality of the
interdisciplinary treatment offered at Centrinho,
which created opportunities and facilities that patients and their parents could not find elsewhere.
As a result, many training centers in the medical
field and some other areas now play a very minor
role in terms of number of patients. Either that
or they discontinued care delivery altogether. At
this point, concentrating care delivery at Baurus
Centrinho became almost the only option. Though
such centralization may be frowned upon from the
perspective of staff trainingwhich is necessary and
has been accomplished by HRCAit was not ideal
for the provision of services. I think that decentralization is the best system, and it seems quite feasible
with the service virtually supported by public health
agencies (SUS). Centers located in strategic areas
within our continental country do offer advantages,
but provided that one single consistent protocol be
applied.29 This protocol, which tends in general to be
universal must focus on cost-effectiveness analysis,
with results commensurate with all sorts of investments made by the key stakeholders (professionals,
patients and health agency). It is not reasonable to
assume, however, that after all the experience that
Based on your experience how do you envisage the rehabilitation of cleft lip and palate
patients? Terumi Okada
In order to be achieved, excellence in the rehabilitation of cleft lip and palate patients requires
many components. The first such component is an
interdisciplinary team where each professional possesses in-depth knowledge of the resources available
in their area for diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of
these patients. Furthermore, each one should clearly
recognize the relevance of their participation in the
process while conforming to the hierarchy of established procedures. This should be determined in a
protocol which, besides defining conducts, also sets
the times at which they will be adopted, determining
treatment strategies. The compliance of patients and
their guardians seems to play a fundamental part here,
and seems to be dependent on their socioeconomic and
cultural level. Financial status is obviously required for
all this to work satisfactorily, which may be a problem
for a system totally dependent on the state.
From a technical standpoint, I think we can afford
professional training, and the protocol29 adopted by
the HRAC is good. From the standpoint of treatment
delivery, it is essential to comply with the strategies,
especially regarding the age for adoption of the procedures. The patients behaviorfrom simple actions
such as performing preventive methods for dental
caries to a dedication to the procedures recommended
by therapistsalso contributes to the quality of the
rehabilitation process.
In private practice, where the constraints that
influence the context for excellence are more easily
controlled very interesting results can be obtained
for facial growth and development of dental arches,
33
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 3A - Patient aged 10, presenting with right unilateral cleft lip and palate, had undergone lip and soft palate surgery (when 3 months old), hard
palate, nasal septum and alveolar ridge surgery (at 5 years and 10 months), and alveolar bone grafting 6 months earlier (at age 9 years 6 months). This is a
Pattern III face with moderate maxillary retrusion, whose etiology seems to have been determined by the cleft. Typical occlusal relationships, with canines
and anterior teeth in Class III, bilateral posterior crossbite and anterior end-on bite.
FIGURE 3B - Panoramic radiograph taken before alveolar bone grafting surgery shows the presence of a pre-canine in cleft area, which was removed
before grafting surgery. Periapical radiographs enable assessment of outcome 3 months after grafting surgery. A bone tissue bridge was formed, and
cleft is no longer present.
34
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
FIGURE 3C - Treatment with rapid maxillary expansion and maxillary traction performed 6 months after bone grafting, corrected the crossbite, but did not
split the midpalatal suture.
FIGURE 3D - Although the impact of rapid maxillary expansion and maxillary traction on the face was relative it was still able to improve the malocclusion.
FIGURE 3E - Patient 13 years and 9 months old at the end of growth spurt; Pattern III maintained; face acceptable.
35
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
The treatment progress of the patient depicted

in Figure 3 clearly portrays what in my view can be
defined as excellence in the rehabilitation of cleft lip
and palate. In summary, the protocol provides: conservative primary surgeries performed with quality in the
occlusion and speech. The conditions for facial esthetics depend on the type of cleft, facial pattern of the
patient and the patients / guardians willingness to
invest. As a routine results are good, although more
or less subtle signs of injury do remain.
FIGURE 3F - Occlusion progress shows the influence of cleft

as an etiological factor, restricting maxillary growth and determining a poor transverse relationship. Periapical radiograph
shows that the alveolar cleft is no longer present, with canine
in mesial eruption occupying the grafted area. Preservation of
the deciduous canine helped this mesial eruption vector of the
permanent canine, beneficial for the grafted area.
FIGURE 3G - Compensatory orthodontic treatment was performed according to the protocol for standard III malocclusions. Conventionally performed rapid
maxillary expansion this time was able to split, albeit partially, the mdpalatal suture. This result is not frequent, but when it occurs, it favors final treatment
outcome.
FIGURE 3H - Treatment was conducted according to protocol, beginning with the upper arch, using prescription III brackets, stripping the
mesial side of the first premolars and distal side of lower canines, and the use of canine-supported Class III elastics since the beginning of
lower arch leveling.
36
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
(9-11 years). At this point the maxilla is prepared,

usually by expanding it. Retention is introduced to
preserve the form obtained by the treatment, and
bone grafting is made according to protocol.29 Later,
in the permanent dentition, orthodontic assessment
and planning are performedin cases for which
first year of life by an experienced surgeon, cosmetic

revisions of the lip and nose, made increasingly early
(which is not necessarily good); specific monitoring
by a speech therapist, and a dental caries preventive
program for monitoring eruption (looking out for
dysgenesis) and growth until the pre-grafting phase
FIGURE 3I - At the end of leveling, occlusion was corrected with molar and canine in Class I relationship on the right side, and tooth 23 in the position of
the lateral incisor (canine bracket placed upside down), tooth 24 in the position of the canine (with a canine bracket). Prescription I brackets were used in
the upper arch to avoid closure of the nasolabial angle. Treatment protocol is compensatory for pattern III malocclusions in Caucasians. See how repair
of the cleft in the alveolus is clinically optimal.
FIGURE 3J - Showing that the shape of the upper arch is similar to what can be achieved in a non-cleft
maxilla, and teeth position in the anterior maxilla is symmetrical.
37
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 3K - At the end of treatment, adequate occlusion outcome. The face features pattern III characteristics due to maxillary deficiency, with greater soft
tissue involvement, acceptable skeletal and dental relations (see lateral cephalogram). Esthetic deficit related to soft tissue can be greatly alleviated by refinishing surgery on the lip and nose, which is comprised in the final stage of the treatment protocol that the patient has to undergo.
of cephalometric diagnosis is absolutely unjustified.

Those who insist on using it are departing from the
key diagnostic concepts that govern contemporary
orthodontics. I think it is up to them to try and
defend this anachronistic and meaningless position.
Cephalometry remains a useful tool for the evaluation of orthodontic patients. Not for diagnostic
purposes, but for studying growth, the effects of
appliances on teeth or on the skeleton, and so
on. From this perspective, cephalometric analysis
should be taught within the scope of a subject
like the history of orthodontics, and presented as
orthodontic culture, but not as a viable method for
treatment planning.
Acknowledging that growth pattern is the
primary etiological factor in determining malocclusions, considering and investigating the set of
changes that defines them beyond the limitations
of Angles classification, are all mandatory. In other
words, personal preferences should yield to current
treatment has been successful, orthodontic treatment

is often found to be very similar to patients without
cleft. Specifically in the case of the patient shown in
Figure 3, rapid maxillary expansion was performed
after bone grafting, and the mid-palatal suture was
split (Fig 3G). This can happen15 and it adds value to
treatment, leading to a final occlusion that resembles
even more the one achieved in patients without cleft.
Orthognathic surgery may be used when the
patient requires a greater closeness to normality, and
serves as an effective and absolutely essential resource
to resolve major discrepancies.
Your unorthodox position on the use of cephalometry as the main tool in the diagnosis of
malocclusion has been much discussed and, for
that matter, criticized. Could you make some
comments about this position? Dione do Vale
Since the end of the last decade, convincing
evidence has been produced to prove that the use
38
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
all, but rather an overcorrection. Then you have

to wait until facial growth spurt is over, usually
two years after menarche in girls and after full
pubescence in boys, always checking with wrist
(carpal) X-ray to detect the IJ stage of Hagg and
Taranger,20 which is the landmark indicating that
compensatory orthodontic treatment should be
started, or to determine the need for corrective
treatment with orthognathic surgery.4 Any orthodontic treatment performed prior to that period,
even with high quality occlusal correction, unlike
what is allowed for the treatment of compensatory
Pattern II malocclusions,does not ensure stability.
If the choice falls on compensatory orthodontic
treatment, then after performing itstarting from
that point considered the initial landmarkthe
conventional retention program described above
may be further reinforced by adding an Osamu14
dentoalveolar retainer, whose indication will depend on the amount of compensatory movement
performed in the lower arch or, in other words, the
amount of lingual tipping applied to the teeth of
the lower arch (Fig 4). When indicated, and this is
very common, this retainer is used at night for two
years. Besides, in controlling the case after removal
of the appliance, special attention should be given
to the vertical and horizontal incisor relation in
order to detect primary impingement in this region,
which may result from relapse or instability caused
by terminal growth of the mandible. When this
happens, removal of the 3x3 retainer is indicated,
sometimes associated with interproximal stripping
of the lower incisors to allow a lingual movement
to adjust these teeth.
To complete my answer to your question, I hope
I made it perfectly clear that although these steps
are taken in terms of retention, the actions that
really matter in minimizing the negative effects
of growth after treatment are related to the age at
which treatment is performed (this is even more
important for Pattern III), the quality of occlusal
relations and of the functional pattern allowed to
these patients, especially those of Pattern II.
knowledge. Qualitative facial analysis, morphological analysis of radiographs or CT scans of the face
and dental arch models are efficient methods in
orthodontic diagnosis and prognosis.4
Pattern ll and lll cases treated with compensation may have their results compromised during the final phase of growth. In an attempt
to minimize this problem, you individualize
the type of retention to be used. To what extent do you feel that this individualization can
minimize the negative effects of growth after
treatment? Dione do Vale
I do not believe that the compensatory treatment of pattern II and pattern III malocclusions
play out quite the same way during the final stage
of growth. For pattern II malocclusions the clinical
consensus that finds support in the literature is that,
when caused by maxillary protrusion, they must
be treated in mixed dentition, and when caused
by mandibular deficiency, they should be treated
in permanent dentition, preferably during pubertal growth spurt. In both circumstances, the best
choice of retention to preserve results in the late
growth phase and even later depends on establishing proper occlusal relationships and an adequate
functional pattern (lip contact, nasal breathing,
swallowing pattern compatible with patient age).
Thus, the sort of retention used in these patients is
conventional, with a Hawley retainer for 6 months
of continuous use, then another 18 months of night
use, and a 3/3 fixed lingual retainer until age 30,
optionally for life.
As regards Pattern III malocclusions, the
perspective is rather diverse and concerns about
growth after treatment are greater. Given that
this malocclusion develops on an ongoing basis
throughout growth28 it requires a different protocol. The classical treatment, as described in this
interview, comprises rapid maxillary expansion
and maxillary traction, which characterizes the
first phase in early mixed dentition. The best
retention for this procedure is no retention at
39
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 4 - Final occlusion and modified Osamu retainer, without occlusal coverage, placed in order to give stability to the lingual tipping movement applied to the lower teeth during compensatory treatment of a pattern III malocclusion.
Assuming that normal, and esthetic occlusion can exhibit many possible angulations
and inclinations given the huge morphological
variability, do preadjusted brackets offer few
prescriptions? Laurindo Furquim
Normal occlusion is not one, but many. We
all know that and, increasingly, a greater number
of professionals support the thesis behind this
reality: the bracket individualization. Originally,
from the perspective of the author of the StraightWire concept, L. Andrews, the ideal would be a
different bracket for each tooth of each patient.
This was not, and still is not viable, but I am sure
that one day it will be. Because of this limitation,
Straight-Wire began with much less than that, but
at least with a bracket designed for each tooth. In
other words, a bracket for the upper central incisor, another specific bracket for the lateral incisor,
and so on. It has been a great evolution. Moreover,
without raising widespread interest, brackets were
also introduced in order to compensate upper and
lower incisors in terms of inclination (torque). As
time went by, the understanding of how frequent
compensatory treatment2 is was established and
other prescriptions have been proposed, including mine.12 We therefore have many prescriptions
available, but they still are not enough for an
absolute individualization. What should be done
to remedy this limitation is a combination of
brackets of different prescriptions, which could
provide, overall, the possibility of individualization that is required for each case. It is important
that these combinations always be made with the
same bracket model and brand so as to ensure
standard manufacturing features while preserving
other details such as inset and offset positioning.
An example of this combination occurs frequently
in the compensatory treatment of moderate long
face pattern when the therapeutic goal is to
keep teeth where they are. In this situation, nonprotrusive brackets are used for the upper arch
(prescription II plus) and lower arch (prescription
III), which is a combination that helps to increase
the protrusion typical of leveling and alignment.
In addition to the prescriptions built into brackets,
remember that in terms of angulations, without
a doubt the most important factor in individualization, changes in bracket positioning can create
40
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
of Class II malocclusion in patients with Class

II mandibular deficiency when MPA is being
used? Laurindo Furquim
This question encompasses many issues. To
address them, I think it is important to review
certain concepts underlying the compensatory
treatment of Pattern II malocclusions with mandibular deficiency. These should be the foundations for our clinical actions.
a) Mandibular protraction appliances, including
MPA, are clinically effective and accomplish
the correction of malocclusion, notably
through dentoalveolar changes. The repercussions on the skeleton, including mandibular
growth, are of small magnitude and transient,
similarly to other mandibular advancement
procedures.1,16 Even when growth results are
significant in terms of mandible management,
as shown by the Herbst appliance, they are not
maintained consistently by the end of growth.25
b) From this perspective, the conclusionalso
found in the literature, for all appliances
used for the treatment of Pattern II malocclusions with mandibular deficiency, is that
the lower teeth are moved forward (incisors
are buccally tipped). Whatever the anchoring system, incisor movement is difficult to
control.24 Lingual torque in the archwire or
lingual torque in the base of incisors brackets
cannot stop this tendency. Evidence to prove
this assertion comes specifically from the
sample of Dr. Carlos Martins Coelho, treated
with MPA and which, as you mentioned, has
great quality. When analyzed by cephalometry,
the results show that the lower incisors are
buccally tipped.27 This happens despite the
brackets with -1 degree of angulation that
would be used by the author.
c) The occlusal correction achieved with this sort
of treatment is stable, provided that adequate
dental intercuspation is obtained at the end of
therapy, and as long as the patient has a good
functional pattern,25 allowing compensatory
a wide range of variations. This is so important,

and a feature so often used, that my prescription
I and prescription II brackets for upper central and
lateral incisors (they are the same) were designed
without a curved base to allow for this variation in
position during direct bonding, so that angulation
can be individualized without losing the prescriptions built into the brackets.
Concerning inclination (torque), depending on
the accuracy of the available bracket prescription
being used in the patient, wires should be used
on an individual basis, (a) not to express torque
(round wire), (b) to express torque in part (rectangular wire with play, for example 0.019x0.025in archwire in a 0.022x0.030-in slot), or (c) to
express the full bracket torque (rectangular wire
with minimal play, for example 0.021x0.025-in
in a 0.022x0.030-in slot). Anyway, I am sure that
the future will grace us with a wider array of prescriptions. We might even attain what today is still
regarded as utopian: a specific bracket tailored for
each tooth of each patient.
In my view, the best treatment for Class II
patients with mandibular deficiency today is
performed by Dr. Carlos Martins Coelho using
the Mandibular Protraction Appliance (MPA).
His treatment underscores the positioning of
lower incisors. Torque control seems pretty
consistent. When asked whether these results stem from the application of lingual
torque in the lower incisors, Dr. Carlos denies
it, saying that this procedure can be adopted
in some specific cases, but not as a routine.
Dr. Carlos uses incisor brackets with 1 degree
torque and 2 degrees angulation, and lower
canines with 7 angulation. Assuming that the
incisors of patients with Class II mandibular
deficiency have a buccal offset, the placement
of a rectangular archwire with no torque will
apply lingual torque to these teeth. In your
view, do angulations and torques in lower
brackets make a difference in the treatment
41
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
Thus, incisor brackets have a prescription of

8 degrees of torque, which we call II plus,
although clinically speaking it is often minus
because it is common for patients with this malocclusion to have much higher crown inclination
during and after treatment.18 This torque should
not be regarded as exaggerated since studies
have shown that there are samples of occlusions
that have undergone treatment and have been
rated as excellent,3 which nevertheless exhibit
very pronounced torque values in the lower
incisors (maximum: +15 degrees). These values, which correlate with cephalometric values
(Wits), suggest that the presence of a Pattern
II maxillomandibular relationship is therefore
expected and acceptable.
adjustments in the posttreatment period. These

adjustments mean more movement of the same
nature (inclination) and direction as that which
is performed during active treatment.
Now, to summarize and focus on the foundation of my answer, it seems that treatment
of Pattern II malocclusions with mandibular
deficiency is, in fact, compensatory and involves
moving the lower arch forward, with inclination
of the incisors. That does not seem possible to be
controlled. This is the point that lends support
to the strategy I use when setting the inclination
of brackets in the lower arch of patients with
an indication for this treatment: I either agree
with or accept the inclination that these teeth
already exhibit, and that will be increased.12
FIGURE 5 - Initial and final lateral radiographs of the face of several patients who made use of MPA and show what appears to be the unavoidable buccal
tipping of lower incisors.
42
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
the groundwork for the manufacture of brackets

with even greater buccal tipping. This explains
why I think it is preposterous, from a logical
and biological standpoint, to restrain the buccal
tipping movement of mandibular incisors when
mandibular advancement is performed in the
compensatory treatment of Pattern II malocclusions. There is no support in the literature for
any other thesis.
As for angulation, a primary factor in compensation, I think that the brackets you referred
to, with +7 degrees angulation in canines and
+2 degrees in incisors (which are protrusive
brackets) are for the most part suitable for use
with devices like the MPA. My prescription II12
for the lower arch is similar, but with a lower
canine angulation (+5). My restriction to the use
of these brackets applies to cases where there is
crowding in the lower anterior region. In that
circumstance, I would use my prescription II
brackets, bonding brackets with no angulation
on the central and lateral incisors, and with a
minimum +3 angulation in canines. The reason
being that it doesnt make sense to use brackets that by introducing angulation will create
demand for space in a crowded area, and will
receive buccal tipping as a result of treatment
with mandibular advancement. In so doing, less
angulated brackets will require less protrusion
for leveling and alignment, and the end-result
should be decreased buccal tipping.
Well, +15 degrees is much higher than +8

degrees. How can I adjust this difference, when
the lower incisor torque is greater than the torque
built into bracket? Basically, I do what everybody
does, namely, I use rectangular wires with smaller
cross-sections, usually a 0.019x0.025-in wire in
a 0.021x0.025-in slot. This creates the so-called
clearance angle, which ranges from 7 to 10 degrees (in vitro) and allows a mean, conservative
clearance of 7 degrees between the tooth inclination and the torque which was preadjusted in
the bracket base.11 Thus, for example, if a patient
is using Prescription II Plus bracket (8 degrees)
in lower incisors that show a 15 torque, theoretically no clinically significant torque is being
delivered to these brackets if the rectangular wire
is 0.019x0.025-in. There is evidence to prove
that this is true, and here I base myself on results
of a CT investigation we conducted in Pattern
II patients.18 My approach therefore relies on a
very comfortable safety margin. Supposing that
in the same example just given the patient had
on a bracket with -1 degree torque, this safety
margin would drop to +6 degrees. In other words,
if torque values are higher (as is often the case)
the lower incisors would presumably undergo
lingual torque, which is incompatible with the
therapeutic goals and the basal bone conditions shown by the CT scan. Therefore, to give
a straightforward answer to your question, any
torque pre-built into a bracket can make a difference in the treatment of Pattern II malocclusion
with mandibular deficiency. However, this may
be masked in most cases by using a progressively
smaller rectangular wire gauge as the difference
between the torque prescription built into the
bracket and the actual torque of the tooth in the
basal bone increases.
Since I am searching for brackets that make
a difference and allow individualization, which
is the essence of the Straight-Wire technique,
the idea is to conduct research to support the
accurate understanding of this variation and lay
What is your opinion about the protocol for

orthognathic surgery with anticipated benefit? Do you consider that possibility a reality
or a regression? Under what circumstances
would you recommend this protocol, considering the risk of instability it involves? Susana
Rizzatto
It is definitely not a regression. Surely, it is a
real possibility in some cases, but seldom a routine approach. Not a regression because, as can
be inferred from the article that introduces the
43
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
tion resulting from losses in the buccal bone

plate of the anchorage teeth, would you still
hold your position regarding orthopedic maxillary expansion in adults? Susana Rizzatto
This question has the merit of allowing me to
update my concepts about rapid maxillary expansion in patients who are out of the growth phase,
without surgical assistance. The article to which
you refer was published in 199613 and later translated and published in the Dental Press Journal
in 1999.5 In it, I present the results obtained with
rapid maxillary expansion without surgical assistance, in patients no longer in the growth phase,
for a period of about ten years. These patients
were selected from my private practice, treated in
sequence, and after having been advised about the
limitations of the research process and the investigative nature of the procedure, all agreed to take
part. I was particularly motivated to conduct this
research because the literature was unsure about
the age limits for rapid maxillary expansion. It
was unwilling to conceive of this process after
the end of growth. My experience prior to this
research gave me grounds to diverge from this
concept, since I had performed maxillary expansion in many adult patients. The need, initially for
cleft patients and, later, with patients from the
postgraduate and specialization programs, had
driven the indication for this procedure in adult
patients. The results were limited, but enough
to treat the malocclusion. With this scenario, the
attempt to perform rapid expansion in adults,
regardless of age, was proposed and encouraged
me to write the article you referred to. The results fully met all my goals, especially owing to
the quality of material and methods. After all
patients were treated in sequence, always cared
for by the same professionals (Dr. Joo Cardoso
Neto and myself), and always using the same
type of appliance (Haas modified expander5,13),
manufactured by the same laboratory technique.
In addition, a history of occurrences was recorded
in the chart for further evaluation.
subject,17 it is only possible by the unrestricted

adoption of available knowledge, starting with
the adoption of an accurate diagnosis based on
current concepts of growth pattern and morphological basis, with a special hierarchical role being
played by the face. Moreover, the confidence
generated by refinements in surgical technique,
the possibility of predicting outcomes, assurance
of stable surgical movements given by the use of
rigid fixation, and the possibility of movement
ensured by orthodontic miniplates, all reflect the
evolution of orthodontics and surgery. It would
be unreasonable to adopt this procedure in another context, where these technical and scientific developments were not available. Moreover,
one should not forget that the main motivation
behind this process is to mitigate the esthetic
discomfort of the patient, which is commendable
and can facilitate treatment for some individuals
who would not agree to spend a period of time
with their facial relations compromised. In my
view, based on my experience with conventional
procedures, using this protocol seems more attractive for surgery that targets either bone, maxilla or mandible, mainly for correction of Pattern
III malocclusion with maxillary advancement
or mandibular setback. I would certainly begin
to develop my experience with this procedure
through these indications.
In 1996, you published an article with samples
of adult patients undergoing orthopedic maxillary expansion, without surgical assistance.
In concluding the article about 80% of cases
reached the desired therapeutic goals, although with little orthopedic response, and
consequently with little opening of the central interincisal diastema. Today, considering
the need for a more significant orthopedic
response to resolve negative discrepancies of
the upper arch; taking into account respiratory status in its relation to nasal resistance,
and finally in view of the periodontal condi-
44
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
significantly influenced the protocol that we

adopt for this procedure nowadays. After finishing this experiment, I changed my position
considerably regarding the indication of rapid
maxillary expansion without surgical assistance
to patients no longer in the growth phase. In
summary, I only indicate this procedure (always
using a modified Haas expander) for patients below age twenty, who do not require a significant
At the end of the experiment, when the

sample appeared to be substantive, the results
determined the possibilities and limitations of
rapid maxillary expansion after the growth phase,
and were presented in the article conclusions.
Figure 3 shows the possibilities of the process.
These possibilities and the experience of going
through the treatment of the sample patients,
which defies a full definition in so many words,
FIGURE 6A - Young adult female patient (21y, 6m), Pattern I borderline to III, due to moderate maxillary deficiency. Half Class II molar relationship on the
right, Class III on the left side, due to early loss of teeth 26, 36 and 46, and recent loss of tooth 16. A moderate expansion of the maxilla could be useful.
45
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 6B - With the patients consent (limitations), an expansion appliance, adapted to the absence of tooth 16 was indicated, and an expansion that
exemplifies the possibilities for patients out of the growth phase was obtained. Note that after activation, it was necessary to grind the acrylic on the right
side to relieve pressed area and pain (routine problems in this process).
FIGURE 6C - The patient, in addition to expansion, had other benefits, such as replacement of tooth 16 by tooth 17 and improvement in the position of the
other second molars, all replacing the first molars, and with all third molars replacing the second molars. This explains the smile that she is displaying,
even more than the facial changes which, albeit subtle, were positive.
46
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
breathing pattern,30 and there are risks to the

supporting teeth, including periodontal risks,
which has justified the development of implantsupported expansion appliances.21
perimeter gain (maximum opening of the suture

= 4 mm), who do not present with periodontal
involvement in the teeth supporting the appliance, who are willing to cope with any complications that may arise from the procedure (pain,
inflammation, injury), and who can be medicated.
Awareness of all these limiting factors and of
our ability to perform upper dentoalveolar expansions and lower dentoalveolar constrictions,
provided they are supported by a morphological
diagnosis, significantly restricts the indication for
this procedure today.
Finally, and summarizing the answer to your
question, the limitations for rapid maxillary
expansion in patients who are no longer in the
growth phase without surgical assistance are
clear, and circumscribe the effects of the procedure to correction of minor dentoalveolar
discrepancies, with no effect on breathing, but
jeopardizing periodontal support. Conversely,
it would be appropriate to consider that even
with rapid maxillary expansion assisted by surgery there is no guarantee of any changes in the
Eventually, orthodontists accepted the orthopedic treatment protocol suggested by

Haas and modified by other orthodontists
in the correction of Class III malocclusion
with anterior crossbite. This approach includes expansion and reverse traction of
the maxilla. Do you think transverse mechanics contributes to sagittal response in
the early orthopedic correction of Pattern
III patients? Omar Gabriel
I would add to your question wisely.
Eventually, orthodontists wisely accepted the
orthopedic treatment protocol suggested by
Haas and modified by other orthodontists in the
correction of Class III malocclusion with anterior
crossbite. It is an absolutely effective protocol,
particularly when we achieve the targets set
for the treatment by Haas, which is not usual.19
FIGURE 6D - After having been corrected, the arches show (a) expansion in the upper arch (canine = 2 mm, premolar = 4.5 mm, first molar = 4.5 mm), and
(b) some constriction in the lower arch (canine = -1.5 mm, premolar = 0 mm, first-molar = 1 mm), sufficient to enable proper occlusion.
47
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 6E - Long-term assessment, eight years after treatment (patient is now 31 years old), seems to justify the treatment.
also mentions anterior crossbite. An interesting

resource to use under these circumstances is
to add anterior bars to the expander passing
through the palatal region of the upper incisors
(Fig 5), which will prevent the palatal inclination
that these teeth perform when filling the space
created by the rapid expansion. With the use of
these bars fabricated with 0.5mm wire the teeth
may move toward the midline, without tipping
palataly, which will favor the correction of the
anterior crossbite.
A large rapid maxillary expansion, and a traction

with heavy orthopedic forces are the goals here,
and generally good responses are obtained with
this protocol. Transverse effects are significant
for the sagittal response in the early orthopedic
correction of Pattern III malocclusions because,
as we already knew and was recently emphasized
by the protocol of Liou,22,23 a large amplitude
rapid maxillary expansion is a critical factor
in accomplishing a more significant sagittal response through maxillary traction. Your question
48
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
The advent of cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT) enabled the viewing of the buccal and lingual bone plates of tooth roots. In
what way or to what extent will this influence
the freedom to use dental compensation in
skeletal discrepancies? Omar Gabriel
The use of CT should be routine soon, allowing very consistent morphological evaluations.
I do not think it will modify the classical concepts of compensation and much less change
the therapeutic goals for patients who have
this indication. Treatment with these goals has

long been made, and with good results. There
is positive evidence in the literature, including
for the long term, especially for pattern II malocclusions with mandibular deficiency, which
are the most frequent malocclusions and are
almost always treated compensatorily. We will
be able to define the amount of tolerance that
normality, expressed by the clinical condition,
has with the amount of bone on the buccal and
lingual sides of the tooth roots. Certainly once
FIGURE 7A - Patient indication for rapid maxillary expansion and risking possible palatal tipping in the central incisors, which could cause anterior crossbite.
49
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
FIGURE 7B - If ones intent is to prevent inclination in the upper incisors during mesial movement
to occupy the bone area created by rapid expansion of the maxilla, passive bars, placed palatally
against the upper incisors may be helpful.
FIGURE 8A - Patient with Pattern II, Class II malocclusion, maxillary protrusion, moderate mandibular deficiency, and CT scan showing more clearly the
relationship of the incisors (teeth 21 and 31, image taken by sectioning the center of the clinical crown) and their respective basal bones.
gingiva in planning and controlling such movements in daily practice. A quality periodontium
can support buccal tipping, either lingual or
palatal. Thus, and this is very important, it will
become clear that in performing compensatory
treatment orthodontists should mimic what nature does when it naturally provides compensation, i.e., buccal, lingual or palatal tipping.
this tolerance is confronted with the tomographic image it will be greater than previously thought. In other words, clinical conditions
common to the teeth, especially incisors, in
compensatory treatment, are exhibited in CT
images with surprisingly scant bone limits. This
will underscore the value of clinically assessing the periodontium, especially the attached
50
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
FIGURE 8B - Patient with pattern III, Class III malocclusion, prognathism with CT image clearly showing
the limitations of bone support for all incisors (teeth 21and 31, images obtained by sectioning the center
of the clinical crown) and their respective basal bones.
The visualization of teeth in the basal bone,

given the quality afforded by CT, lays bare
how pretentious it is to try to perform bodily
movements (translation) when carrying out
compensatory treatment (Figs 8A and 8B). The
scant relationship of the roots on the buccal

and lingual surfaces, and often of the root apex
with the basal bone, indicates that exerting
torque control while performing such movements would not be appropriate.10,18
51
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Interview
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16. Cozza P, Baccetti T, Franchi L, Toffo L, McNamara Jr JA.

Mandibular changes produced by functional appliances
in Class II malocclusion: a systematic review. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 2006 May;129(5):599.e1-12.
17. Faber J. Anticipated benefit: a new protocol for orthognathic
surgery treatment that eliminates the need for conventional
orthodontic preparation. Dental Press J Orthod. 2010 Jan-Feb;
15(1):144-57.
18. Fattori L. Avaliao das inclinaes dentrias obtidas pela
tcnica Straight-Wire prescrio Capelozza Classe II
[dissertao]. So Bernardo do Campo (SP): Universidade
Metodista de So Paulo; 2006.
19. Haas AJ. Entrevista. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2001
jan-fev;6(1):1-10.
20. Hgg U, Taranger J. Maturation indicators and pubertal growth
spurt. Am J Orthod. 1982 Oct;82(4):299-309.
21. Koudstaal MJ, Van der Wal KG, Wolvius EB, Schulten AJ. The
Rotterdam palatal distractor: introduction of the new boneborne device and report of the pilot study. Int J Oral Maxillofac
Surg. 2006 Jan;35(1):31-5.
22. Liou EJ. Effective maxillary orthopedic protraction for growing
Class III patients: a clinical application simulates distraction
osteogenesis. Prog Orthod. 2005;6(2):154-71.
23. Liou E. Entrevista. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2009
set-out;14(5):27-37.
24. Pancherz H, Hansen K. Mandibular anchorage in Herbst
treatment. Eur J Orthod. 1988 May;10(2):149-64.
25. Pancherz H. The effects, limitations, and long-term dentofacial
adaptation to treatment with the Herbst appliance. Semin
Orthod. 1997 Dec;3(4):232-43.
26. Pruzansky S. Pre-surgical orthopedics and bone grafting for infants
with cleft lip and palate: a dissent. Cleft Palate J. 1964;1:164-87.
27. Siqueira DF. Estudo comparativo, por meio de anlise
cefalomtrica em norma lateral, dos efeitos dentoesquelticos
e tegumentares produzidos pelo aparelho extrabucal cervical e
pelo aparelho de protrao mandibular, associados ao aparelho
fixo, no tratamento da Classe II, 1 diviso de Angle [tese]. Bauru
(SP): Faculdade de Universidade de So Paulo; 2004.
28. Sugawara J, Mitani H. Facial growth of skeletal Class III
malocclusion and the effects, limitations and long-term
dentofacial adaptation to chincap therapy. Semin Orthod. 1997
Dec;3(4):244-54.
29. Trindade IEK, Silva Filho OG. Fissuras labiopalatinas: uma
abordagem interdisciplinar. So Paulo: Ed. Santos; 2007.
30. Warren DW, Hershey HG, Turvey TA, Hinton VA, Hairfield WM.
The nasal airway following maxillary expansion. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1987 Feb;91(2):111-6.
Aelbers CMF, Dermaut LR. Orthopedics in orthodontics:

part I, fiction or reality a review of the literature. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1996 Nov;110(5):513-9.
Andrews LF. Entrevista. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop
Facial. 1997 set-out;2(5):6-8.
Cabrera CAG, Freitas MR, Janson G, Henriques JFC.
Estudo da correlao do posicionamento dos incisivos
superiores e inferiores com a relao antero-posterior das
bases sseas. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2005
nov-dez;10(6):59-74.
Capelozza Filho L. Diagnstico em Ortodontia. Maring:
Dental Press; 2004.
Capelozza Filho L. Expanso rpida da maxila em adultos
sem assistncia cirrgica. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop
Facial. 1999 nov-dez;4(6):76-83.
Capelozza Filho L. Entrevista. Reinaldo Mazzottini. Rev Cln
Ortod Dental Press. 2008 jan-mar;7(3):48-56.
Capelozza Filho L, Mazzotini R. Um recurso clnico:
substituio do parafuso expansor em meio expanso
ortopdica da maxila. Ortodontia. 1981;14(3):211-20.
Capelozza Filho L, Almeida AM, Ursi WJ. Rapid maxillary
expansion in cleft lip and palate patients. J Clin Orthod.
1994;28(1):34-9.
Capelozza Filho L, Reis SAB, Cardoso Neto J. Uma variao
no desenho do aparelho expansor rpido da maxila no
tratamento da dentadura decdua ou mista precoce. Rev
Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 1999 jul-ago;4(1):69-74.
Capelozza Filho L, Fattori L, Cordeiro A, Maltagliati LA.
Avaliao da inclinao do incisivo inferior atravs da
tomografia computadorizada. Rev Dental Press Ortod
Ortop Facial. 2008 nov-dez;13(6):108-17.
Capelozza Filho L, Machado FMC, Ozawa TO, Cavassan
AO. Folga braquete/fio o que esperar da prescrio para
inclinao nos aparelhos pr-ajustados. Rev Dental Press
Ortod Ortop Facial. No prelo. 2010.
Capelozza Filho L, Silva Filho OG, Ozawa TO, Cavassan
AO. Individualizao de braquetes na tcnica de StraightWire: reviso de conceitos e sugesto de indicaes para
uso. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 1999 julago;4(4):87-106.
Capelozza Filho L, Cardoso Neto J, Silva Filho OG, Ursi WJ.
Non-surgically assisted rapid maxillary expansion in adults. Int
J Adult Orthodon Orthognath Surg. 1996;11(1):57-66.
Caricati JAP, Fuziy A, Tukasan P, Silva Filho OG, Menezes MHO.
Confeco do contensor removvel Osamu. Rev Cln Ortod
Dental Press. 2005 abr-maio;4(2):22-8.
Cavassan AO, Albuquerque MD, Capelozza Filho L. Rapid
maxillary expansion after secondary alveolar bone graft in a
patient with bilateral cleft lip and palate. Cleft Palate Craniofac
J. 2004 May;41(3):332-9.
52
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Capelozza Filho L
Dione do Vale
Susana Maria Deon Rizzatto
- Master and PhD in Orthodontics, Dental School of

Bauru / USP.
- Head of the Orthodontic Care Center of the Defects
of Face (CADEFI) in Institute of Integrative Medicine
Professor Fernando Figueira (IMIP, Recife / PE).
- Master and Specialist in Orthodontics, UFRGS and

PUCRS.
- Graduated by the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics
(BBO).
- Professor of Orthodontics at PUC-RS.
Terumi Okada Ozawa
Laurindo Furquim
- PhD in Orthodontics, FO-UNESP Araraquara.

- Orthodontist and Director of Division of Dentistry,
Hospital for Rehabilitation of Craniofacial Anomalies
(HRAC) - USP / Bauru.
- Degree in Dentistry, Faculty of Dentistry of Lins (1979).

- Specialization in Orthodontics, Faculty of Dentistry of
Bauru (1983).
- PhD in Oral Pathology, Faculty of Dentistry of Bauru
(2002).
- He is currently a professor of orthodontics at the State
University of Maring (UEM).
Omar Gabriel da Silva Filho

- Coordinator of Update Course in Preventive and
Interceptive Orthodontics, promoted by PROFIS
(Society for the Social Promotion of Cleft Lip and
Palate).
- Professor of the Specialization Course in Orthodontics
sponsored by PROFIS.
- Orthodontist in HRAC-USP (Research Hospital and
Rehabilitation of Lip and Palate Injuries, University of
So Paulo), in Bauru.
Contact address
53
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):25-53
Online Article*
Orthodontics as risk factor for temporomandibular

disorders: a systematic review
Eduardo Machado**, Patricia Machado***, Paulo Afonso Cunali****, Rensio Armindo Grehs*****
Abstract
Introduction: The interrelationship between Orthodontics and Temporomandibular Disor-
ders (TMD) has attracted an increasing interest in Dentistry in the last years, becoming subject
of discussion and controversy. In a recent past, occlusion was considered the main etiological
factor of TMD and orthodontic treatment a primary therapeutical measure for a physiological
reestablishment of the stomatognathic system. Thus, the role of Orthodontics in the prevention, development and treatment of TMD started to be investigated. With the accomplishment of scientific studies with more rigorous and precise methodology, the relationship between orthodontic treatment and TMD could be evaluated and questioned in a context based
on scientific evidences. Objective: This study, through a systematic literature review had the
purpose of analyzing the interrelationship between Orthodontics and TMD, verifying if the
orthodontic treatment is a contributing factor for TMD development. Methods: Survey in research bases: MEDLINE, Cochrane, EMBASE, Pubmed, Lilacs and BBO, between the years of
1966 and 2009, with focus in randomized clinical trials, longitudinal prospective nonrandomized studies, systematic reviews and meta-analysis. Results: After application of the inclusion criteria 18 articles was used, 12 of which were longitudinal prospective nonrandomized
studies, four systematic reviews, one randomized clinical trial and one meta-analysis, which
evaluated the relationship between orthodontic treatment and TMD. Conclusions: According to the literature, the data concludes that orthodontic treatment cannot be considered a
contributing factor for the development of Temporomandibular Disorders.
Keywords: Temporomandibular joint dysfunction syndrome. Temporomandibular joint disorders.
Craniomandibular disorders. Temporomandibular joint. Orthodontics. Dental occlusion.
Editors summary
Temporomandibular Disorders awaked the
attention of Orthodontists due to the lawsuits
showing orthodontic treatment as the development factor for pain in the temporomandibular

joint region. Furthermore, the literature has investigated in detail the influence of occlusal alterations in the etiology of TMD. Current studies, with rigorous methodological criteria and
adequate designs, have more precise evidences
* Access www.dentalpress.com.br/journal to read the full article.
** Specialist in Temporomandibular Disorders (TMD) and Orofacial Pain, Federal University of Paran (UFPR). Dental Degree, Federal University of Santa Maria (UFSM).
*** Specialist in Prosthetic Dentistry, Pontifical Catholic University of Rio Grande do Sul (PUCRS). Dental Degree, UFSM.
**** PhD in Sciences, Federal University of So Paulo (UNIFESP). Professor of Graduate and Post-graduate Course in Dentistry, Federal University of Paran (UFPR). Coordinator of the Specialization Course in TMD and Orofacial Pain, UFPR.
***** PhD in Orthodontics, UNESP. Professor of Graduate and Post-graduate Course in Dentistry, UFSM.
54
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):54-5
Machado E, Machado P, Cunali PA, Grehs RA
of the interrelationship between Orthodontics

and TMD.
This study presented a systematic review
about the association between orthodontic
treatment and temporomandibular disorders.
The sample consisted of 18 studies that met
the inclusion criteria adopted. The systematic
literature review showed that the prevalence
of TMD due to traditional orthodontic treatment is not increased, either with protocols for
extractions or not. However, it is necessary to
perform further longitudinal, randomized and
interventional studies, with standardized diagnostic criteria for TMD for more accurate causal
associations.
It is important to perform, during the diagnostic phase of the pre-orthodontic patients, a
full assessment of the presence or absence of
signs and symptoms of TMD. Thus, an integration with the Temporomandibular Disorders
and Orofacial Pain specialty becomes important
for an appropriate treatment decision in the
presence of TMD, due to the high prevalence of
TMD in the general population.
Questions to the authors
this condition is necessary, as well as the importance about the multifactorial nature of the
etiology of TMD for adequate management and
control of Temporomandibular Disorders.
1) Is there a relationship between malocclusion

and Temporomandibular Disorders?
Increasingly inserted within a context of an
evidence-based Dentistry, occlusion cannot be
regarded as a primary etiological factor in the development of TMD. It is recognized that certain
occlusal conditions can act as co-factors in the
etiology of TMD, but their role cannot be overestimated. Thus, treatments that irreversibly change
the occlusal pattern, such as occlusal adjustment
and Orthodontics, do not have scientific support
as initial treatment protocols for TMD.
3) Orthodontic treatment should not be indicated in order to alleviate the symptoms of

TMD. What is your perception on the diffusion
of these evidences among general dentists and
Orthodontists?
The initial treatment protocol for TMD
should be conservative, reversible, minimally
invasive and based on significant scientific evidences. Currently, using evidence-based methods, clinical studies demonstrate that orthodontics does not consist in a form of treatment and
prevention for TMD, and when it is properly
performed it does not cause TMD development.
This knowledge should be discussed and passed
on to general dentists and Orthodontists, elucidating this relationship for professionals and patients, since, in some publications, this interface
is not entirely clear for professionals.
2) What conduct must be established before

beginning orthodontic treatment in a patient
with TMD?
Clinical examination of the pre-orthodontic
patient should include a complete assessment on
signs and symptoms of TMD, making use of complementary examinations when necessary for the
correct diagnosis. In the presence of TMD, a therapeutic option should be based on conservative
and reversible treatments, and after controlling
the signs and symptoms of TMD, proceeding to
orthodontic treatment and prosthetic rehabilitation. The awareness of patients with TMD about
Contact address
Eduardo Machado
Rua Francisco Trevisan, n 20, Bairro Nossa Sra. de Lourdes
CEP: 97.050-230 Santa Maria / RS, Brazil
55
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):54-5
Online Article*
Evaluation of level of satisfaction in orthodontic

patients considering professional performance
Claudia Beleski Carneiro**, Ricardo Moresca***, Nicolau Eros Petrelli****
Abstract
Objective: Considering the increasing professional concern in conquering new patients
and maintaining them satisfied with treatment, this study aimed to evaluate the level
of satisfaction of patients in orthodontic treatment, considering the orthodontists performance. Methods: Sixty questionnaires were filled out by patients in orthodontic
treatment with specialists in Orthodontics, from Curitiba. The patients were divided
into two groups. Group I consisted of 30 patients which considered themselves unsatisfied and changed orthodontists in the last 12 months. Group II consisted of 30
patients which considered themselves satisfied, and were in treatment with the same
professional for at least, 12 months. Results and Conclusion: after statistical analysis,
using the chi-square test, it was concluded that the factors statistically associated to
patients level of satisfaction considering the orthodontists performance were: professional degree, professional referral, motivation, technical classification, doctor-patient
personal relationship and interaction. For orthodontic treatment evaluation, the factors that determined statistical differences for patients level of satisfaction were: the
number of simultaneously attended patients and the integration of the patients during
the appointments.
Keywords: Patient satisfaction. Orthodontics. Professional-patient relationship.
Editors summary
With the increasing number of professionals,
the search for the orthodontic patient satisfaction gained attention. However, there is difficulty
in quantifying these issues, due to the need in
consulting patients views and the long-term nature of orthodontic treatment. So, what patients
perceptions would influence his/her satisfaction with orthodontic treatment and also with
professional performance? This is an important
issue towards discovering the patients psychological universe, responsible for the integration
or not with the clinical environment.
The study included 320 patients from 10
** MSc in Pharmacology, Federal University of Paran (UFPR). Student in the Speciality Course - UFPR.
*** Professor of Orthodontics, UFPR,Dental Degree and Specialty Degrre. Professor of the Masters Program in Clinical Dentistry, Positivo University.
**** Head Professor of Graduate Course in Orthodontics, UFPR.
56
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):56-7
Carneiro CB, Moresca R, Petrelli NE
private clinics of specialists in orthodontics. They

grouped the patients reportedly unsatisfied with
orthodontic treatment and who had changed
professional, and a second group had patients
satisfied with orthodontic treatment. These patients answered a questionnaire of 17 objective
questions with three alternatives, in the waiting
rooms of orthodontic clinics. The test used was
the Chi-square, to access differences between
groups (p <0.05).
Professional curriculum doesnt seem to influence the patients level of satisfaction. Considering the nature of the information transmitted
to the patient, there were no statistically significant differences between groups. The majority of
the patients of both groups in this study reported
having received educational information by the
orthodontist. Despite the absence of significant

differences, the prevalence of patients who reported that the professional didnt recognize
them by name, consisted a third of unsatisfied patients. Regarding the professionals acceptance of
criticism and suggestions, there were statistically
significant differences between groups. Among
patients who considered themselves unsatisfied,
60% had no freedom to express opinions and suggestions. This suggests a lack of communication
in more than half of the professionals who had
transferred patients. In the study, almost 90% of
patients who thought they were unsatisfied did
not have a good personal relationship with the
professional. These data suggest that patients
satisfaction is strongly related to a good personal
relationship with the professional.
3) Is there a special recommendation for orthodontic care of patients in the academic-university environment?
Within the university, it would be interesting to
explore the integration capability between patient
and professional, since it is a learning environment,
where professionals can train this ability continuously during successive clinical appointments. Moreover, the psychological aspect of orthodontic treatment should be valued by the professionals, since the
orthodontist doesnt rely only on a good technique
and speedhe needs to learn the psychological context to improve his relationships with patients, guaranteeing, in this way, satisfaction for both sides.
1) What is the importance of such studies?

These studies enable the understanding of the
professional/patient relationship, besides the professional improvement, not just in the technical aspect,
but to ensure the patients welfare. From the moment the professional receives the patients, he ensures his stay in the clinic, winning their satisfaction.
2) In order to optimize the satisfaction of orthodontic patients, what advice would the authors give to the clinical orthodontists?
Clinical orthodontists should care more for the
personal relationship with their patients. A good
relationship makes patient integration with the
clinical staff easier, improves the dialogue between
orthodontist/patient, and ensures referral of the professional by the patients relatives and friends.
Contact address
Claudia Beleski Carneiro
Rua Rio Grande do Sul, 381
CEP: 84.015-020 Ponta Grossa / PR, Brazil
57
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):56-7
Online Article*
Bone density assessment for

mini-implants position
Marlon Sampaio Borges**, Jos Nelson Mucha***
Abstract
Introduction: Cortical thickness, interradicular space width and bone density are key factors in the use of mini-implants as anchorage. This study assessed maxillary and mandibular
alveolar and basal bone density in Hounsfield units (HU). Methods: Eleven files with CT
images of adults were used to obtain 660 measurements of bone density: alveolar (buccal
and lingual cortical) bone, cancellous bone and basal bone (maxilla and mandible). The
Mimics software 10.0 (Materialise, Belgium) was used to estimate values. Results: In the
maxilla, the density of buccal cortical bone in the alveolar region ranged from 438 to 948
HU, and the lingual, from 680 to 950 HU; cancellous bone ranged from 207 to 488 HU. The
buccal basal bone ranged from 672 to 1380 HU, and cancellous bone, from 186 to 402 HU.
In the mandible, the buccal cortical bone ranged from 782 to 1610 HU, the lingual cortical
alveolar bone, from 610 to 1301 HU, and the cancellous bone, from 224 to 538 HU. In the
basal area, density was 1145 to 1363 HU in the buccal cortical bone and 184 to 485 HU
in the cancellous bone. Conclusions: In the maxilla, the greatest bone density was found
between the premolars in the buccal cortical bone of the alveolar region. The maxillary
tuberosity was the region with the lowest bone density. Bone density in the mandible was
higher than in the maxilla, and there was a progressive increase from anterior to posterior
and from alveolar to basal bone.
Keywords: Bone density. Orthodontic anchorage procedures. Orthodontics.
Cone-beam computed tomography assesses bone

density of mineralized tissues. This study evaluated
bone density in interdental regions.
The study sample comprised 11 files of CT
scans in DICOM format used to evaluate, in
both maxilla and mandible, the density of buccal and lingual cortical bone and cancellous
bone in the region of the alveolar bone, and the
densities of buccal cortical and cancellous bone
Editors summary
Mini-implants have excelled in the preference
of professionals due to their ease of insertion and
removal, the possibility of immediate loading,
their small size and low cost. The choice of a miniimplant insertion site should be made considering
appropriate soft tissue regions, adequate amounts
of cortical bone, mini-implant angulation and
size and, foremost, the type of tooth movement.
** Private practice, Specialist in Orthodontics, Universidade Federal Fluminense, Niteri, RJ, Brazil.
*** MSc and PhD in Orthodontics, UFRJ Head Professor of Orthodontics, Universidade Federal Fluminense, Niteri, RJ, Brazil.
58
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):58-60
Borges MS, Mucha JN
area between the premolars. In the maxilla, cortical

vestibular bone was denser in the region of basal
bone than in the region of alveolar bone in all regions under analysis. The density of maxillary lingual alveolar cortical bone was slightly greater than
that of cortical bone. In the mandible, in general,
there was a progressive increase in bone density
from the anterior mandible (lower density) to the
posterior region (higher density). The density of
buccal cortical basal bone was greater than that of
the buccal alveolar cortical bone, except in the retromolar region. Bone density in the mandible was
greater than in the maxilla in nearly all areas assessed, except between central and lateral incisors
and between the second premolar and first molar.
This study found that the bone density of cortical
areas is greater than the density of the cancellous
bone area. Therefore, mini-implants should be inserted at an angle of 10 to 20 degrees to the long
axis of teeth to make the most of the low thickness
but high density of lingual and buccal cortical bone.
in the basal bone region. Bone densities were

calculated using the Mimics 10.01 software and
measured in Hounsfield units (HU). CT slices
of alveolar bone were obtained at a height of 3
to 5 mm from the bone crest and, of basal bone,
at a height of 5 to 7 mm from the root apex
(Fig 1). In the alveolar bone and basal bone areas of mandibles and maxillae, the sites between
the following teeth were evaluated: central and
lateral incisors; canines and first premolars; first
and second premolars; second premolar and
first molar; first and second molars; and second
molar and distal region to second molar. Measurements in the areas between the teeth were
density of buccal cortical, lingual cortical and
cancellous bone in the region of alveolar bone,
and density of buccal cortical and cancellous
bone in the region of basal bone (Fig 2).
In the maxilla, the area with lower density was
the maxillary tuberosity, and the area with the
greatest bone density in cortical bone was in the
bone crest
alveolar bone
3-5 mm from crest

alveolar bone
root apex
basal bone
5-7 mm from apex
cancellous
cortical
basal bone
FIGURE 1 - Tranversal section computerized tomography, illustrating the

location of the crest, and root apices, as well as determining the areas
measured, corresponding to the alveolar bone (3 to 5 mm of bone crest)
and the basal bone (5 to 7 mm of root apices).
FIGURE 2 - Magnified view of CT scan of region between 1 and 2 in the

mandible; basal bone density measurement in both buccal cortical and
cancellous bone areas. The area of alveolar bone is defined by the upper
red lines.
59
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):58-60
3) The thickness of cortical bone and bone

density tend to coincide or differ for each
particular region?
Yes. According to the tables and figures in the
full manuscript, the cortical bone in the maxilla
was denser in the area of basal bone than in the
area of alveolar bone in all regions under analysis.
We also observed a progressive increase in
bone density from the anterior mandible (lower
density) to the posterior region (higher density).
In the mandible, the buccal basal cortical bone
had statistically higher density than the buccal alveolar cortical bone in all the regions under analysis, except in the retromolar region.
The alveolar bone density of mandibular cortical bone was statistically higher than in the maxilla, except as between central and lateral incisor
and between the second premolar and first molar.
Comparing the cancellous bone of the alveolar
region, the areas between canine and first premolar and between first and second premolars were
statistically significant denser in the mandible
compared to the maxilla.
In the alveolar bone, the values obtained for
the lingual cortical were very similar with average
values for vestibular cortical bone, for the maxilla
as well as for the mandible.

1) What are the clinical implications of this
study?
With the advent of image interpretation using software for evaluation of cone beam CT
(CBCT), there have been advances in studies in
this field. Clinically, the results of bone density
studies according to the mapping of regions in
the maxilla and mandible give orthodontists
a greater understanding of bone density differences and facilitate the selection, based on
scientific evidence, of one or more maxillary
and mandibular regions that are suitable for
the installation of orthodontic mini-implants
in adult patients.
2) Were there methodological difficulties in
conducting this study?
The major difficulties resulted from the large
number of regions on the CT images and, in a
few cases, from image artifacts produced by
metal restorations in some large teeth. However, as the areas measured were located near the
bone crest (alveolar area) and the apical area
(basal area), the artifacts did not prevent bone
density readings in the study.
Contact address
Marlon Sampaio Borges
Rua Conde de Bonfim 255 - sala 612
CEP: 20.520-051 - Tijuca - Rio de Janeiro - Brazil
60
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):58-60
Original article
Quality of life instruments and their role

in orthodontics
Daniela Feu*, Ctia Cardoso Abdo Quinto**, Jos Augusto Mendes Miguel***
Abstract
Objective: The purpose of this study was to survey reliable information about quality of life as
it relates to oral health in the literature, allowing clinicians to access and understand its influence
on the process of finding and treating their patients. Methods: The MEDLINE, LILACS, BBO
and Cochrane Controlled Trials electronic databases were researched between 1980 and 2010
and 158 studies were found that discuss quality of life related to oral health. Results: Thirty
studies were selected: two prospective longitudinal studies, two systematic reviews, five casecontrol studies, twelve epidemiological studies, five cross-sectional studies and three reviews of
literature, in addition to the Statement of the World Health Organization (WHO). The selection was based on the goal of describing the indicators of quality of life and the methodology
used in the studies. Conclusions: The use of quality of life indicators in dental research and
clinical orthodontics are extremely important and helpful in diagnosis and planning but do not
replace standard indexes and should be used in a strictly complementary manner.
Keywords: Quality of Life. Orthodontics. Malocclusions.
introduction
Quality of life is characterized as a sense
of well-being derived from satisfaction or dissatisfaction with areas of life considered important for an individual. 25,30 The focus of
clinical studies has been on measuring the
quality of life of patients with the purpose of
evaluating health care. These measurements
are gaining more importance as researchers
realize that traditional studies bear little or
no relevance to patients. 25 Therefore, to fully
evaluate any intervention in health care, including oral health care services such as orthodontics, only those measures that really
matter to patients should be implemented,
while clinicians continue to be provided with
the usual pertinent information. 19,23
Typically, assessments of pre- and post-orthodontic treatment changes are based on traditional clinical or standard measurements, such
as cephalometric data and occlusal indexes.
More recently, some subjective indicators have
* Ph.D. student in Orthodontics, Rio de Janeiro State University (UERJ). Specialist and M.Sc. in Orthodontics, UERJ.
** M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Orthodontics, Rio de Janeiro Federal University (UFRJ) and Associate Professor, Department of Orthodontics, School of Dentistry /
UERJ-RJ and School of Dentistry / UFJF-MG.
*** M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Dentistry, Rio de Janeiro State University. Associate Professor, Department of Orthodontics, School of Dentistry / UERJ-RJ.
61
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
addressed oral health related quality of life

(the others were linked to medical areas, or
were studies in the dental field that used general quality of life questionnaires). Based on
the analysis of 158 articles, 30 were identified
as being directly related, through development, evaluation, testing, translation or discussion, to the subjective quality of life indexes.
Only those articles were selected which validated the original versions of the subjective
indicators discussed, reviews conducted by
their authors, as well as validations and tests
conducted for the Portuguese language.
Articles published in Portuguese, Spanish,
English, French and Italian were included and
all studies published in other languages were
excluded, even with summaries or abstracts
written in English. Extraction of data from the
selected articles was performed by a single reviewer using a pre-structured instrument. The
following information was gleaned: Author
names, location where the study was conducted, year of publication, study period, study design, age or age group of the population, type
of subjective indicator used, main findings and
relevant issues.
been developed and adapted as new methods

for measuring treatment need and comparing
results. In this case, the individuals perception
is the crucial link to all orthodontic treatment
need and satisfaction, reflecting the impact that
malocclusion exerts on their daily lives, whether by causing limitations and constraints or not.
Clinical measurement is undeniably important,
however, the dimensions of dental, social and
functional impact are equally relevant,18,25 especially in orthodontics, where all treatment
phases play a remarkable psychosocial part in
patients lives.25
In Brazil, where provision of orthodontic
treatment by governmental institutions is either circumscribed or non-existent, perceived
need determines demand. In fact, perceived
need generates action, which in turn leads
to the use of private services for treatment.
Worldwide, perceived need has emerged as an
important predictor of the use of medical and
dental services, underscoring the importance of
learning about the desires of the patient.22
The purpose of this study was to identify
reliable information about quality of life as it
relates to oral health in the literature, describing the most widely employed indexes in the
literature28,29 while allowing clinicians to access and understand the influence of such information on the process of finding and treating their patients.
rESuLtS
Thirty studies were selected: two prospective longitudinal studies, two systematic reviews, five case-control studies, twelve epidemiological studies, five cross-sectional studies
and three literature reviews, in addition to the
Statement of the World Health Organization
(WHO). All were used to describe the seven
quality of life indexes discussed in this article.
No Randomized Clinical Trials (RCT) or systematic reviews of The Cochrane Collaboration were found on the subject.
According to the literature, the most widely
used and most reliable questionnaires28,29 are:
Oral Impacts on Daily Performance (OIDP),1
Dental Impacts on Daily Living (DIDL),16
MAtEriAL And MEtHodS

In September 2010, a search was conducted in the MEDLINE, LILACS, BBO and
Cochrane Controlled Trials electronic databases spanning the period from 1980 through
2010. Descriptors (keywords) were taken
from the Medical Subject Headings (MeSH):
Oral health related quality of life, quality
of life and the expression life quality. Five
hundred and sixty-nine articles were found,
among which 158 were selected because they
62
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
Feu D, Quinto CCA, Miguel JAM
a score used by respondents to grade how much

trouble that specific function causes in the individuals daily life, ranging from five (very severe)
to zero (none).1
The final score of each activity is obtained by
multiplying the value on the frequency scale by
the value in the perceived severity scale. The total OIDP score is obtained by adding up all the
scores on the frequency and perceived severity
scales and dividing the resulting value by the
maximum possible score (8 performances x5 in
the frequency range, x 5 on the scale of perceived
severity = 200) and subsequently multiplying it
by 100 to reach a percentage value.2
This test was evaluated in a pilot study with
501 patients, 35-44 years of age. Internal consistency showed adequate reliability (Cronbachs
alpha=0.65), and test-retest reliability demonstrated that the indexapplied in 47 individuals
at three-week intervalwas stable, resulting in a
kappa coefficient that ranged from 0.95 to 1.0.
The OIDP features good psychometric properties and a consistent theoretical basis, allowing
the assessment of behavioral impacts on daily
performance, unlike other questionnaires, which
assess the perceived impact dimensions.2
The key advantages of the OIDP consist in
the fact that it is easily understood by respondents and swiftly completed. Therefore, it has
been translated into other languages and used in
different cultures.2
In Brazil, the OIDP was employed to assess
the impact of dental pain on 504 women during
pregnancy and showed increasing negative impact on quality of life in pregnant women who
had more carious lesions, fewer teeth, who visited the dentist less frequently, and who perceived
the need for treatment.24 The OIDP was also
used to measure the impact on quality of life of
1,675 Brazilian adolescents relative to the standard measurement of their malocclusions and
showed no difference between standard view and
perceived impact, i.e., the psychosocial effects, as
Geriatric Oral Health Assessment Index (GOHAI),3 Child Oral Health Quality of Life Questionnaires (COHQLQ),14 Early Childhood Oral
Health Impact Scale (ECOHIS),29 Oral Health
Impact Profile (OHIP)24,27 and Orthognathic
Quality of Life Questionnaire (OQLQ).8
Among these indexes, some are specific to
children and some specific to the elderly, since
the cognitive abilities of understanding and selfperception change with age.28 Moreover, complaints and personal experiences also change
considerably.8,20
These instruments provide numerical scores
that can be used to compare groups with or without disease in the oral cavity, with different diseases or different degrees of severity of such diseases. Score values can also be compared before
and after treatment to determine the extent of
change that can be attributed to the treatment in
terms of patient well-being and quality of life.17,18
oral impacts on daily Performance - oidP
The index Oral Impacts on Daily Performance (OIDP) is one of the shortest. It aims to
assess what the authors call the latest impacts.
The impact of oral conditions on the individuals
ability to perform eight daily activities is assessed:
Eating and enjoying the food, speaking clearly,
performing oral hygiene, sleeping and relaxing,
smiling, laughing and showing teeth without
embarrassment, maintaining a stable emotional
condition, properly performing jobs at work or
in social settings, enjoying contact with people.1
The frequency with which the individual is
affected or displays a negative impact on these
functions is assessed by a time scale called Frequency Scale, stratified as follows: Never in the
past six months, less than once a month, once or
twice a month, once or twice a week, three to
four times a week, every day or almost every day.
This scale has a score ranging from zero (never in
the past six months) to five (every day or almost
every day). Perceived Severity is also rated. It is
63
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
the scale, which in this case is 4. The impacts are

interpreted as positive if the final value is +1, and
negative if it is 1, and not altogether negative
when the final value is zero.16
The dimensions are given weights proportional to the impact perceived by the respondent
using a visual scale graded 1-10 with dimensions
positioned side by side. Spearmans correlation
test was used to evaluate how the determination of weights for the dimensions contributes
to the final result, comparing the DIDL scores
with and without weights. The results suggested
that some patients rated as dissatisfied (score below zero) in the version without weights were
actually less severely impacted when they were
assigned weights.16
The total score is obtained by calculating the
score of each dimension (the sum of items divided by the number of items that make up the
scale), and these scores are assigned weights by
the interviewees. The dimensions are then added
up, yielding a total score.16
The instrument was tested on a convenience
sample of Brazilian individuals where their stability (test-retest) and internal consistency were
assessed using the questionnaire (0.87 and 0.85,
respectively) and the scale (0.78 and 0.59, respectively), yielding positive results.16 The major
advantages of this index is its flexibility in producing or eliminating data (individual items, dimensions or total score) and the possibility of assigning weights to the dimensions, reflecting the
true importance of each dimension in the life of
the individual.
measured by the OIDP, when the same malocclusion is assessed.25

In a case-control study using OIDP with 279
cases and 558 controls, Bernab et al4 showed
that orthodontic treatment significantly improved OHRQoL in Brazilian adolescents. These
patients were significantly less likely to have impacts on physical, psychological and social problems in their daily lives, related to the presence
of malocclusions, than patients with no history of
orthodontic treatment.
The CHILD-OIDP11 was launched in 2004
by adapting the OIDP model for 11-12 year-old
children. It evaluates the impact of oral health
issues on the same eight daily activities using pictures to illustrate the questions.
The index was evaluated in 1,100 children
aged 11-12 years old and proved reliable and
valid, as the values it yielded highly correlated
with the perceived need for dental treatment.
Cronbachs alpha was 0.82. CHILD-OIDP (testretest) stability was tested in 90 children and
showed kappa = 0.91.11
dental impacts on daily Life - didL
The Dental Impacts on Daily Living (DIDL)
index evaluates psychosocial problems and, consequently, quality of life according to oral health
conditions using five quality of life dimensions:
Comfort (related to gingival health and absence
of food impaction), appearance (individuals selfimage), pain, performance (ability to perform
normal daily activities and social interactions),
and dietary restrictions (in biting and chewing).16
The DIDL is a questionnaire with 36 items
that aims to obtain scores for each dimension as
well as an overall score that assesses the overall impact of all dimensions. The dimensions
score is obtained by adding the values of each
item (question) that make up a dimension, for
example, the four items or questions that comprise the Appearance dimension. The result is
then divided by the number of items comprising
Geriatric oral Health Assessment index GoHAi

The Geriatric Oral Health Assessment Index
(GOHAI), developed through research with
North American senior citizens, was specifically
designed to evaluate oral functional problems in
elderly populations and assess the degree of psychosocial impact associated with oral diseases.
64
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
orofacial disorders.14 Its goal is to incorporate

the perceptions of children and their parents,
attuned to childrens cognitive and emotional
development. To this end, separate assessments
are made.
The Parental/Caregiver Perception Questionnaire (PPQ) comprises 31 questions and
aims to evaluate the impact of childrens oral
conditions seen from their parents perspective.
The PPQ was considered reliable in the evaluation of 231 caregivers (Cronbachs alpha = 0.94)
and stable when retested at 79, with interclass
correlation coefficient of 0.85.14
Due to a large variability in child perception across different ages three other questionnaires are available which are similar to the
Child Perceptions Questionnaire (CPQ), with
36 questions each, and each specific to one age
group only: between 6 and 7 years, between
8 and 10 years and between 11 and 14 years.
The perception questionnaires were assessed
in 123 children aged 11-14 years, divided into
three clinical groups (pediatric, orthodontic
and orofacial). All three constructs are divided
into three main areas, i.e., social confidence
and well-being, oral and social self-image, and
concern for oral health.14 Positive correlation
was found between the results, the perception
of oral health (p=0.013) and overall well-being
(p<0.001). The reliability and stability tests
(test-retest) were performed on 65 children,
with satisfactory results, Cronbachs alpha and
interclass correlation coefficient were 0.91 and
0.90, respectively, showing that the COHQOL
scale designed for children aged 11-14 was valid and reliable.14
The CPQ for children aged 8-10 years was
based on the 11-14 years CPQ and had its validity and reliability tested in 68 children. The
authors noted a positive correlation between
the results and the perception of oral health and
general well-being (p<0.001), with Cronbachs
alpha and interclass correlation coefficient of
It may also be used to evaluate the functional and

psychosocial effectiveness of dental treatment.3
The GOHAI consists of 12 items that assess
pain, discomfort and changes in function. Four
of these items are geared towards psychosocial
functions such as dissatisfaction with oral health
and appearance. The questionnaire score is obtained with a Likert scale of six levels, always
(5), very often (4), often (3), sometimes (2),
rarely (1) never (0). Only the total score is calculated by adding the scores of the 12 items,
ranging from zero to sixty.3
The index was tested in 1755 individuals
aged at least 65 years who received health care,
and showed adequate consistency, with a Cronbachs alpha of 0.79. This study also showed
that individuals with a greater number of natural teeth achieved more positive results in the
GOHAI.3
When it was applied in 280 Hispanics, with
a mean age of 39 years, the GOHAI yielded excellent internal consistency results (Cronbachs
alpha=0.83), demonstrating that it can be used
reliably in young adults.9
The GOHAI was used to test a government
program to foster oral health in Florida, evaluating 200 senior residents. Two years after completing dental treatment, 119 patients underwent a retest, which allowed researchers to note
a 2.3-point mean improvement in the impact,
starting from a baseline (set in pretreatment
tests) of 52.3 (SD=9.0)9.
Currently the GOHAI is used reliably in elderly and young adults and has been translated
and adapted into many languages and cultures.9
the child oral Health Quality of Life
Questionnaire - coHQoL
The Child Oral Health Quality of Life Questionnaire (COHQOL) was designed to adapt
to modern concepts of child health and be applicable to children between six and fourteen
years of age with a wide variety of facial and
65
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
years, and 50 children. Interclass correlation coefficient (ICC) for the ECOHIS questionnaire
was 0.98. ICC child subscale was 0.98 and ICC
respondent subscale (childrens next of kin)
was 0.97. Therefore, the Portuguese version of
ECOHIS was considered reliable and stable.29
The ECOHIS most remarkable advantage is
that it is a short and easy-to-apply questionnaire.
Age groups, however, should be strictly observed
since it is designed for children whose maturity
and cognitive, emotional, social and linguistic development are at the preschool stage.29
0.89 and 0.75, respectively, showing that this

scale is also valid and reliable. The CPQ for children 6-7 years of age has not yet been tested for
validity and reliability.14
The CPQ is ideal for measuring the quality
of life of children as it is relatively short and features parallel measurements for caregivers and
for children, thereby capturing the impact on
quality of life from both perspectives.14
Early childhood oral Health impact Scale EcoHiS
The design of the Early Childhood Oral
Health Impact Scale (ECOHIS) was based on
the 36 items that comprise the COHQOL14
questionnaire. ECOHIS is focused on evaluating quality of life related to oral health in
preschool children.29 Of the 13 questions that
compose the index, 9 are designed to measure
the impact on children and 4 to measure the
impact on the family.
The questionnaire was tested for validity and
reliability in a sample of 167 American caregivers of children five years of age. Correlation
was found between ECOHIS scores and overall
health condition (p<0.05) and oral health status
(p<0.001) of children evaluated according to the
perception of interviewed parents. The authors
also observed a correlation between the scores
of the child and family subscores (p<0.001),
with Cronbachs alpha equal to 0.87, showing
satisfactory reliability.29
In 2006, a cross-cultural translation of ECOHIS into Portuguese29 was performed. Internal
consistency for the 13 items of the questionnaire, tested on a sample of 80 children and their
families was high (Cronbachs alpha=0.80).
A positive correlation was also noted between
ECOHIS scores and general health (p<0.01),
and oral health status (p<0.01) for children, as
measured by the perception of respondents. The
stability test (test-retest) was conducted with
50 female caregivers with a mean age of 32.1
oral Health impact Profile oHiP

Oral Health Impact Profile (OHIP) was developed and tested in Australia as an indicator
of perceived need in order to enhance understanding of oral health-related behaviors by
measuring the discomfort, dysfunction and self
perceived impact of oral diseases on the daily
activities of adults and seniors, thereby complementing traditional27 epidemiological indicators.
Its 49 items are divided into seven subgroups
or dimensions: Functional limitation, physical
pain, psychological discomfort, physical disability, psychological disability, social disability and
handicap in performing daily activities that collectively indicate the social impact of each disease.27 These sub-scales are in a hierarchical order of increasing impact on the individuals life,
and are based on a concept suggested by Locker
(1988),18 which is derived from the Classification of Impairments, Disabilities and Handicaps
of the World Health Organization (WHO).30
The questions are rated using the five-level Likert scale (always [4], often [3], sometimes [2],
rarely [1], and never [0]).
The index was assessed in a sample of 122
individuals aged 60 years or older. The internal
reliability of six subgroups was high (Cronbachs
alpha coefficient = 0.70-0.83) and low only for
the disability subscale (0.37) while test-retest reliability, performed on 46 of individuals sampled
66
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
cross-sectional study, which concluded that this version has similar properties to the original version and
is therefore a valid tool for international research.24
Most studies on the impact of oral diseases
on quality of life focused on adults. This may be
due to the fact that the impact on this group is
more evident owing to an accumulation of diseases and their effects on oral tissues. Broder et
al5 spearheaded the use of the OHIP in adolescents aged 12 to 17 years. The authors concluded that OHIP-14 may be an important, sensitive
screening tool to identify people with high levels of oral health impacts in a given community,
even in younger individuals.
The impact of orthodontic treatment on the
quality of life of adolescents between 15 and 16
years of age was evaluated in a Brazilian study
that used OHIP and OIDP. The results showed
that patients treated orthodontically showed
significant improvement in quality of life compared to those never treated or undergoing
orthodontic treatment.25
Another Brazilian study used OHIP-14 to
evaluate quality of life in 92 patients (mean age
of 13.2 years) who sought orthodontic treatment, and in 102 patients who did not, and concluded that individuals seeking treatment experience a significantly more negative impact on
their quality of life, regardless of the severity of
their malocclusion and their esthetic condition,
as assessed by an orthodontist.13
The OHIP-14 was also used to assess the
impact of treatment on 117 ortho-surgical patients (mean age of 24 years), and demonstrated improvement in quality of life in terms of
oral health, with significant reduction in OHIP
values after treatment. Presurgical orthodontic
treatment also led to significant improvement in
patients quality of life.10
A prospective study assessed the OHRQoL
of 250 chinese patients in periods of one week,
one month, three months, six months and after
the orthodontic treatment, using the OHIP-14.
for each dimension of the questionnaire (ICC of

0.42 to 0.77 for the dimensions), showed stability. There was also a positive correlation between
OHIP scores and general health status and oral
health (p<0.05).19
The authors noted that the OHIP was able
to detect an association previously observed between social impact and perceived need for treatment,22,27 besides being the most commonly used
sociodental instrument in use, translated and
adapted into many languages and cultures.18,20
A systematic review of literature on the use
and performance of OHIP concluded that the
instrument is sensitive enough to capture changes in the impact of oral conditions. However,
there is little scientific evidence to recommend
the use of the OHIP instrument in isolation, be
it in planning or assessing oral health services.
Its use should be considered complementary to
traditional objective indicators.22
The short form of the OHIP-49 questionnaire (OHIP-14) was developed using epidemiological data from a sample of 1,217 South
Australians with a mean age of 60 years.28 The
author concluded that fourteen questions were
effective in determining the same patterns of
variation in clinical and socio-demographic factors that were observed using the forty-nine
questions, in addition to comprising the seven
subgroups, neatly and hierarchically distributed
every couple of questions, suggesting that the
reduced version of the instrument is useful to
quantify the levels of impact with good reliability, validity and accuracy.18,22 The internal reliability of the OHIP-14 was high according to
Cronbachs alpha (=0.88) and its variance was
94% compared to the OHIP-49.28
To adapt the OHIP-14 to the cultural context of
Brazil and the Portuguese language, a cross-cultural
translation was performed. The validation showed
psychometric properties similar to those measured
in the original situation. The properties of the
Brazilian version of OHIP-14 were evaluated in a
67
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
ortho-surgical treatment in patients quality of

life. The development and reliability of this instrument was described and validated by Cunningham, Garratt and Hunt8 in 2002.
The great importance of using more specific
questionnaires is their sensitivity in capturing
impacts related to the individuals condition and
their smaller interaction with confounding factors,
such as patients general health.4,17,20 Therefore,
to evaluate ortho-surgical patients, it is better to
use a questionnaire with adequate sensitivity and
specificity as the Orthognathic Quality of Life
Questionnaire.8
Choi et al7 prospectively evaluated 36 orthosurgical Class III patients to measure changes
in OHRQoL, measured by the OQLQ and the
OHIP-14. Patients were evaluated at the initial
period (before treatment begins), six weeks after
surgery, six months after surgery and after orthodontic treatment. Authors observed a progressive reduction in OQLQ rates at all evaluated
times when compared with baseline assessment.
The OHIP-14, however, had a significant reduction only six weeks and six months after surgery.
Ortho-surgical treatment has been considered
effective, producing significant psychosocial and
functional gains for the patients.
The study showed significant worsening in

OHRQoL during treatment periods, with the
worst phase in the first week. The most significantly affected dimensions were: physical pain,
psychological discomfort and psychological disability. Authors concluded that patients exhibited
a significant gain in its OHRQoL after removing
braces when compared with their pretreatment
stage and also with their treatment stages.6
However, a sistematic review17 showed that
scientific evidence levels of available articles in literature about the effects of orthodontic treatment
are relatively low since most studies are crosssectional. Moreover, the issues discussed were
primarily related to the relationship between
malocclusions and OHRQoL, and there is still no
controlled study that links the oral health-related
quality of life and the orthodontic treatment prospectively, showing its effects and consequences.
To Bernab et al4, Feu et al13 and Liu, McGrath and Hgg,17 there is a negative impact on
OHRQoL in adolescents with malocclusion, but
the role of psychological, physical and social impact in that is still no well understood, probably
due to large individual variation with which it
manifests itself.
Although OHIP was originally designed to
assess impact on groups and populations it can
likewise measure impact on individuals and be
incorporated into daily care as an aid in individualizing treatment planning.27
diScuSSion
The literature is in general agreement that
the use of indicators of quality of life is an essential component in dental research and clinical
studies, especially those that evaluate prevention and treatment options that seek to improve
the health of individuals.3,14,17,18,29 In Orthodontics, recent studies showed significant positive
effects in the OHRQoL in treated patients.4,6
Functional improvement is not the primary
motivation of many individuals who receive
treatment.4,6,17 From a sociological standpoint,
the need and desire to convey a culturally acceptable image and the desire to achieve esthetic dentistry standards are the main reasons
orthognathic Quality of Life Questionnaire

oQLQ
Patients with severe dentofacial deformities
may require a comprehensive ortho-surgical
treatment, and providing better quality of life is
an objective of this kind of intervention. Patients
are often young, which limits the use of most
existing tools, such as OHIP. Based on this, the
instrument known as the Orthognathic Quality
of Life Questionnaire - OQLQ was created in
order to analyze the impacts and benefits of the
68
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
for seeking orthodontic treatment, and it is precisely these kinds of motivation that subjective
indexes, such as the OHIP, evaluate.
According to the literature, dissatisfaction
and demand for orthodontic treatment are related to increasing age, the use of derogatory
nicknames and embarrassment associated with
malocclusions. Therefore, self-esteem is closely
linked to demand for treatment.10,12,13,18,26 This
demand can be construed, in the patients view,
as a quest to recover their self-esteem and satisfaction in living socially.
Although the desire to improve dental and/
or facial appearance is the main reason for seeking orthodontic treatment,12,15 this quest is
not usually related to malocclusion severity, as
demonstrated in a study by Feu et al13 but to a
general desire shared by individuals and families alike to improve their esthetics and self-esteem, often with unrealistic expectations. This
fact once again underscores the importance of
being aware of the actual motivation behind
the search for orthodontic treatment in order
to avoid future disappointment and misunderstandings as regards treatment outcome.
Todays society has changed its way of thinking and acting over the past few years driven by
new patterns of behavior and esthetics, which
are now part and parcel of the concept of quality of life for most of its members.20 Therefore,
how can orthodontists ignore the major demand
generators of today? And how can they plan a
treatment without being aware of the patients
view of their own problem?
In actuality, no scientific evidence exists to
recommend the use of subjective indicators

alone in planning orthodontic treatment or assessing the quality of oral health services.22 The
use of such indicators should be complementary
to traditional objective indicators, which enable
a broader view of diagnosis and treatment goals,
involving standard and subjective perceptions,
which are equally important to the patients
quality of life.
concLuSionS
The study of quality of life in orthodontic
patients is of paramount importance if one is
to understand the impact of malocclusions on
daily life, especially in terms of functional limitations and psychosocial well-being. The use of
indicators of quality of life hand in hand with
standard indicators for diagnosis of malocclusions allows orthodontists to identify which patients can benefit most from orthodontics. As a
result, strategy and expenditure planning can be
implemented with greater effectiveness.
In private settings, the in-depth diagnostic
capabilities acquired through the introduction of quality of life indexes ensure invaluable
gains for the professional-patient relationship
by broadening the understanding of which factors lead patients to seek treatment. Planning
has therefore become individualized and based
not only on the characteristics of the patients
malocclusion but also on the factors that exert
the worst impact on their everyday life. As a
result, expectations regarding treatment outcome become perfectly clear to both patients
and professionals.
69
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
rEfErEncES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Adulyanon S, Vourapukjaru J, Sheiham A. Oral impacts affecting

daily performance in a low dental disease Thai population.
Community Dent Oral Epidemiol. 1996 Dec;24(6):385-9.
Adulyanon S, Sheiham A. A new socio-dental indicator of oral
impacts on daily performances. J Dent Res. 1996;75:231-2.
Atchison KA, Dolan TA. Development of the Geriatric Oral Health
Assessment Index. J Dent Educ. 1990 Nov;54(11):680-7.
Bernab E, Sheiham A, Tsakos G, Messias OC. The impact of
orthodontic treatment on the quality of life in adolescents: a casecontrol study. Eur J Orthod. 2008 Oct;30(5):515-20.
Broder HL, Slade G, Caine R, Reisine S. Perceived impact of oral
health conditions among minority adolescents. J Public Health
Dent. 2000 Summer;60(3):189-92.
Chen M, Wang DW, Wu LP. Fixed orthodontic appliance therapy
and its impact on oral health-related quality of life in Chinese
patients. Angle Orthod. 2010 Jan;80(1):49-53.
Choi WS, Lee S, McGrath C, Samman N. Change in quality of
life after combined orthodontic-surgical treatment of dentofacial
deformities. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod.
2010 Jan;109(1):46-51.
Cunningham SJ, Garratt AM, Hunt NP. Development of a
condition-specific quality of life measure for patients with
dentofacial deformity: II. Community Dent Oral Epidemiol. 2002
Apr;30(2):81-90.
Dolan TA, Atchison KA. Perceived oral health and utilization in an
aged (75+) population. J Dent Res. 1990;69:266-72.
Espero PT, Oliveira BH, Oliveira AMA, Kiyak HA, Miguel JA. Oral
health-related quality of life in orthognathic surgery patients. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2010 Jun;137(6):790-5.
Gherunpong S, Tsakos G, Sheiham A. The prevalence and severity
of oral impacts on daily performances in Thai primary school
children. Health Qual Life Outcomes. 2004 Oct 12;2:57.
Gift HC. Oral health outcomes research challenges and
opportunities. In: Slade GD, editor. Measuring oral health and
quality of life. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina; 1997.
Feu D, Oliveira BH, Oliveira AMA, Kiyak HA, Miguel JA. Oral
health-related quality of life and orthodontic treatment seeking. Am
J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2010 Aug;138(2):152-9.
Jokovic A, Locker D, Tompson B, Guyatt G. Questionnaire for
measuring oral health-related quality of life in eight-to-ten-year-old
children. Pediatr Dent. 2004 Nov-Dec;26(6):512-8.
Kiyak HA. Cultural and psychologic influences on treatment
demand. Semin Orthod. 2000 Dec;6(4):242-48.
16. Leo A, Sheiham A. Relation between clinical dental status

and subjective impacts on daily living. J Dent Res. 1995
Jul;74(7):1408-13.
17. Liu Z, McGrath C, Hgg U. The impact of malocclusion/orthodontic
treatment need on the quality of life: a systematic review. Angle
Orthod. 2009 May;79(3):585-91.
18. Locker D. Oral health and quality of life. Oral Health Prev Dent.
2004;2 suppl 1:247-53.
19. Locker D, Slade G. Oral health and quality of life among older
adults: the Oral Health Impact Profile. J Can Dent Assoc. 1993
Oct;59(10):830-3, 837-8, 844.
20. Locker D. Concepts of oral health, disease and the quality of life.
In: Slade GD, editor. Measuring Oral Health and Quality of Life.
Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina; 1997.
21. Mandall NA, Wright J, Conboy F, Kay E, Harvey L, OBrien KD.
Index of orthodontic treatment need as a predictor of orthodontic
treatment uptake. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2005
Dec;128(6):703-7.
22. Miotto MHMB, Barcellos LA. Uma reviso sobre o indicador
subjetivo de sade bucal Oral Health Impact Profile (OHIP). UFES
Rev Odontol; 2001 jan-jun;3(1):32-8.
23. Muldoon MF, Barger SD, Flory JD, Manuck SB. What are quality of
life measurements measuring? BMJ. 1998 Feb 14;316(7130):542-5.
24. Oliveira BH, Nadanovsky P. Psychometric properties of the Brazilian
version of the Oral Health Impact Profile short form. Community
Dent Oral Epidemiol. 2005 Aug;33(4):307-14.
25. Oliveira CM, Sheiham A. Orthodontic treatment and its impact in
oral health-related quality of life in Brazilian adolescents. J Orthod.
2004 Mar;31(1):20-7.
26. Shaw WC. Factors influencing the desire for orthodontic treatment.
Eur J Orthod. 1981;3(3):151-62.
27. Slade GD, Spencer AJ. Development and evaluation of the
Oral Health Impact Profile. Community Dent Health. 1994
Mar;11(1):3-11.
28. Slade GD. Derivation and validation of a short-form oral
health impact profile. Community Dent Oral Epidemiol. 1997
Aug;25(4):284-90.
29. Tesch FC, Oliveira BH, Leo A. Equivalncia semntica da verso
em portugus do instrumento Early Childhood Oral Health Impact
Scale. Cad Sade Pblica. 2008;24(8):1897-909.
30. WHO. International Classification of Impairments, Disabilities and
Handicaps. Geneve: World Health Organization; 1980.
Submitted: May 2007

Revised and accepted: August 2008
contact address
Daniela Feu
Rua Moacir vidos, n 156, apto 804 Praia do Canto
CEP: 29.055-350 Vitria / ES, Brazil
70
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):61-70
Original Article
Evaluation of the effect of rapid maxillary

expansion on the respiratory pattern using
active anterior rhinomanometry: Case report and
description of the technique
Edmilsson Pedro Jorge*, Luiz Gonzaga Gandini Jnior**, Ary dos Santos Pinto***, Odilon Guariza Filho*,
Anibal Benedito Batista Arrais Torres de Castro****
Abstract
The aim of the present investigation is to evalute the effect of rapid maxillary expansion (RME) on the respiratory pattern. A clinical case is presented to describe how
patients with atresic maxilla and respiratory problems can benefit from rapid maxillary
expansion. The article highlights that the health professional, mainly the Orthodontist
and the Otorhinolaryngologist, may use complementary exams to diagnose a mouth
breather patient.
Keywords: Active anterior rhinomanometry. Rapid maxillary expansion. Total nasal resistance.

Respiratory pattern. Mouth breather. Upper airway.
introduction
Nasal breathing is the only physiologically
normal breathing pattern seen in humans. When
for some reason, the individual has any difficulties of breathing through the nose, it complements or replaces the nasal breathing by mouth
breathing.15
The diagnostic methods to determine the
breathing pattern of an individual are controversial. However, the effects of nasal respiratory
obstruction are not fully understood in the development of malocclusion and facial growth.
Although much has been researched about the

relationship between respiration and craniofacial growth, many questions still remain unanswered, because of numerous variables including genetic predisposition and environmental
influences, as each individual has its own way to
adapt for the resulting impact of the alteration
of normal breathing pattern.11,20,27
The importance of studying the nasal breathing and its alterations is fundamental to the orthodontist, because the nasal breathing disorders may impact negatively on the development
* MSc in Orthodontics, Department of Orthodontics and Pediatric Dentistry, School of Dentistry, University of So Paulo (FOUSP) and PhD in Orthodontics,
Department of Pediatric Dentistry ,School of Dentistry, So Paulo State University (UNESP - Araraquara).

** Assistant Professor, Department of Pediatric Dentistry, School of Dentistry, So Paulo State University (UNESP - Araraquara).
*** Adjunct Professor, Department of Pediatric Dentistry, School of Dentistry, So Paulo State University (UNESP - Araraquara).
**** Adjunct Professor, Department of Otolaryngology and Human Communication Disorders, Federal University of So Paulo (UNIFESP).
71
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
Evaluation of the effect of rapid maxillary expansion on the respiratory pattern using active anterior rhinomanometry: Case report and description of the technique
of occlusion19,20 and on facial growth.11,25

For over a century, some researchers were interested in evaluating the effect of rapid maxillary expansion (RME) on nasal morphology and
function. This procedure, introduced by Angell1
changes the shape of the jaw, opening the palatal
suture and other facial sutures. Numerous studies have shown that the outcome of this procedure causes changes in the transverse dimension
of the maxilla and nasal cavity, providing an improvement in breathing.2,3,8,9
There are reports of scientific studies that the
breathing pattern of an individual with reduced
naso-respiratory function may be improved by
rapid maxillary expansion, since the increase in
nasal cross-sectional area leads to a decrease in
nasal resistance increasing the airflow.3,4,10,12,14
However, it is necessary to maintain a minimum
level of nasal resistance in order to provide respiratory gas exchange occurring in the pulmonary
alveoli.29
Subtelny26 associated oral breathing to unfavorable dentofacial development, and reported
that, for normal breathing to exist the proper use
of the nasal cavity and nasopharyngeal space was
necessary. And that an abnormal increase of the
structures within these anatomic areas, such as
hypertrophy of the turbinates and / or hypertrophy of the adenoid tissue, could cause a blockage
of air passage through the upper airway. Thus,
if the obstruction was of sufficient size to prevent nasal breathing, the result could be a way of
adapting to mouth breathing.
The reduction of naso-respiratory function
may be caused by several etiologic factors, which
may be located in the bucopharynx, nasal cavity
or nasopharynx.15,16,21,23 However, the most commonly nasal obstructions encountered, that can
cause an increase in nasal resistance are: pharyngeal tonsil hypertrophy, hypertrophy of palatine
tonsils, hypertrophy of the turbinates, nasal septum deviation and allergic rhinitis.5,15,16,31
For Watson Jr. et al,31 most patients with re-
spiratory nasal resistance above 4.5 cmH2O/L/

sec. are mouth breathers, although for Vig et al,27
nasal respiratory resistance of 4.5 cmH2O/L/
sec., is a critical value to distinguish the nasal
from the oral breathers. McCaffrey and Kern18
report that the symptom of nasal obstruction
occurs when the value of total nasal resistance
is greater than 3 cmH2O/L/sec. Warren et al30
described that when the total nasal resistance is
high, around 4.5 cmH2O/L/sec, the vast majority
of individuals are regarded as mouth breathers.
The values obtained through the active posterior
rhinomanometry and nasal breathing in patients
with nasal obstruction are differenton average
1.86 cm H2O/l/sec. and 3.05 cmH2O/L/sec., respectively.13
Another method used to quantify the respiratory pattern is by measuring the nasal crosssectional area. However the limit of change of
oral to nasal breathing is very close,28 about 0.40
to 0.45 cm2. About 97% of individuals with
nasal cross-sectional area smaller than 0.4 cm2
have some kind of mouth breathing,28 or a nasal cross-sectional area equal to or less than 0.4
cm2 gives a nasal respiratory resistance from 0.5
to 4.7 cmH2O/L/sec.14 Thus, the extremely high
breathing resistance requires the individual to
open his mouth about 0.4 to 0.6 cm2 to reduce
it and achieve normal values compatible with
breathing, from 1.9 to 2.2 cmH2O/L/sec.30
Recently, with technological advances and
the increasing interest of orthodontists and otolaryngologists for this topic, new techniques try
to quantify and evaluate more objectively the
effect of rapid maxillary expansion on the respiratory pattern.22,24 To MacCaffrey and Kern;18
Kern;17 Clement,6 one of the more common and
physiologic diagnostic methods used to study resistance and conductance of the nasal airway is
the active anterior rhinomanometry, which was
standardized in 1968 by Cottle,7 and consists of
an aerodynamic test in which the pressure and
nasal flow are quantified.
72
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
Jorge EP, Gandini Jnior LG, Pinto ADS, Guariza Filho O, Castro ABBAT
and the appliance. He was advised to use a 20

ml plastic syringe with water, to perform the
removal of food remnants that remained between the palate and the appliance. In relation
to the activation of the appliance, the patients
guardian was called, and requested to sit beside the patient so all necessary guidelines were
passed, and also to observe how to activate the
expander. First, it was explained that whenever
he was performing the procedure, the activation
key should be tied with dental floss, around one
of the fingers of the person who would be performing the activation. This procedure is necessary in order to prevent accidental swallowing
of the key. The parent was oriented that, for
the activation of the device, the screw should
be turned with the key from front to back, two
quarters backwards in the morning and two
quarters backwards in the evening, summing a
full turn of the screw per day. After the initial
explanation, we performed the activation of the
screw, and then immediately asked his father to
perform the same procedure in order to observe
that he would have no doubts in carrying out
the activation at home. After elucidation of all
doubts, the patient was dismissed.
Consultations were scheduled every three
days for periodic control of expansion and to
observe whether activation was being conducted
properly.
Therefore, the purpose of this article was

to evaluate whether there was a change in the
patients breathing pattern which showed transverse deficiency of the upper arch and had indication for rapid maxillary expansion.
RAPID MAXILLARY EXPANSION APPLIANCE
The device used for rapid maxillary expansion
was a tooth-mucosa supported appliance, called
modified Haas8 appliance. The device was made
of acrylic resin with an expansion screw of 11 mm
placed on the center of the device. Orthodontic
bands were used on the first premolars and first
permanent molars, which were soldered onto a
length of stainless steel wire of 1.2 mm that extended from the cervical portion of the lingual
surface of the first molar to the lateral incisor.
Installation and activation of the rapid
maxillary expansion device
A caucasian, male patient, aged 11 years and
6 months, sought the orthodontic clinic with the
desire of improving his smile and teeth position.
During clinical examination, it was found that
the patient presented an Angle Class II, division
1, malocclusion, bilateral posterior crossbite in
the region of the first pre-molars, atretic premaxillary, mild anterior upper and lower crowding with lack of space for the upper left canine
and lower first premolars. In this first appointment, the patient reported that he was a mouth
breather, thus, the same was referred to the otolaryngologist.
In the first phase of treatment a rapid maxillary expansion modified Haas appliance was
planned. On the day of appliance installation
all the recommendations were explained to the
parents, regarding oral hygiene and the devices
mode of activation. However, the activation only
started the next day.
Concerning oral hygiene, it was explained to
the patient that always after meals he should
perform his dental hygiene, brushing his teeth
ACTIVE ANTERIOR RHINOMANOMETRY

Type of device and calibration
The appliance used for the patients active
anterior rhinomanometry was a rhinomanometer RM 302 Berger, composed of two channels,
allowing simultaneous assessment of flow and
pressure in each nasal cavity during breathing.
This equipment has two transducers, two graphic recorders, a flow meter (pneumotachograph),
a pressure gauge and two olives. The flow olive
had an outlet diameter of 7 mm, while the pressure olive had an outlet diameter of 5 mm. The
73
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
FigurE 1 - Extraoral photographs: A) profile view, B) front view, C) opening of diastema between upper central incisors.
FigurE 2 - Intraoral photographs: A) right lateral view, B) front view, C) left lateral view.
FigurE 3 - Intraoral photographs: A) upper occlusal view, B) lower occlusal view.
FigurE 4 - Intraoral photographs: A) front view, with opening of diastema between upper central incisors, B) upper occlusal view, with modified HAAS
palatal expander in position and C) upper occlusal view, after opening of the midpalatal suture.
74
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
pressure (P) were obtained from the right nostril

and then reversing the positions of the olives, the
left nasal cavity was evaluated.
The olive connected to the flow meter as well
as that connected to the pressure gauge were fitted perfectly to the nostrils, in order not to cause
deformation of the lobe and nasal air escape.
With this purpose, the examination was always
performed by the examiner, who held the olives
into the desired positions, during acquisition.
At the beginning, three respiratory cycles
were recorded for the patient to become familiar
with the exam and breathe normally, then ten respiratory cycles were done for each nasal cavity.
Later 3 drops of a topical vasoconstrictor
solution (oxymetazoline hydrochloride 0,05%)
were applied in each nostril of the patient, and
after 15 minutes, the test was repeated as described above.
Thus the values of flows and pressures in each
nasal cavity were obtained and recorded. From
this data, we calculated the unilateral nasal resistance and total nasal resistance of the patient
recordings were made with writing needles on

common graph paper at a speed of 10 mm/sec.
Device calibration had the following standardization: the flow meter was calibrated so
that each 5 mm of deviation from baseline on
the paper matched the flow of 10 liters/minute,
while the pressure gauge was calibrated so that
each 5 mm of deviation on the tracing was equivalent to 20 mm H2O.
Before conducting the patient examination
the rhinomanometer was taken to a specialized
company (Eletromedicina Berger Indstria e Comrcio, Brazil), for review and calibration.
Examination
Before the examination, the patient was
asked if he had a cold, otherwise the examination was not performed and another date would
be scheduled.
The procedure was fully explained to the patient, who was instructed to sit comfortably on
a chair, breathing quietly through the nose and
keeping his mouth closed. The examination was
performed at room temperature and after the
patient had rested for 30 minutes.6
Initially, the exam was conducted under normal conditions, without the use of topical vasoconstrictor. It always started by the right nasal
cavity. The olive that was connected to the pneumotachograph was placed in the right nostril and
the olive connected to the pressure gauge was
placed in the left nostril. Thus the flow (V) and
CALCULATION OF UNILATERAL AND TOTAL

NASAL RESISTANCE
Calculation of unilateral nasal resistance
To calculate the unilateral nasal resistance,
the sensitivity of rhinomanometer RM - 302 was
the following:
Pressure: each 5 mm variation of the baseline
corresponded to 20 mm of water (mm/H2O)
Flow: each 5 mm variation of the baseline was
equal to 10 liters per minute (l/min.)
To obtain the actual values of pressure and
flow from the tracings every millimeter of the
tracing was multiplied by the following factors:
Pressure tracing, every millimeter was multiplied by 4
1 mm x 4 = 4 mm H2O
Flow tracing: every millimeter was multiplied by 2
1 mm x 2 = 2 mm H2O
FigurE 5 - Device used to perform the active anterior rhinomanometry

exam. Rhinomanometer RM - 302 from Berger.
75
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
FigurE 6 - Performing the active anterior rhinomanometry exam: A) Obtaining the right nasal pressure, B) Obtaining the left nasal pressure, C) Obtaining the right nasal flow, D) Obtaining the left
nasal flow, E) Simultaneous obtainment of pressure and right nasal flow and f) Simultaneous obtainment of pressure and left nasal flow.
The formula used to calculate the unilateral

nasal resistance was as follows:6,18
R = P
Active Anterior Rhinamometry

Flow or Pressure
V
In this manner the left and right nasal resistance were calculated without vasoconstrictor,
and after with vasoconstrictor.
For Cottle,7 a tracing pattern characterized
by regular rhythm, amplitude and frequency observed in normal subjects without complaints of
nasal obstruction, the flow:pressure ratio (V/P)
would be 20/20 or 24/18.
R= P
V
Exhaling
Base Line
Inhaling
Flow litre/minute
Pressure mm/H2O
FigurE 7 - Rhinomanometric trace showing expiratory and inspiratory
curves.
76
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
RC
LC
before-RME
before-RME
08
V
10
16
14
14
11
10
07
P
SVC
A
SVC
FigurE 8 - Rhinomanometric examination trace before the rapid maxillary expansion (RME): A) Right nasal cavity and B) Left nasal cavity.
after-RME
RC
after-RME
LC
10
19
09
14
P
09
09
08
P
SVC
09
SVC
FigurE 9 - Rhinomanometric examination trace after the rapid maxillary expansion (RME): A) Right nasal cavity and B) Left nasal cavity.
Thus, as our study was not concerned with

the nasal conductance (V/P), but with the nasal
resistance (P/V), the pressure: flow ratio would
be 20/20 or 18/24. Therefore, normal individuals
without complaints of nasal obstruction would
have a unilateral nasal resistance ranging from
0.75 to 1.00 mm/H2O/l/min.
Therefore, normal individuals without complaints of nasal obstruction would have a total
nasal resistance ranging from 0.37 to 0.50 mm/
H2O/l/min.
FINAL COMMENTS
After (RME), a decrease in pressure (P) was
observed in the right nasal cavity (RN), while
the flow (F) remained constant. In the left nasal
cavity (LN) a decrease in pressure (P) and an increase in the flow (F) were observed.
After the RME was completed the patient
showed a reduction in nasal resistance, an
event previously reported in studies in the literature.10,22,24,27,33 However, we must be aware
that despite the benefit of the decrease in nasal
resistance and thereby increase nasal patency
of this orthopedic procedure, it should not be
Calculation of total nasal resistance

To calculate the total nasal resistance, the following formula was used:
TNR = RNR x LNR

RNR + LNR
By this formula, the grid is equal to the right nasal resistance (RNR) multiplied by the left nasal resistance (LNR) and divided by the sum of them.17,18
Thus, the total nasal resistance with and without
vasoconstrictor was calculated.
77
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
posterior unilateral or bilateral crossbites is its

main function, but it also contributes to reduce
total nasal resistance and increase nasal conductance. However, we must not forget that the examination of active anterior rhinomanometry is
an important diagnostic method for evaluating
the reduction of naso-respiratory function and
determine the individuals breathing pattern.
done simply for the purpose of providing improvement in nasal function in patients with
breathing difficulties, but only when it is associated to a correct indication for rapid maxillary expansion.10,32
Thus, one of the purposes of this article is to
emphasize that the expander, used to perform
rapid maxillary expansion (RME), and correct
ReferEncEs
1. Angell EH. Treatment of irregularity of the permanent or
adult teeth. Part I. Dent Cosmos. 1860 May;1(10):540-4.
2. Babacan H, Sokucu O, Doruk C, Ay S. Rapid maxillary
expansion and surgically assisted rapid maxillary expansion
effects on nasal volume. Angle Orthod. 2006 Jan;76(1):6671.
3. Basciftci FA, Mutlu N, Karaman AI, Malkoc S, Kkkolbasi
H. Does the timing and method of rapid maxillary expansion
have an effect on the changes in nasal dimensions? Angle
Orthod. 2002 Apr;72(2):118-23.
4. Bicakci AA, Agar U, Skc O, Babacan H, Doruk C. Nasal
airway changes due to rapid maxillary expansion timing.
Angle Orthod. 2005 Jan;75(1):1-6.
5. lan I, Oktay H. A study on the pharyngeal size in different
skeletal patterns. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1995
Jul;108(1):69-75.
6. Clement PA. Committee report on standardization of
rhinomanometry. Rhinology. 1984 Sep;22(3):151-5.
7. Cottle MH. Rhino-sphygmo-manometry: an aid in physical
diagnosis. Int Rhinol. 1968 Aug;6(1/2):7-26.
8. Haas AJ. Rapid expansion of the maxillary dental arch
and nasal cavity by opening the midpalatal suture. Angle
Orthod. 1961 Apr;31(2):73-90.
9. Haas AJ. The treatment of maxillary deficiency by opening
the midpalatal suture. Angle Orthod. 1965 Jul;35:200-17.
10. Hartgerink DV, Vig PS, Abbott DW. The effect of rapid
maxillary expansion on nasal airway resistance. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1987 Nov;92(5):381-9.
11. Harvold EP, Tomer BS, Vargervik K, Chierici G. Primate
experiments on oral respiration. Am J Orthod. 1981 Apr;
79(4):359-72.
12. Hershey HG, Stewart BL, Warren DW. Changes in nasal
airway resistance associated with rapid maxillary expansion.
Am J Orthod. 1976 Mar;69(3):274-84.
13. Hinton VA, Warren DW, Hairfield WM. Upper airway
pressures during breathing: a comparison of normal and
nasally incompetent subjects with modeling studies. Am J
Orthod. 1986 Jun;89(6):492-8.
14. Hinton VA, Warren DW, Hairfield WM, Seaton D. The

relationship between nasal cross-sectional area and nasal air
volume in normal and nasally impaired adults. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1987 Oct;92(4):294-8.
15. Jorge EP. Estudo das caractersticas funcionais, morfolgicas e
craniofaciais de pacientes com m ocluso de Classe II diviso
1 de Angle, com predomnio da respirao bucal [dissertao].
So Paulo (SP): Universidade de So Paulo; 2000.
16. Jorge EP. Avaliao da resistncia nasal total e do espao
livre bucofaringeano e nasofaringeano em pacientes com
m ocluso de Classe II diviso 1 de Angle, submetidos
ao tratamento ortopdico com Bionator de Balters [tese].
Araraquara (SP): Universidade Estadual Paulista; 2006.
17. Kern EB. Committee report on standardization of
rhinomanometry. Rhinology. 1981 Dec;19(4):231-6.
18. McCaffrey TV, Kern EB. Clinical evaluation of nasal
obstruction. Arch Otolaryngol. 1979 Sep;105(9):542-5.
19. McNamara JA. Influence of respiratory pattern on
craniofacial growth. Angle Orthod. 1981 Oct;51(4):269-300.
20. Melsen B, Attina L, Santuari M, Attina A. Relationships
between swallowing pattern, mode of respiration, and
development of malocclusion. Angle Orthod. 1987
Apr;57(2):113-20.
21. Moreira CA. Da avaliao rinomanomtrica pr e psoperatria em crianas portadoras de hipertrofia de
vegetaes adenides [dissertao]. So Paulo (SP): Escola
Paulista de Medicina; 1989.
22. Paiva JB. Estudo rinomanomtrico e nasofibroendoscpico da
cavidade nasal de pacientes submetidos expanso rpida da
maxila [tese]. So Paulo (SP): Universidade de So Paulo; 1999.
23. Ribak MM. Estudo rinomanomtrico do fluxo, presso e
condutncia em indivduos portadores de desvio do septo
nasal [dissertao]. So Paulo (SP): Universidade Federal de
So Paulo; 1990.
24. Rizzato SMD. Avaliao do efeito da expanso rpida da
maxila na resistncia nasal por rinomanometria anterior ativa
em crianas [dissertao]. Porto Alegre (RS). Universidade
Catlica do Rio Grande do Sul; 1998.
78
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
25. Santos-Pinto A, Paulin RF, Melo ACM, Martins LP. A

influncia da reduo do espao nasofaringeano na
morfologia facial de pr-adolescentes. Rev Dental Press
Ortod Ortop Facial. 2004 maio/jun;9(3):19-26.
26. Subtelny JD. Oral respiration: facial maldevelopment and
corrective dentofacial orthopedics. Angle Orthod. 1980
Jul;50(3):147-64.
27. Vig PS, Sarver DM, Hall DJ, Warren DW. Quantitative
evaluation of nasal airflow in relation to facial morphology.
Am J Orthod. 1981 Mar;79(3):263-72.
28. Warren DW, Hairfield WM, Seaton D, Morr KE, Smith LR.
The relationship between nasal airway size and nasaloral breathing. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1988
Apr;93(4):289-93.
29. Warren DW, Hairfield WM, Seaton DL, Hinton VA. The
relationship between nasal airway cross-sectional area and
nasal resistance. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1987
Nov;92(5):390-5.
30. Warren DW, Lehman MD, Hinton VA. Analysis of simulated

upper airway breathing. Am J Orthod. 1984 Sep;86(3):197-206.
31. Watson RM Jr, Warren DW, Fischer ND. Nasal resistance,
skeletal classification, and mouth breathing in orthodontic
patients. Am J Orthod. 1968 May;54(5):367-79.
32. Wertz RA. Changes in nasal airflow incident to rapid
maxillary expansion. Angle Orthod. 1968 Jan;38(1):1-11.
33. White BC, Woodside DG, Cole P. The effect of rapid
maxillary expansion on nasal airway resistance. J
Otolaryngol. 1989 Jun;18(4):137-43.
Submitted: February 2005

Revised and accepted: June 2009
Contact address
Edmilsson Pedro Jorge
Rua Francisco Rocha n 1750, sala 604 - Champagnat
CEP: 80.730-390 - Curitiba / PR, Brazil
79
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):71-9
Original Article
Non-neoplastic proliferative gingival

processes in patients undergoing
orthodontic treatment
Irineu Gregnanin Pedron*, Estevam Rubens Utumi**, ngelo Rafael Calbria Tancredi***,
Flvio Eduardo Guillin Perez****, Gilberto Marcucci*****
Abstract
Introduction: Orthodontic appliances render oral hygiene difficult and may contribute to
the development of gingival lesions such as non-neoplastic proliferative gingival processes.

These lesions, depending on such factors as development time, histopathological components
and oral conditions may be reversible in some cases, through oral hygiene advice and basic
periodontal therapy. In most cases, however, surgical treatment is required. Objectives: The
purpose of this paper is to report the case of a patient using fixed orthodontic appliance who
presented with two distinct gingival lesions diagnosed as pyogenic granuloma and inflammatory gingival hyperplasia. The clinical and histopathological features, incidence and frequency,
treatment modalities and prevention of both lesions were discussed, highlighting the importance of submitting the material collected from the lesions to histopathological examination
given the possibility of different diagnostic hypotheses. Surgical excision was performed on
both lesions. The upper arch lesion, diagnosed as pyogenic granuloma, relapsed, which led us
to provide basic periodontal therapy and repeat the surgical procedures. Results: The lesion
in the lower arch, diagnosed as gingival hyperplasia, was surgically removed and followed up
clinically, whereas the patient was instructed to perform proper oral hygiene.
Keywords: Pyogenic granuloma. Gingival hyperplasia. Periodontal diseases. Orthodontics. Gingiva.
introduction
The effects of fixed and removable orthodontic appliances on the periodontium have been
widely investigated. Orthodontic appliances
usually hinder proper oral hygiene, contributing to the development of gingival inflammation,
more evident in children, adolescents and young

adults. This situation is exacerbated when a patient already presents with periodontal changes
and, especially, if they are not undergoing periodontal maintenance and, as a result, become a
patient at risk.1,15
* Specialist in Periodontics and MSc in Dental Sciences (Area of concentration: General Dentistry), School of Dentistry, University of So Paulo. Lieutenant, Brazilian Air Force Dentist - Brazilian Air Force Hospital of So Paulo (HASP).
** Specialist in Oromaxillofacial Surgery and Traumatology. MSc in Dental Sciences (Area of concentration General Dentistry), School of Dentistry, University of So Paulo. Lieutenant, Brazilian Air Force Dentist - Brazilian Air Force Hospital of So Paulo (HASP).
*** Specialist in Stomatology. MSc in Oral Diagnosis (subarea: Semiology), School of Dentistry, University of So Paulo.
**** Professor and PhD, Discipline of General Dentistry, School of Dentistry, University of So Paulo.
***** Head Professor, Discipline of Oral Diagnosis (subarea: Semiology), School of Dentistry, University of So Paulo.
80
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
Pedron IG, Utumi ER, Tancredi RC, Perez FEG, Marcucci G
Gingival hyperplastic and inflammatory responses during orthodontic treatment are common and can lead to complications that require
periodontal therapy.1,5,15
Pyogenic granuloma and inflammatory gingival hyperplasia are tissue growths of inflammatory
origin with varying degrees of granular and fibrous
inflammatory tissues, possibly caused by low intensity chronic irritation.2,9,11,12
Both occur frequently in clinical dentistry and
are clinically characterized by exophytic, sessile or
pedunculated tissue growths, of pale pink to erythematous color, which may manifest ulceration
and spontaneous bleeding.3,6,7,11,12,17-20 They are
most prevalent in the female gender during the
second decade of life, possibly due to vascular effects exerted by feminine hormones.9 Treatment
often consists of surgical excision associated with
the removal of local irritating factors.2-7 However,
recognition and identification of these factors are
not always possible and the recurrence rate of lesions is relatively high.12,17
The purpose of this study was to report the
case of a patient using fixed orthodontic appliance who presented with two distinct lesions
pyogenic granuloma and inflammatory gingival
hyperplasia. The development of these conditions
is related to chronic low intensity trauma. We encourage orthodontists and dentists to routinely
submit any material collected from the lesions to
histopathological examination after surgery.
FIGURE 1 - Erythematous tumor mass with heavy bleeding to the touch,

resembling pyogenic granuloma.
FIGURE 2 - Hyperplastic lesion between teeth 42 and 43 stemming from the

keratinized gingiva and indicative of inflammatory gingival hyperplasia.
Case Report
Black female patient, aged 20 years, after 6
months of orthodontic treatment presented to
our private clinic complaining of gingival changes.
On examination, a tumor-like lesion was observed, of erythematous color, irregularly shaped,
with a smooth surface and pedunculated base, located in an edentulous region between teeth 23
and 25, under occlusion trauma. The condition
had been developing for a week, starting with a
node in the aforesaid region. The diagnostic hypotheses were pyogenic granuloma, gingival hyperplasia and peripheral giant cell lesion (Fig 1).
Tooth 24 had been extracted 4 months earlier
with no history of postoperative complication.
The other lesion was observed between teeth 41
and 42. It was characterized by moderate gingival enlargement, pale pink in color, sessile base,
smooth surface extending from the papilla to the
brackets. The hypothetical diagnosis was inflammatory gingival hyperplasia (Fig 2). Radiographs
of the lesions yielded no significant findings.
81
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
Non-neoplastic proliferative gingival processes in patients undergoing orthodontic treatment
Under local anesthesia, excisional biopsy of

the lesion was performed in tooth 24 region
by incising it by the pedicle, from which a
wedge was removed as a safety measure and
tissue was removed from the edentulous area.
The region was sutured and surgical cement
added and maintained for 7 days, aided by the
orthodontic appliance. The removed part was
fixed in 10% formalin and submitted for laboratory analysis. Histopathological examination
showed fragments of mucosa lined by parakeratinized stratified squamous epithelium
exhibiting areas of spongiosis and acanthosis,
and an ulceration area covered with fibrinhaemorrhagic exudate and bacterial colonies.
In the lamina propriapermeating the dense
connective tissuewe observed the proliferation of endothelial cells delimiting sometimes
congested vascular spaces. There was exuberant hemorrhagic exudate and intense mononuclear and polymorphonuclear inflammatory
infiltration in the ulceration areas. The histopathological diagnosis was pyogenic granuloma
(Fig 3). In the same consultation excisional biopsy of the lesion in the region of teeth 41 and
42 was performed, and the removed piece was
also prepared and treated histologically. Light

microscopy disclosed fragments of mucosa
lined by parakeratinized stratified squamous
epithelium, showing acanthosis, exocytosis
and hyperparakeratosis. In surface areas there
were fibrin-hemorrhagic exudate and bacterial
colonies. In the lamina propria we observed
intense deposition of collagen fibers forming
a dense stroma that sustained intense chronic
inflammatory infiltrate. Finally, there were also
numerous vascular spaces and areas of hemorrhagic exudate. The histopathological diagnosis
was inflammatory gingival hyperplasia (Fig 4).
After a postoperative period of 7 days the
surgical cement and remaining sutures were
removed. The patient was evaluated after 20
days, showing satisfactory repair of the region
between teeth 41 and 42 (Fig 5). However,
there was recurrence of pyogenic granuloma.
Periodontal treatment was then performed and
once again excision, submitting the lesion to the
same laboratory, which confirmed the diagnosis
of pyogenic granuloma. Repair was satisfactory
with no signs of relapse (Fig 6). After four years
of treatment, the patient is still being monitored
and exhibits no signs of recurrence.
FIGURE 3 - Histological section of pyogenic granuloma (original color: HE;

smaller magnification).
FIGURE 4 - Histological section of inflammatory gingival hyperplasia (original color: HE; smaller magnification).
82
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
FIGURE 5 - Postsurgical view after 20 days showing satisfactory repair in

the region between 41 and 42 teeth.
FIGURE 6 - Satisfactory repair with no signs of recurrence after periodontal treatment and second surgical procedure.
Discussion
Among the most frequent gingival proliferative processes are inflammatory gingival hyperplasia and pyogenic granuloma. Peripheral fibroma, peripheral giant cell lesions and gingival
hyperplasia are also part of this group, although
not as common.4
In order to facilitate lesion exposure the discussion was divided into topics.
causes pressure areas that result in epithelium

thickening, connective tissue proliferation and
an increased amount of tissue. The possible
allergic process triggered by the acrylic resin
monomer placed on the base of the removable
orthodontic appliances, when associated with
the presence of fungi (Candida albicans) may
also cause a slight increase in plaque and gingival indices. The possibility of an unusual host
response against the local irritant (biofilm), exacerbated by the patients hormonal changes
(puberty and menstruation) was also reported.1
Local irritants such as excessive restorations
and neonatal teeth combined with poor oral hygiene, plaque and dental calculus were also considered in the etiopathogenesis.2,3,6,7,11,12,17,18,19
Hormonal changes such as menarche, use of
oral contraceptives and pregnancy were also reported. During gestation, lesions usually arise in
the 2nd or 3rd quarters, but tend to regress thereafter.2,6,11,13,19
Increased levels of progesterone and estrogen
produce dilatation and proliferation of gingival
microvasculature and destruction of mast cells,
which result in an increased release of vasoactive substances in the adjacent tissue, inducing
Etiopathogenesis
Etiopathogenesis of both lesions is usually
related to chronic low intensity trauma, producing in most cases gingival inflammation and
infection (periodontal diseases) caused by difficulty in removing biofilm in patients wearing
an orthodontic appliance, which translate into
traumatic injuries and hormonal factors.1,4,6,9
The physical set-up (brackets and bands that
could invade the periodontiums biological
space) and mechanical set-up (forces delivered
by orthodontic and / or orthopedic movement),
associated with biofilm, were reported as hypotheses to explain the etiopathogenesis of gingival hyperplasia.1,9 And so was trauma during
placement of the orthodontic appliance, which
83
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
due to trauma, hence the name of the lesion,

despite the absence of a relationship between
suppuration and pathological entity. It varies in
size from a few millimeters to a few centimeters
and as it grows increasingly larger it can interfere with physiological activities in the oral cavity2,3,6-8,11,12,17-22
Both lesions may present with an ulcerated
surface under occlusion trauma.1,2,4,5,13
There was no incidence of inflammatory gingival hyperplasia. Pyogenic granuloma is more
common in the gingiva, in the anterior maxilla.
It affects adolescents and young adults, with
60% incidence at ages 11-40 years and no race
predilection. Women are two to four times
more affected than men.2,3,6,7,11,12,17-20 Studies
have confirmed the incidence of pyogenic granulomas in young adults.19,21,22
the formation of pyogenic granuloma.17 A decrease in keratinization of the epithelium of the

attached gingiva, rendering it more vulnerable
to trauma and triggering a tendency towards
growth of vascular tumors in the gingiva and
alveolar mucosa has also been reported. The
development of pyogenic granuloma depends
on factors such as sufficient amount of tissue,
degree of gingival inflammation, degree of vulnerability to trauma, presence of teeth and dentures, and level of oral hygiene. Low intensity
tissue trauma could facilitate the invasion of
nonspecific low virulence saprophytic microorganisms, causing a tissue response characterized
by excessive proliferation of vascular-type connective tissue.3
Clinical Features
Non-neoplastic proliferative processes are
generally characterized by gingival tissue
growth, either well defined, such as nodules,
or diffuse, like tissue masses; fibrous or flaccid texture (resilient); variable symptoms and
ranging from pink to erythematous color; sessile or pedunculated base; usually bleeding to
touch; loss of the orange peel look on the surface.1,2,4,5 Gingival growth stems from the interdental papilla and expands to the marginal
gingiva.1,2,4,5,13 Although they have a predilection for the gingiva, they can be found in extragingival regions with various clinical features
that often mimic malignant lesions.10 Pyogenic
granuloma, in particular, differs from inflammatory gingival hyperplasia because it is characterized by well circumscribed papular, nodular or
tumoral exophytic soft tissue; erythematous to
brownish in color, depending on the maturity of
the lesion; hemorrhagic aspect and a bleeding
tendency; smooth or lobulated surface; soft and
resilient texture when young, and more fibrous
when mature due to obliteration of the capillaries; rapid growth; may cause bone resorption.
It may be covered with a pus-filled membrane
Histopathological Features
The histological picture of inflammatory gingival hyperplasia is characterized by parakeratinized stratified squamous epithelium issuing
long, thin projections towards the connective
tissue. The lamina propria is made up of dense,
well cellularized and collagenized connective
tissue permeated by an intense mononuclear inflammatory infiltrate,1 as shown in Figure 4.
Regarded as an inflammatory reaction process with exuberant proliferation of fibrovascular tissue, the histopathological pattern of
pyogenic granuloma is composed of ulcerated
stratified squamous epithelium similar to granulation tissue with numerous capillaries, lined by
endotheliocytes. Other features include fibrinous exudate, inflammatory infiltrate cells (lymphocytes, plasma cells, histiocytes, and neutrophils) and fibroblasts.2,3,6,7,11,12,17,18 The possibility of invasion by non-specific microorganisms
has been reported.3,7 There is no histopathological distinction between pyogenic granuloma and
granuloma gravidarum, except for certain inherent etiopathogenetic conditions.17,18
84
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
Differential Diagnosis
Among the lesions that make up the differential diagnosis are peripheral ossifying fibroma,
peripheral giant cell lesions and inflammatory
gingival hyperplasia.2,4
Particularly in the case of pyogenic granuloma, given its clinical aspects and marked
vascularization, the differential diagnosis comprises hemangioma, lymphoma, nevus flammeus, Kaposis sarcoma, metastatic tumor, parulis,
hemangioendothelioma, hemangiopericytoma,
leiomyoma, cytomegalovirus infection and gingival lesions by bacilli.3,11,19
Hemangioma is an important differential diagnosis since some smaller lesions may be indistinguishable9. Dyscopia tests are used in case of
suspected vascular lesions. Inflammatory fibrous
hyperplasia should also be considered as a differential diagnosis of pyogenic granuloma.
Given the breadth of the differential diagnosis, a histopathological examination was suggested as a means to verify and clarify the diagnosis of gingival lesions.7,8
Cryosurgery was cited in the treatment of pyogenic granuloma.6 Silverstein et al13 performed
free gingival graft for root coverage and keratinized gingiva loss resulting from surgical
excision of pyogenic granuloma. The use of
chlorhexidine mouthwashes pre and post-surgically have prevented potential post-surgical
infection and inflammation.11,17 The removal of
the base of the lesion in order to avoid recurrence has been recommended.1,7,16 For cases of
pyogenic granuloma, the clinical follow-up and
supervision of oral hygiene during pregnancy is
recommended if the lesion is small, asymptomatic and not bleeding.17,18
The need for removal of causative factors
through basic periodontal treatment (scraping
sessions, coronoradicular smoothing and polishing and oral hygiene advice) has been advocated.1-4,6,7,17,18 It is suggested that periodontal
treatment be performed prior to surgery in view
of a milder inflammatory process and surgery
procedure, reducing heavy bleeding and decreasing the chance of recurrence.
Treatment
Surgical excision has usually been the treatment of choice for both lesions.1-3,12,16-19. However, some changes have been suggested, such
as curettage,1,2,7 gingivectomy or gingivoplasty
techniques.2,3,7 The latter is determined by the
amount of attached gingiva.6 Barack et al1 cited
the need for flap procedure (modified Widman
technique) in the presence of periodontal pocket with attachment loss. Other modalities have
been recommended. Surgical removal using laser (CO2 or Nd:YAG) has been proposed.3,4,12,14
The advantages of laser use in these procedures
are: Enhanced hemostasis with better visualization of the surgical field, less discomfort or pain,
reducing the need for postoperative medication;
satisfactory tissue healing, improved patient acceptance, fewer anesthetics, and reduction of
postoperative bacteremia in the surgical site.4
Prognosis
It would be timely to make some considerations regarding the monitoring of gingival lesions in orthodontic patients. Orthodontists
should use appropriate orthodontic components that do not put the periodontium at risk.
Periodontal changes should be diagnosed and
treated as early as possible in order to control
periodontal disease (periodontal treatment and
reinforcement of basic oral hygiene).1
The monitoring of pyogenic granuloma has
been cited as showing no relapse within a 6-24
month period.17,18 Recurrence was related to the
non-removal of local irritating factors and the
partial removal of the lesion12,17 and was estimated at around 14-16%.7 In this study, recurrence was possibly related to a pre-existing periodontal disease. There are reports of increasing
recurrence during pegnancy.2
85
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
cations, such as lesion recurrence itself.

3. Surgical excision is the most widely employed technique today. Regardless of treatment
modality, submitting the collected material to
histopathological examination is not only enlightening but a sine qua non measure to avoid
the underestimation of these lesions and possible errors in the final diagnosis since different
diagnostic hypotheses are possible.
4. In following up on these cases, supportive
periodontal therapy and oral hygiene control
are necessary.
Conclusions
In view of the foregoing, we may conclude
that:
1. Pyogenic granuloma and inflammatory
gingival hyperplasia usually exhibit typical clinical and histopathological features.
2. Periodontal disease, usually present due
to the difficulty in performing adequate oral
hygiene because of the orthodontic appliance,
must be treated before surgical removal of the
proliferative processes so as to avoid heavy transoperative bleeding and postoperative compli-
86
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
ReferEncEs
13. Romero M, Albi M, Bravo LA. Surgical solutions to periodontal
complications of orthodontic therapy. J Clin Pediatr Dent. 2000
Spring;24(3):159-63.
14. Satpathy AK, Mohanty PK. Large pyogenic granuloma: a case
report. J Indian Med Assoc. 2007 Feb;105(2):90-8.
15. Scaramella F, Quaranta M. Hypertrophic and/or hyperplastic
gingivopathy during orthodontic therapy. Dent Cadmos. 1984
Feb;52(2):65-72.
16. Shenoy SS, Dinkar AD. Pyogenic granuloma associated with
bone loss in an eight year old child: a case report. J Indian Soc
Pedod Prev Dent. 2006 Dec;24(4):201-3.
17. Silva-Sousa YT, Coelho CM, Brentegani LG, Vieira ML, Oliveira
ML. Clinical and histological evaluation of granuloma gravidarum: case report. Braz Dent J. 2000;11(2):135-9.
18. Silverstein LH, Burton CH Jr, Garnick JJ, Singh BB. The late
development of oral pyogenic granuloma as a complication of
pregnancy: a case report. Compend Contin Educ Dent. 1996
Feb;17(2):192-8; quiz 200.
19. Terezhalmy GT, Riley CK, Moore WS. Pyogenic granuloma (pregnancy tumour). Quintessence Int. 2000;31(6):440-1.
20. Vlez LMA, Souza LB, Pinto LP. Granuloma piognico. Anlise
dos componentes histolgicos relacionados com a durao da
leso. Rev Gacha Odontol. 1992;40(1):52-6.
21. Zarei MR, Chamani G, Amanpoor S. Reactive hyperplasia of the
oral cavity in Kerman province, Iran: a review of 172 cases. Br J
Oral Maxillofac Surg. 2007 Jun;45(4):288-92.
22. Zhang W, Chen Y, An Z, Geng N, Bao D. Reactive gingival
lesions: a retrospective study of 2,439 cases. Quintessence Int.
2007 Feb;38(2):103-10.
1.
Barack D, Staffileno H, Sadowsky C. Periodontal complication

during orthodontic therapy. Am J Orthod. 1985 Dec;88(6):461-5.
2. Binnie WH. Periodontal cysts and epulides. Periodontol 2000.
1999 Oct;21:16-32.
3. Campos V, Bittencourt LP, Maia LC, Andrade M, Mascarenhas A.
Granuloma piognico - descrio de dois casos clnicos. J Bras
Odontoped Odontol Beb. 2000;3(12):170-5.
4. Coleman GC, Flaitz CM, Vincent SD. Differential diagnosis of
oral soft tissue lesions. Tex Dent J. 2002 Jun;119(6):484-8, 90-2,
494-503.
5. Convissar RA, Diamond LB, Fazekas CD. Laser treatment of
orthodontically induced gingival hyperplasia. Gen Dent. 1996
Jan-Feb;44(1):47-51.
6. Falabella MEV, Falabella JM. Granuloma gravdico - caso clnico.
Periodontia. 1994;3(2):167-70.
7. Graham RM. Pyogenic granuloma: an unusual presentation.
Dent Update. 1996 Jul-Aug;23(6):240-1.
8. Halliday H, Gordon S, Bhola M. Case report: an unusually large
epulis on the maxillary gingiva of a 24-year-old woman. Gen
Dent. 2007 May-Jun;55(3):232-5.
9. Jafarzadeh H, Sanatkhani M, Mohtasham N. Oral pyogenic
granuloma: a review. J Oral Sci. 2006;48(4):167-75.
10. Patil K, Mahima VG, Lahari K. Extragingival pyogenic granuloma.
Indian J Dent Res. 2006;17(4):199-202.
11. Ramirez K, Bruce G, Carpenter W. Pyogenic granuloma: case
report in a 9-year-old girl. Gen Dent. 2002 May-Jun;50(3):280-1.
12. Rivero ELC, Arajo LMA. Granuloma piognico: uma anlise
clnico-histopatolgica de 147 casos bucais. Rev Fac Odontol
Univ Passo Fundo. 1998;3(2):55-61.
Submitted: October 2008

Revised and accepted: December 2009
Contact address
Irineu Gregnanin Pedron
Rua Flores do Piaui, 347
CEP: 08.210-200 So Paulo/SP, Brazil
87
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):80-7
Original Article
Occlusal characteristics of Class II division 1

patients treated with and without extraction of
two upper premolars*
Joo Tadeu Amin Graciano**, Guilherme Janson***, Marcos Roberto de Freitas****,
Jos Fernando Castanha Henriques*****
Abstract
Introduction: The purpose of this study was to identify initial occlusal characteristics of Class
II, division 1 patients treated with and without extraction of two upper premolars. Methods:
For this purpose, 62 patients presenting with Class II, division 1 malocclusion were selected
and divided into two groups according to treatment type. Group 1 consisted of 42 patients
(23 females and 19 males) with a mean age of 12.7 years, who were treated without extractions, with fixed appliance and headgear. Group 2 was composed of 20 patients (6 females
and 14 males) with a mean age of 13.5 years, also treated with fixed appliance combined with
the use of headgear, but Group 2 treatment plan indicated the extraction of two premolars.
In order to observe initial and final occlusal characteristics as well as changes throughout
treatment the Treatment Priority Index (TPI) was used. TPI values were subjected to statistical analysis by the independent t-test to compare variables between groups. Results and
Conclusions: The results showed that the degree of initial malocclusion was different in the
two groups when assessed by the TPI, which was higher in the group treated with extraction
of two upper premolars.
Keywords: Extraction of premolars. Class II, Division 1. Orthodontics.
* This article was part of a Masters Thesis in Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics at UEL/USP- Bauru, So Paulo State, Brazil.
** MSc in Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics , PUCRS. Specialist in Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics, UEL, Professor of Orthodontics, UNOPAR.
Visiting Professor of the Specialization Course in Orthodontics, UEL.
*** Full Professor, Department of Orthodontics, USP-Bauru. Coordinator of the Maters course in Orthodontics, Bauru-USP and Member of the Royal
College of Dentists of Canada (MRCDC).
**** Full Professor, Department of Orthodontics, USP-Bauru. Coordinator of the Graduate Program in Orthodontics; Ph.D., USP-Bauru.
***** Full Professor, Department of Orthodontics, USP-Bauru.
88
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):88-92
Graciano JTA, Janson G, Freitas MR, Henriques JFC
Orthodontics, School of Dentistry of Bauru, University of So Paulo. All subjects had been referred for
orthodontic treatment to the students attending the
Specialization Course in Orthodontics and Facial
Orthopedics, starting in the years 1995 and 1997.
The sample consisted of a total of 62 patients
divided into two groups according to their treatment modalities.
Group 1 consisted of 42 patients with Class II,
division 119 males and 23 females, mean baseline age of 12.7 yearswho were treated without
extractions.
Group 2 was comprised of 20 patients6 females and 14 males, mean baseline age of 13.5
yearsalso presenting with Class II, division 1
malocclusion, treated with the extraction of two
upper premolars.
The additional criterion for inclusion in the
sample was the requirement that their treatment
be considered successful according to an analysis
of the final models.
INTRODUCTION
The treatment of Class II malocclusion is
widely discussed in the literature. Such interest is justified by the fact that most orthodontic
patients present with Class II malocclusion.12 A
broad array of resources is therefore available for
Class II treatment. Indication depends on the particular characteristics of each case, orthodontists
preference and patient acceptance.
One form of Class II, division 1 treatment is
the use of fixed appliances associated with the use
of extraoral appliances, combined or not with extractions. Should an orthodontist opt for a treatment without extractions, he will be confronted
with mechanical difficulties in anteroposterior
correction due to the influence of craniofacial
growth and development.
Observation shows that Class II, in patients
whose growth is nearing its end or who have
stopped growing, a significant distal movement
is required for molar correction. In these cases,
patient compliance can prove essential for a successful treatment. Another treatment option involves the extraction of two upper premolars.
It has been speculated that the success of nonextraction Class II treatments is associated with
the severity of the anteroposterior discrepancy in
the malocclusion.
Therefore, in order to investigate this speculation, the following null hypothesis will be tested:
there is no difference between the initial occlusal characteristics of Class II, division 1 patients
treated with and without extraction of two upper premolars.
Methods
Data from the plaster study models
To evaluate the initial and final occlusal characteristics and their changes the Treatment Priority Index (TPI) developed by Grainger6 was used,
which is based on a sum of weights assigned to
each type and degree of malocclusion severity.
Statistical Analysis
Method error
To assess the reliability of the results we repeated the measurements in 20 randomly selected
patients. We used the paired t-test, introduced by
Houston,8 to detect systematic errors. The formula (Se2 = sum d2 / 2n), proposed by Dahlberg,3 was
applied for the assessment of random errors.
MATERIAL AND METHODS

Material
Sample description
To evaluate both the initial characteristics and
the occlusal improvements achieved by patients
with Class II division 1 malocclusion, a sample
was drawn from a total of two hundred and thirty patients, from the files of the Department of
We used Students t-test to compare the indices found for each group. The groups final indices
were compared to assess their compatibility.
89
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):88-92
Occlusal characteristics of Class II division 1 patients treated with and without extraction of two upper premolars
sample were Class II malocclusions, which confirms the high demand for treatment of this patient population.7,4,5
Among the Class II cases there were ten
Class II, division 2 cases and thirty-four Class
II, division 1 cases, who had a choice of several different treatment approaches. Fifty-eight
cases were initially treated without extractions.
Four subjects dropped out of treatment and
some changes were made to the initial planning.
Two cases were treated with extraction of one
upper premolar, seven cases with extraction of
two upper premolars and three cases with extraction of four premolars. Thus, only forty-two
patients had their treatment completed without
extractions. The extractions were introduced in
the initial planning of the cases. In six cases, one
premolar was extracted, in thirteen cases, two
premolars, in eight cases combinations of three
premolars were extracted, in thirty-one cases
combinations of four premolars and in six cases
combinations in which one or more first permanent molars were extracted. There was also one
case involving the extraction of an upper right
canine and in another case the upper lateral incisors were extracted. Among Class II, division 1
patients, we found four cases with agenesis, two
with dental absence and four patients who did
not use fixed appliances and underwent interceptive treatment only.
The patients our study focused on were
those who had extractions indicated in their
treatment plans or had had only the first two
upper premolars extracted, as described below:
(a) Patients treated without extractions, who
were accepted because they produced comprehensive orthodontic documentation consisting
of records, models and radiographs; (b) patients
whom we initially planned to treat without extractions using the standard and pre-adjusted
edgewise technique; (c) patients who had used
headgear and who may or may not have used
a functional appliance; (d) patients without
Results
The results are presented in Tables 1, 2 and 3.
TablE 1 - Mean ages of groups 1 and 2.

Groups
Mean age
(years)
12.7
42
13.5
20
Total
13.8
62
TablE 2 - Gender distribution in Groups 1 and 2.

Groups
1
2
Total
Female
Male
23
19
(54.76%)
(45.24%)
14
(30.0%)
(70.0%)
29
33
42
20
62
TablE 3 - Results of Students t-test for the comparison between Group

1 and Group 2 measurements, obtained from the study models.
Measures
TPI
Group 1 (n=42)
Group 2 (n=20)
SD
SD
TPI final
1.74
0.97
1.35
1.13
1.40
0.167
TPI initial
5.94
2.17
7.12
1.09
-2.30
0.025*
TPI f-i
-4.20
2.52
-5.77
1.40
2.59
0.011*
(*) Statistically significant difference (p < 0.05)
DISCUSSION
Sample description
In order to minimize any bias that might arise
in terms of treatment plan orientation and also
to ensure that our sample was as recent as possible, the subjects were selected from patients
referred for orthodontic treatment to students
attending two consecutive specialization courses
in orthodontics at the Department of Orthodontics, School of Dentistry of Bauru, which began
in 1995 and 1997 and consisted of two hundred
and thirty patients. Of this total, seventy-eight
cases were classified as Angle Class I malocclusion cases, one hundred and forty-four, Class II
and eight, Class III. Therefore, 62.6% of the total
90
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):88-92
Graciano JTA, Janson G, Freitas MR, Henriques JFC
extractions. From a practical point of view, the

results suggest that orthodontists should not expect to correct severe Class II discrepancies without extractions. In order to achieve greater planning efficiency, professionals should only correct
mild discrepancies without extractions and opt
for the extraction of two upper premolars when
discrepancies are moderate to severe. It might be
added, in support of this argument that treatments involving the extraction of two premolars
have been shown to provide greater change in
indices (TPI values) between the beginning and
end of treatment.
agenesis or loss of permanent teeth, who had

completed the treatment. After applying the criteria above, we were left with forty-two patients
(Group 1). Group 2 comprised twenty patients:
(a) patients treated with extraction of the first
upper premolars, who were also evaluated according to the same criteria; (b) patients whose
treatment plans included the extraction of the
first upper premolars and were treated using the
standard or pre-adjusted edgewise technique,
who may or may not have used headgear or a
functional appliance; (c) patients who did not
present with agenesis or loss of permanent teeth
and had completed the treatment.
It was noted therefore that in the course of
treatment without extractions a few patients had
their treatment plans changed mainly due to the
fact that treatment without extractions requires
considerable patient compliance1,2,9,10,11. Extraction of the first upper premolars was the most
prevalent treatment modality, accounting for
12.0% of all cases.
Conclusions
The null hypothesis was rejected because the
degree of initial malocclusion assessed by the TPI
in the group treated with the extraction of two
upper premolars was higher than in the group
treated without extractions.
Group compatibility
The groups were compatible by the end of
treatment, demonstrating that all were completed
successfully. This is attested by the absence of statistically significant difference between the final
TPI values of the two groups.
Discussion of occlusal results
The plaster models provided both baseline
and final TPI values. The mean baseline TPI value
for Group 1 was 5.94, indicating definite malocclusion requiring elective orthodontic treatment.6 The mean value for Group 2 reveals
severe malocclusion requiring highly desirable
treatment (Table 3).
A comparison of the baseline TPI values yields
a statistically significant difference, which shows
that the severity of Group 2 was greater than
that of Group 1 and points to an increased difficulty in correcting severe Class II cases without
91
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):88-92
Occlusal characteristics of Class II division 1 patients treated with and without extraction of two upper premolars
ReferEncEs
1. Armstrong MM. Controlling the magnitude, direction,
and duration of extraoral force. Am J Orthod. 1971
Mar;59(3):217-43.
2. Barbour A, Callender RS. Understanding patient compliance.
J Clin Orthod. 1981 Dec;12:803-9.
3. Dahlberg G. Statistical methods for medical and biological
students. New York: Interscience; 1940.
4. Gandini LG Jr, Martins JCR, Gandini MREAS. Avaliao cefalomtrica do tratamento da Classe II, Diviso 1, com aparelho
extrabucal de Kloehn e aparelho fixo alteraes esquelticas
(parte 1). Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 1997 nov-dez;
2(6):75-87.
5. Gandini LG Jr, Martins JCR, Gandini MREAS. Avaliao cefalomtrica do tratamento da Classe II, Diviso 1, com aparelho
extrabucal de Kloehn e aparelho fixo alteraes dentoalveolares (parte 2). Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 1998
jan-fev;3(1):68-80.
6. Grainger RM. Orthodontic treatment priority index. Vital Health
Stat 2. 1967 Dec;(25):1-49.
7.
Gurgel JA, Almeida RR, Pinzan A. Avaliao comparativa das

dimenses maxilo-mandibulares entre jovens, do sexo masculino,
com m ocluso de Classe II, 1 diviso, no tratados e com ocluso normal. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2000 mar-abr;
5(2):20-8.
8. Houston WJ. The analysis of errors in orthodontic measurements.
Am J Orthod. 1983 May;83(5):382-90.
9. Jarabak JR. Treatment of Class II, Division 1 malocclusion with
an upper Edgewise appliance and a cervical elastic strap. Angle
Orthod. 1953 Apr;23(2):78-102.
10. Mehra T, Nanda RS, Sinha PK. Orthodontists assessment and
management of patient compliance. Angle Orthod. 1998
Apr;68(2):115-22.
11. Nanda RS, Kierl MJ. Prediction of cooperation in orthodontic treatment. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1992 Jul;102(1):15-21.
12. Silva Filho OG, Freitas SF, Cavassan AO. Prevalncia de ocluso
normal e m ocluso em escolares da cidade de Bauru (So
Paulo). Parte 1: relao sagital. Rev Odontol USP. 1990 abrjun;4(2):130-7.
Submitted: May 2007

Revised and accepted: November 2007
Contact address
Joo Tadeu Amin Graciano
Rua Massud Amin, 199 - sala 202
CEP: 86.300-000 - Cornlio Procpio / PR, Brazil
92
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):88-92
Original Article
The expression of TGF1 mRNA in the early stage

of the midpalatal suture cartilage expansion
Emilia Teruko Kobayashi*, Yasuaki Shibata**, Vanessa Cristina Veltrini***, Rosely Suguino****, Fabricio Monteiro
de Castro Machado*****, Maria Gisette Arias Provenzano******, Tatiane Ferronato*******, Yuzo Kato********
Abstract
Introduction: The application of orthodontic expansion force induces bone formation
at the midpalatal suture because of cell proliferation and differentiation. Expansion
forces may stimulate the production of osteoinductive cytokines, such as transforming
growth factor 1 (TGF1), in the progenitor cells. Objectives: This study determined
the role of TGF1 in the early stage of midpalatal suture cartilage expansion. Methods:
A orthodontic appliance was placed between the right and left upper molars of 4-weekold rats. The initial expansion force was 50 g. Animals in the control and experimental
groups were sacrified on days 0, 2, and 5 and 6 mm thick sections were prepared for
an in situ hybridization technique. Results: Two days after the application of force,
prechondroblastic and undifferentiated mesenchymal cells distributed along the inner
side of the cartilaginous tissue had high levels of TGF1 transcription. On day 5, the
TGF1 transcription was found in osteocytes and osteoblastic cells on the surface of
newly formed bone. Immunohistochemistry using Osteocalcin-Pro (OC-Pro) confirmed
osteoblastic activity. Conclusions: Results suggest that the expansion of midpalatal suture cartilage induces differentiation of osteochondroprogenitor cells into osteoblasts
after stimulation by cytokine production.
Keywords: Transforming growth factor 1. Proliferation. Differentiation. Osteoblasts.

"In-situ" Hibridization.
* PhD in Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics and Associate Professor, Discipline of Pediatric Denistry I and II, Maring University Center (CESUMAR).
** PhD in Pathology and Associate Professor, Division of Oral Pathology and Bone Metabolism, Nagasaki University Graduate School of Biomedical Science,
Japan.

*** PhD in Oral Pathology (FO-USP). Professor of Pathology at State University of Maring (UEM) and Universitary Center of Maring (CESUMAR).

**** PhD Student in Orthodontics (UNESP). Associate Professor, Discipline of Pediatric Dentistry I and II, CESUMAR.
***** MSc in Orthodontics and Associate Professor, Discipline of Pediatric Dentistry I and II, CESUMAR.
****** MSc in Pedodontics and Specialist in Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics and Associate Professor, Discipline of Pediatric Dentistry I and II, State
University of Maring.
******* Specialization Student, Discipline of Orthodontics, State University of Londrina.
******** PhD in Pharmacology and Head Professor, Division of Molecular Pharmacology, Nagasaki University Graduate School of Biomedical Science, Japan.
93
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):93-9
The expression of TGF1 mRNA in the early stage of the midpalatal suture cartilage expansion
introduction
The midpalatal suture cartilage of growing
rats is composed of layers of precartilaginous
cells located in the central part of the suture,
and of mature cartilaginous cells layers on both
sides of the precartilaginous layers. The precartilaginous cells layers are filled with prechondroblastic and undifferentiated mesenchymal
cells with a high capacity to proliferate and
differentiate into chondrocytes and osteoblasts.
Bone formation at the midpalatal suture
cartilage initiates from the outer side of the
cartilaginous tissue by means of endochondral
ossification. However, when an orthodontic
expansion force is applied to the suture, new
bone formation is initiated on the inner side of
the cartilaginous tissue by means of intramembranous ossification. 7,18 This process involves
the proliferation of undifferentiated mesenchymal cells and their differentiation into osteoblasts.
Kobayashi et al7 described the early cell response caused by the induction of orthodontic
forces, which increase the expression of proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA), a specific
cell proliferation marker, and many other proteins of the bone matrix in the inner side of the
cartilaginous tissue. Their results showed that
mechanical stress is an important mediator of
proliferation and differentiation of osteochondroprogenitor cells into osteoblasts.
However, no studies have definitively explained the molecular mechanism of cell response mediated by orthodontic expansion
forces that leads to proliferation and differentiation of the progenitor cells into osteoblasts.
Both in vivo11,12,14 and in vitro4,8,9 studies
have demonstrated the participation of transforming growth factor 1 (TGF1), a cytokine
that belongs to the TGF superfamily, in bone
formation.
This study was performed using an in situ
hybridization technique to evaluate the transcription level of TGF1, a cytokine with high
osteogenic capacity, after an orthodontic expansion force was applied to the midpalatal
suture cartilage of growing rats.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Expansion of the midpalatal suture
Four-week-old male Wistar rats (Charles
River Corporation, Kanagawa, Japan) weighing 67-83g were housed at the animal laboratory and fed a standard pellet chow (Oriental
Yeast, Tokyo, Japan) and water ad libitum. All
experimental procedures were approved by the
Animal Welfare Committee of Nagasaki University, Japan.
An orthodontic expansion appliance (0.014
inch Co-Cr wire, green Elgiloy Semi-Resilient
wire; Rocky Mountain Morita Corporation,
Denver, CO, USA) was placed between the
maxillary right and left molars, as described by
Kobayashi et al.7
A strain gauge (Tomy International Co., Tokyo, Japan) was used to adjust the initial expansion force to 50 g. The animals in the control and experimental groups were sacrified on
days 0, 2, and 5. Each group was composed of
3 animals.
Tissue preparation for
immunohistochemistry
The maxillary bone was surgically removed
and fixed by immersion in 4% paraformaldehyde overnight at 4C. After fixation, the
maxilla was demineralized in 10% ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) for 10 days at
4C, and then dehydrated using an increasing
ethanol series. The specimens was embedded
in paraffin, cut into 6 mm thick serial frontal sections at the mesial root of the maxillary
first molar, and mounted on 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane coated slides.
Tissue preparation for in situ hybridization
Sections for in situ hybridization were prepared in the same way as for immunohisto94
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):93-9
Kobayashi ET, Shibata Y, Veltrini VC, Suguino R, Machado FMC, Provenzano MGA, Ferronato T, Kato Y
tisera against rat Cathepsin K (CK)3 and rat Osteocalcin-Pro peptide (OC-pro)2 were diluted
at 1:200 and 1:100 and kept in blocking buffer
overnight at 4C.
On the following day, the sections were
washed and incubated with the second antibody
(goat anti-rabbit IgG).
The immunoreactivity sites were visualized using peroxidase-anti-peroxidase and reacted with
3,3 diaminobenzidine to produce a brown benzidine staining precipitation.17 For Proliferating Cell
Nuclear Antigen (PCNA) detection, specimens
were kept overnight at 4oC in mouse monoclonal
antibody (clone PC10, DAKO, Tokyo, Japan) at
1:50 dilution as the first antibody.
The sections were stained with streptavidinbiotin peroxidase (Histofine ABC kit-Nichirei
Co. Ltd., Tokyo) according to the manufacturers
instructions. Negative control immunoreactivity
was evaluated using normal rabbit serum (1:100
dilution) or normal mouse IgG (100 mg/ml). The
histochemical tests for hematoxylin and eosin
were performed using the method described by
Lyon.10
chemical staining. All solutions were free of

RNase due to the addition of 0.1% diethyl pyrocarbonate (DEPC) to H2O.
Preparation of cRNA digoxigenin-labeled
probes for in situ hybridization
The plasmid containing TGF1 cDNA was
transferred into Escherichia coli to amplify cDNA.
TGF1 cDNA was cut at the BamHI/HindIII site,
subcloned into Bluescript KS+ vector, and then
used as a model for cRNA production. Single
strand RNA antisense (complementary) and sense
(non complementary) digoxigenin-labeled probes
were prepared according to the instructions supplied with the DIG-RNA labeling kit (Boehringer
Mannheim, Germany). Transcriptions were performed using T3 or T7 RNA polymerase. Labeling
with digoxigenin was confirmed using a hybridization filter. Each probe reacted only with a corresponding RNA reverse strand.
In situ hybridization
In situ hybridization was performed according to the method described by Nakase et al.13
After blocking the alkaline phosphatase activity with acid, the sections were incubated with
RNA DIG-UTP (1.5 mg/ml) label probes at 55
C overnight, and then washed extensively and
treated for RNase. The DIG-labeled probes were
detected using an anti-DIG antibody conjugated
with alkaline phosphatase and 5-bromo-4-chloro3-indolyl phosphate as a substrate and developed
using a DIG nucleic acid detection kit (Boehringer Mannheim).
Controls were: (a) hybridization with sense
(mRNA) probe; (b) hybridization with non probe.
RESULTS
Histological changes during
midpalatal suture cartilage expansion
On day 0, the central area of the suture cartilage was filled with a cartilaginous cell layer composed of undifferentiated mesenchymal at the
center, and prechondroblastic cells. Around this
area, the cells exhibited features of mature chondroblasts and/or chondrocytes (Fig 1A).
On day 2, the mature cartilaginous cell layers
were displaced laterally, and the central part of
the suture still had immature prechondroblastic
and mesenchymal cells. In addition, a cell cluster
was observed at the border of prechondroblastic
and chondroblastic cells (Fig 1B).
New trabecular bone formation was first seen
5 days after the application of an expansion force
(Fig 1C).
Immunohistochemical
and histochemical staining
Immunohistochemistry was performed using the peroxidase-anti-peroxidase method as
described by Sakai et al.16 Briefly, the sections
were pretreated with first antibody. Rabbit an-
95
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):93-9
transition to bone tissue.

On day 2 (Fig 3A), an intense positive TGF1
mRNA (a) transcription was seen at the border of
prechondroblastic and chondroblastic cells.
Strong PCNA (Fig 3B) immunoreactivity was
seen in the same area. The positive immunoreactivity pattern for CK found in the control group (day
0) was also seen in the outer side of cartilaginous
tissue, which was indicative of osteoclastic activity.
During the following days (Fig 4A), an intense
specific signal for TGF1 mRNA (a) was observed
in osteocytes (open arrowheads) and osteoblasts
(filled arrowheads) inside and on the surface of
newly formed bone (day 5).
Osteoblastic activity was confirmed by immunohistochemistry using Osteocalcin-Pro
(OC-Pro) (Fig 4B). The pattern of osteoclastic
activity (Fig 4C) was the same found on day 0
(control group).
In situ hybridization and

immunohistochemistry
In this study, in situ hybridization technique was carried out using cRNA-DIG-labeled
probes to evaluate the expression of TGF1
mRNA localized in the midpalatal suture cartilage. On day 0 (Fig 2A), a positive TGF1
mRNA (a) transcription level was detected in
the mature osteoblasts located in the periphery
of trabecular bone, laterally to the layer of cells
compatible with chondroblasts, as shown by arrows in Figure 2A.
Positive PCNA immunoreactivity (Fig 2B)
was found in the prechondroblastic cells in the
central part of the suture and in the mature and
hypertrophying cartilage cells located in the periphery of the suture. Intense cathepsin (CK)
(Fig 2C) immunoreactivity was observed in the
outer side of the cartilaginous cell layers, in the
day 0
day 2
day 5
FIGURE 1 - Sequence of histological changes in midpalatal suture after application of expansion force. Con: control; PC: precartilaginous cells; c: cartilaginous
cells; B: bone; NB: newly formed bone. Bars A, B and C = 50 m.
A
FIGURE 2 - Expression of TGF1 mRNA (A), PCNA (B) and CK (C) on day 0. TGF1: transforming growth factor 1; PCNA: proliferating cell nuclear antigen;
CK: cathepsin K. Bars A, B and C = 10 m.
96
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):93-9
FIGURE 3 - Expression of TGF1 mRNA (A) and PCNA (B) on day 2. Bars A and B = 10 m.
FIGURE 4 - Expression of TGF1 mRNA (A), OC-Pro (B) and CK (C) on day 5. OC-Pro: Osteocalcin-Pro. Bars A, B, and C = 10 m.
noreactivity for osteocalcin (OCN), a specific

marker for osteoblasts, and alkaline phosphatase (ALPase) activity were found in the same
stage and area, which suggests that osteochondroprogenitor cells differentiate into osteoblasts
in response to the expansion force. Accordingly,
high TGF1 mRNA transcription levels were
expressed in the same region on day 2, as well
as in mature osteoblasts on day 0.
TGF1 expression associated with newly
formed bone has been investigated by many
authors. Noda et al14 reported the occurrence
of bone formation after TGF1 injection in the
calvarium of newborn rats.
In addition, the role of TGF1 in osteoblastic
differentiation from undifferentiated mesenchymal cells was been investigated by Joyce et al,5
who reported that TGF1 induces differentiation of mesenchymal-like cells into osteoblasts
DISCUSSION
On day 0, positive PCNA immunoreactivity
was expressed in the prechondroblastic cells located in the central area of the midpalatal suture
cartilage and in some mature and hypertrophying cartilage cells, which was indicative of their
proliferative activity. PCNA is a protein found in
the cell nucleus that acts as a DNA polymerase
delta cofactor during the DNA synthesis stage.1
It is used to determine the level of proliferative
activity. At this stage, proliferative activity may be
associated with normal cross-sectional development of the palate.7
On day 2, the expression of PCNA immunoreactivity increased substantially in the border of the prechondroblastic and chondroblastic layers after the orthodontic expansion force
was applied.
Previously to our study7, positive immu-
97
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):93-9
high TGF1 expression, which can inhibit the

differentiation of precursor osteoclasts and also
the absorptive activity of mature osteoclasts.6
by stimulating proliferation and extracellular

matrix protein production.
TGF1 may mediate osteogenesis because of
its chemotactic effect on the osteoblastic precursor cells as it recruits those cells to the region
to start the process of bone formation.15
In the late stage of the treatment (day 5),
new bone formation continued and developed
a columnar bone structure that grew from the
center of the suture.
Positive immunoreactivity for OsteocalcinPro (OC-Pro), a specific osteoblastic marker,
confirmed osteoblastic activity on the surface of
the newly formed bone in this region.
TGF1 transcription was detected in osteocytes and osteoblasts on the surface of newly
formed bone, which suggests that those cytokines participate in the regulation of the differentiation of mesenchymal cells into osteoblasts.
At all experimental time points (day 0, 2,
5), CK immunoreactivity was expressed exclusively in the outer side of the cartilaginous cell
layers, following the normal pathway of calcified cartilage matrix absorption by osteoclastic
cells. This protease is involved in the degradation of type I and type II collagen and osteonectin by osteoclasts.3
However, there was no osteoclastic activity
in the inner side of the cartilaginous tissue, although there were blood vessels that promoted
the migration of precursor osteoclasts to this region. Osteoclastic activity may change due to the
CONCLUSIONS
The results of this study suggest that:
The expansion of the midpalatal suture increases TGF1 transcription in the cells in the
border of precartilaginous and cartilaginous cell
layers and in osteocytes and osteoblasts on the
surface of newly formed bone.
The expression of TGF1, osteocalcin
(OCN), and alkaline phosphatase (ALPase) in
the border of the precartilaginous and cartilaginous cell layers on day 2, was an indicative of
the beginning of osteochondroprogenitor cells
differentiation into osteoblasts.
New bone formation by means of intramembranous ossification was induced in the inner
side of the cartilaginous layers.
The absence of osteoclastic activity in the
inner side of the expanded cartilaginous tissue
may be associated with the high level of TGF1
transcription.
Acknowledgment
This study was supported by the Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA), Japan.
We thank Dr. Hideaki Sakai (in memoriam) for
his excellent guidance, and Jos Antonio, laboratory technician at the Maring State University
(UEM), for his invaluable technical advice.
98
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):93-9
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Bravo R, Frank R, Blundell PA, MacDonald-Bravo H.

Cyclin/PCNA is the auxiliary protein of DNA polymerase-delta.
Nature. 1987 Apr 2-8;326(6112):515-7.
Hashimoto F, Kobayashi Y, Kamiya T, Kobayashi K, Kato Y,
Sakai H. Antigenicity of pro-osteocalcin in hard tissue: the
authenticity to visualize osteocalcin-producing cells. J Bone
Miner Metab. 1997 Sep;15(3):122-31.
Hou WS, Li Z, Gordon RE, Chan K, Klein MJ, Levy R, et
al. Cathepsin k is a critical protease in synovial fibroblastmediated collagen degradation. Am J Pathol. 2001
Dec;159(6):2167-77.
Janssens K, Ten Dijke P, Janssens S, Van HW. Transforming
growth factor beta 1 to the bone. Endocr Rev. 2005
Oct;26(6):743-4.
Joyce ME, Roberts AB, Spom MB, Bolander ME. Transforming
growth factor-beta and the initiation of chondrogenesis
and osteogenesis in the rat femur. J Cell Biol. 1990
Jun;110(6):2195-207.
Karst M, Gorny G, Galvin RJ, Oursler MJ. Roles of stromal cell
RANKL, OPG, and M-CSF expression in biphasic TGF-beta
regulation of osteoclast differentiation. J Cell Physiol. 2004
Jul;200(1):99-106.
Kobayashi ET, Hashimoto F, Kobayashi Y, Sakai E, Miyazaki Y,
Kamiya T, et al. Force-induced rapid changes in cell fate at
midpalatal suture cartilage of growing rats. J Dent Res. 1999
Sep;78(9):1495-504.
Lee JY, Kim KH, Shin SY, Rhyu IC, Lee YM, Park YJ, et al.
Enhanced bone formation by TGF1 releasing collagen/
chitosan microgranules. J Biomed Mater Res A. 2006 Mar
1;76(3):530-9.
Lieb E, Vogel T, Milz S, Dauner M, Schulz MB. Effects of
Transforming Growth Factor 1 on bone-like tissue formation in
three-dimensional cell culture II: osteoblastic differentiation.
Tissue Eng. 2004 Sep-Oct;10(9-10):1414-25.
10. Lyon H. Hematoxylin-eosin: an example of a common

histological staining method. In: Celis JE. Cell biology: a
laboratory handbook. 2nd ed. San Diego: Academic Press;
1998. p. 232-7.
11. Mackie EJ, Trechsel U. Stimulation of bone formation in vivo
by transforming growth factor: remodeling of woven bone and
lack of inhibition by indomethacin. Bone. 1990;11(4):295-300.
12. Marcelli C, Yates AJ, Mundy GR. In vivo effects of human
recombinant transforming growth factor on bone turnover in
normal mice. J Bone Miner Res. 1990 Oct;5(10):1087-96.
13. Nakase T, Takaoka K, Hirakawa K, Hirota S, Takemura T,
Onoue H, et al. Alterations in the expression of osteonectin,
osteopontin and osteocalcin mRNAs during the development
of skeletal tissues in vivo. Bone Miner. 1994 Aug;26(2):109-22.
14. Noda M, Camilliere JJ. In vivo stimulation of bone formation
by transforming growth factor-beta. Endocrinology. 1989
Jun;124(6):2991-4.
15. Pfeilschifter J, Wolf O, Naumann A, Minne HW, Mundy GR,
Zielgler R. Chemotactic response of osteoblastic-like cells to
transforming growth factor beta. J Bone Miner Res. 1990 Aug.
5(8):825-30.
16. Sakai H, Saku T, Kato Y, Yamamoto K. Quantitation and
immunohistochemical localization of cathepsins E and D in
rat tissues and blood cells. Biochim Biophys Acta. 1989 May
31;991(2):367-75.
17. Sternberger LA, Hardy PH Jr, Cuculis JJ, Meyer HG. The
unlabeled antibody enzyme method of immunohistochemistry.
Preparation and properties of soluble antigen-antibody
complex (horseradish peroxidase) and its use in identification
of spirochetes. J Histochem Cytochem. 1970 May;18(5):315-33.
18. Takahashi I, Mizoguchi I, Nakamura M, Sasano Y, Saitoh
S, Kagayama M, et al. Effects of expansive force on the
differentiation of midpalatal suture cartilage in rats. Bone. 1996
Apr;18(4):341-8.
Submitted: September 2008

Revised and accepted: April 2009
Contact address
Emilia Teruko Kobayashi
Rua Professor Samuel Moura 1039, Jd. Araxa
CEP: 86.061-060 Londrina / PR, Brazil
99
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):93-9
Original Article
The influence of bilateral lower first

permanent molar loss on dentofacial
morfology a cephalometric study
David Normando*, Cristina Cavacami**
Abstract
Objective: To evaluate cephalometric changes in patients with bilateral loss of lower
first permanent molar teeth. Methods: Sixty-eight lateral radiographs of patients from
private practices were analyzed. The sample was divided into two groups matched for
age and gender: 34 individuals without loss (control group) and 34 presenting with
bilateral loss of lower first permanent molar teeth (loss group). Patients who had lost
teeth other than lower first molars, cases of agenesis and patients under 16 years of age
were excluded from the sample. Only individuals who reported losing teeth at least
5 years earlier were evaluated. Results: It was found that bilateral loss of lower first
permanent molars leads to smooth closure of GnSN angle (P = 0.05), counterclockwise
rotation of the occlusal plane (P = 0.0001), mild decrease in lower anterior face height
(P = 0.05), pronounced lingual tipping (P = 0.04) and retrusion of mandibular incisors
(P = 0.03). Moreover, bilateral loss of lower first permanent molars did not affect the
maxillomandibular relationship in the anteroposterior direction (P = 0.21), amount of
chin (P = 0.45), inclination of upper incisors (P = 0.12) and anteroposterior position of
maxillary incisors (P = 0.46). Conclusion: Bilateral loss of lower first molars can produce marked changes in lower incisor positioning and in the occlusal plane as well as a
mild vertical reduction of the face.
Keywords: First permanent molar. Cephalometry.
* Specialist in Orthodontics, PROFIS-USP/Bauru. Professor of Orthodontics, UFPA. Coordinator, Specialization Program in Orthodontics, EAP / ABO-PA.
M.Sc. in Clinical Dentistry, FOUSP, Doctoral in Dentistry, UERJ.
** Specialist in Orthodontics, EAP/ABO-PA.
100
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):100-6
Normando D, Cavacami C
introduction
Despite the vast scientific knowledge available concerning effective methods to prevent
dental caries disease, epidemiological data on
tooth loss show alarming rates in Brazil, especially in the low-income population.2,8,9,15 Loss
of lower first permanent molars not only contributes to these statistical data but has been
identified as the most prevalent.8,9
Over the years literature has highlighted the
importance of first permanent molars in occlusion. Their loss can lead to serious problems
with remarkable clinical changes in the position
of neighboring and antagonist teeth,5,10,11 which
may require orthodontic and rehabilitation
treatment due to the complexity of the resulting malocclusion.
Several occlusal changes caused by missing
first molars have been described in the literature. Second molars have been shown to migrate mesially into the posterior region of the
dental arch,5,11 while second premolars5,6,11 and
canines10,11 drift distally. However, it is clear
that the effects of lower first molar loss are
not restricted to the posterior region as they
seem to significantly influence anterior teeth,
increasing the occurrence of diastemas10 and
midline shifts.10,11 Few studies have sought to
examine the effects of missing first permanent
molars on the cephalometric pattern. These
studies1,12 showed spontaneous cephalometric
changes in overbite and overjet and in incisor
inclination after extraction of lower first permanent molars. A tendency was observed toward increased overjet and overbite in association with retroclination of lower incisors and
protrusion of upper incisors, with relatively
significant variation in these changes.12 In most
cases where overjet and overbite were normal,
the overbite remained stable after extraction.12
However, no evidence has been found to support the occurrence of changes in the vertical
relationships of the face.1

This study was developed through the analysis of
68 lateral cephalometric X-rays from routine orthodontic records. The sample was divided into two
groups matched for gender and age: a control group
(no loss), consisting of 34 radiographs, 8 men and 26
women, whose mean age was 19.5 years (16-26.2),
and another group with bilateral loss of first permanent molars, consisting of 34 radiographs, 8 men and
26 women with a mean age of 24.6 years (16-36).
Patients who had lost teeth other than the first molar, cases of agenesis and patients under 16 years of
age were excluded from the sample.
Information regarding age and gender was collected directly from the patients dental records.
Despite the authors efforts, it was not possible
to accurately determine the time at which the
molars were lost. The patients who were able to
determine it reported having lost them at least 5
years earlier. Patients who reported a recent loss
were excluded from the sample.
The radiographs were traced manually by one
investigator and checked by another. The cephalometric measurements were made using the program Measurement and Cephalometric Tracing
System (SMTC). Cephalometric landmarks and
linear and angular measures were performed as
outlined by Silva Filho et al.13
Random error was defined by Dahlbergs formula and systematic error was examined by the
intraclass correlation test, duplicating measures in
20 randomly selected radiographs, 10 from each
group. Students t-test at 95% confidence was
employed for statistical analysis of differences between groups.
RESULTS
Error analysis revealed a random error between
0.18 (1-NA) to 1.34 (Co-A) and systematic error
(intraclass correlation) revealed an excellent correlation (r=0.75- 0.98, p<0.001) for all measures
except Co-A, which exhibited a fair degree of correlation (r= 0.68, p<0.01).
101
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):100-6
The influence of bilateral lower first permanent molar loss on dentofacial morfology a cephalometric study
and 83.5 (SD= 4.2) in the loss group, with no significant difference (P = 0.49). A similar behavior
was noted in analyzing the anteroposterior position of the mandible in relation to the skull base,
which is obtained by means of the SNB angle. The
mean value obtained in the control group was
79.8 (SD= 3.9), and in the loss group, 80.2
(SD= 4.5). This difference was not statistically
significant (P= 0.34). As a result, there was no significant difference (P = 0.27) in ANB angle. Control group mean was 3.7 (SD = 3.0) and loss
group mean, 3.3 (SD = 3.0).
When linear distances were analyzed for the
A-N Perp line, which relates the maxilla to the
cranial base, the control group achieved a mean
value of 1.1 mm (SD= 4.3 mm), and the loss
group, 0.53 mm (SD = 4.1 mm), this difference
was not statistically significant (P = 0.28).
As regards the numerical expression of the
size of the maxilla, obtained through the Co-A
distance, the control groups mean value was
93.2 mm (SD = 5.1 mm) and the loss groups,
92.7 mm (SD = 5.8 mm), P = 0.34. The size of
the mandible given by the Co-Gn line was found
to be 120.9 mm (SD = 6.5 mm) in the control
group, and 119.9 mm (SD = 6.8 mm) in the loss
group, with no statistically significant difference
(P = 0.13). Consequently, the maxillomandibular
differential (Mm Diff), which is the difference
between the CoGn and CoA measures, was statistically similar (P = 0.13) between the control
group (mean = 27.6 mm, SD = 5.0 mm) and the
group with bilateral loss of lower first molars
(mean = 26.4 mm, SD= 4mm).
Direction of facial growth and facial height

A comparative analysis of the GnSN angle,
which defines the resultant vector of the anteroinferior growth of the mandible, showed a more
smoothly closed GnSN angle (P=0.05) in the loss
group (mean= 65.2, SD=5.5) compared to the
control group (mean = 67.2, SD = 3.8).
The OclSN angle, which defines the occlusal plane from the cranial base, showed a mean
of 12.6 (SD=6.6) in the control group, and 5.6
(SD=5.7) in the loss group, demonstrating that
bilateral loss of first molars causes a nearly 6
(P=0.0001) counterclockwise rotation of the occlusal plane.
The GoGnSN angle, which provides insight
into the behavior of the mandibular base relative
to the cranial base, showed a mean of 32.3 (SD=
5.0) in the control group and 31.2 in the loss
group (SD= 6.3), with no statistically significant
difference (P = 0.21). However, LAFH, which is
the linear expression of lower face height, where
the mean value obtained for the control group was
70.8 mm (SD = 5.6 mm), and for the loss group,
68.6 mm (SD = 5.7 mm), revealed that bilateral
loss of first molars causes a mild, statistically significant (P = 0.048) decrease in LAFH.
Anteroposterior maxillomandibular
relationship
Comparative analysis between the control
group and the group with bilateral loss of first
molars revealed that the anteroposterior maxillomandibular relationship did not undergo significant change due to the loss.
Regarding NAP measure, which aids in qualifying maxillary protrusion in relation to total facial profile, its mean value in the control group
was 5.1 (SD= 3.8), and in the loss group, 4.4
(SD= 7.1). This difference was not statistically
significant (P = 0.39).
The SNA angle, which defines the position of
the maxilla in relation to the cranial base, yielded
a value of 83.6 (SD= 4.1) in the control group,
Dental pattern
Dental pattern results showed that the AIs angle, which reflects upper incisor inclination in the
basal bone, exhibited no statistically significant
difference between the control group (mean=
115.3, SD= 13.3) and the loss group (mean=
118.3, D.P = 9.2).
When comparing the axial inclination of up-
102
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):100-6
schools of thought. One of these argued that first

molars were instrumental in determining a normal occlusion and therefore of paramount importance in maintaining incisal relationships. For this
group of researchers4,16 the loss of first permanent
molars would lead to lingual collapse of lower incisors and increased overjet and overbite, as was
indeed later confirmed by cephalometric studies.12 Conversely, the other group contended that
the loss of first molars produced no detrimental
effect on incisal relationships.3,7,14
While little has been assessed regarding morphological changes in the dental arches arising
from missing lower first permanent molars, almost
nothing seems to have been reported regarding
dentoskeletal changes resulting from these losses
in facial morphology. Studies1,12 have reported a
tendency toward increased overjet and overbite
associated with retroclination of the lower incisors
per incisors in the alveolar bone with the aid of

1.NA angle, the mean found in the control group
was 24.4 (SD= 10.1), and in the loss group, 27.9
(SD= 9.8), once again, this difference was not
statistically significant (P = 0.12).
As regards the anteroposterior position of
maxillary incisors in relation to their apical base,
obtained by measuring 1-NA, the control groups
mean was 7.3 mm (SD= 2.8 mm), and the loss
groups, 7.2 mm (SD= 3.3 mm), indicating no statistically significant difference (P = 0.46).
Concerning the axial inclination of lower incisors in the alveolar bone, obtained with the 1.NB
angle, the average found in the control group was
28.4 (SD = 7.9), and the loss group, 23.2 (SD =
7.4). This result indicates that the lower incisors
are tipped lingually due to bilateral loss of lower
first permanent molars (P = 0.004). This finding
is confirmed by IMPA, where there was a marked
lingual inclination of lower incisors in patients
with missing first molars (P = 0.003), with control
group mean equal to 94.6 (SD = 8.3) and loss
group mean of 89.4 (SD = 7.1).
Regarding the anteroposterior position of lower incisors in relation to their apical base, measured by 1-NB, the control groups mean was 7.6
mm (SD= 2.3 mm) and the loss groups, 6.4 mm
(SD= 2.6 mm). Moreover, a mild retrusion was
found in the mandibular incisors of patients with
missing first molars (P = 0.03).
Control Group
Loss Group
Chin
Analysis of amount of chin through P-NB
highlights a similarity between the control group
(mean = 2.1 mm, SD = 2.8 mm) and the group
with bilateral loss of first molars (mean = 2.0 mm,
SD = 2.1 mm).
DISCUSSION
The literature has long discussed the key role
played by first permanent molars in maintaining
the morphology of the dental arches. The 50s
and 60s saw the emergence of two orthodontic
FIGURE 1 - Mean differences observed between the control group

(black tracing) and the group with bilateral loss of lower first molar
(red tracing).
103
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):100-6
tablE 1 - Mean, standard deviation (SD), mean differences t and P values used to analyze differences between the control group and the group with
bilateral loss of lower first molars.
Control group (n = 34)
Bilateral loss group = 34)
Mean
SD
Mean
GnSN
67.2
3.8
65.2
Ocl SN
12.6
6.6
6.9
GoGnSN
32.3
5.0
LAFH
70.8 mm
5.6 mm
NAP
5.1
SNA
Difference Mean
t-value
p-value
5.5
2.0
1.64
0.05 *
5.6
5.7
3.83
0.0001 **
31.2
6.3
1.1
0.80
0.21 (ns)
68.6 mm
5.7 mm
2.2 mm
1.60
0.048 *
6.9
4.4
7.1
0.7
0.39
0.39 (ns)
83.6
4.1
83.5
4.2
0.1
0.02
0.49 (ns)
SNB
79.8
3.9
80.2
4.5
-0.4
-0.39
0.34 (ns)
ANB
3.7
3.0
3.3
3.0
0.4
0.58
0.27 (ns)
A-N perp
1.1 mm
4.3 mm
0.53 mm
4.1 mm
0.57 mm
0.56
0.28 (ns)
CoA
93.2 mm
5.1 mm
92.7 mm
5.8 mm
0.5 mm
0.38
0.34 (ns)
CoGn
120.9 mm
6.5 mm
119.9 mm
6.8 mm
1.0 mm
1.09
0.13 (ns)
Mm Diff.
27.6 mm
5.0 mm
26.4 mm
4.0 mm
1.2 mm
1.10
0.13 (ns)
SD
Facial growth direction
Max-mand rel. A-P
Dental Positioning
Ais
115.3
13.3
118.3
9.2
-3.0
-1.07
0.14 (ns)
1.NA
24.4
10.1
27.9
9.8
-3.5
-1.18
0.12 (ns)
1-NA
7.3 mm
2.8 mm
7.2 mm
3.3 mm
0.1 mm
0.09
0.46 (ns)
1.NB
28.4
7.9
23.2
7.4
5.2
2.74
0.004**
1-NB
7.6 mm
2.3 mm
6.4 mm
2.6 mm
1.2 mm
1.90
0.03 *
IMPA
94.6
8.3
89.4
7.1
5.2
2.75
0.003**
P-NB
2.1 mm
2.8 mm
2.0 mm
0.1 mm
0.10
0.45 (ns)
Chin
2.1 mm
ns = non-significant.
* P<0.05.
** P<0.01.
craniomandibular reference, and IMPA, which assesses the positioning of mandibular incisors relative to the mandibular plane. However, the group
cross-sectional analysis used in this study did not
disclose any changes in the positioning of the upper incisors, which confirms the clinical data of
Normando et al10 and diverges from the longitudinal cephalometric data12 that point to an increase
in the protrusion of upper incisors one year after
the loss of lower first permanent molars.
It seems reasonable to believe, however,
that the influence of bilateral loss of lower first
12 to 18 months after the loss of lower first permanent molars.

The findings of this study corroborate the results of previous studies,1,11,12 which showed a
marked influence of bilateral loss of lower first
permanent molars on the positioning of lower incisors (Table 1, Fig 1). Cephalometric evaluation
comparing the two groupscontrol and loss
shows that the bilateral loss of lower first permanent molars causes an approximate 5 retroclination of lower incisors both in terms of 1.NB, which
assesses the angulation of lower incisors through a
104
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):100-6
control group subjects with normal occlusion. In

this study, the sample that comprised the group
with missing first permanent molars was not obtained through an epidemiological survey in a random population, but rather from a dental office
sample. It is reasonable to believe that if a patient
seeks orthodontic treatment, they probably present with an occlusal problem. Therefore, in order
to obtain a control group that could be different
from the experimental group in terms of the variable of interest, i.e., bilateral loss of lower first permanent molars, a control sample was used which
consisted of individuals who sought orthodontic
treatment without, however, having lost any teeth.
permanent molars, although on a smaller scale, is

not confined only to the anteroposterior position
of lower incisors (Fig 1). The group with bilateral
loss also displayed changes in several measures
that make up the vertical analysis of the face.
Table 1 portrays a slightly decreased lower anterior face height (LAFH) in the loss group, substantiated by a decrease in the GnSN angle and
a counterclockwise rotation of the occlusal plane.
Although these cephalometric data do not lend
support to previous studies,1 they reinforce the
common clinical evidence regarding the loss of
vertical dimension that results from bilateral loss
of first permanent molars.
Evidently, from a scientific point of view, a
confident study of the influence of tooth loss on
dentoskeletal development should be conducted
by means of a longitudinal evaluation. However,
ethical requirements render the adoption of this
methodology impossible, leaving to investigators only those evaluations of a cross-sectional
nature, along with the obvious disadvantages of
working with two samples composed of different individuals. In the present investigation several measures were adopted in order to make it
as reliable as possible, among which one should
highlight the use of patients with no potential
for growth and matched for age and gender.
Another point to be discussed focuses on the
fact that cephalometric studies generally use as
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions can be drawn
based on the results of this study:
1. Bilateral loss of lower first permanent molars
did not affect the anteroposterior maxillomandibular relationship, the dental pattern
of the upper dental arch or the chin.
2. Bilateral loss of lower first permanent molars can interfere with the direction of
growth, leading to a counterclockwise rotation of the occlusal plane, and a mild decrease in lower face height, and with the
dental pattern of the lower arch, resulting
in a steep lingual inclination and a mild retrusion of lower anterior teeth.
105
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):100-6
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. Normando ADC, Silva MC, Le Bihan R, Simone JL. Alteraes

oclusais espontneas decorrentes da perda dos primeiros
molares permanentes inferiores. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop
Facial. 2003 maio-jun;8(3):15-23.
11. Normando ADC, Maia FA, Ursi WJ, Simone L. Dento-alveolar
changes after unilateral loss of the lower first permanent molar
and their influence on third molar position and development.
World J Orthod. 2010;11(1):55-60.
12. Richardson A. Spontaneous changes in the incisor relationship
following extraction of lower first permanent molars. Br J
Orthod. 1979 Apr;6(2):85-90.
13. Silva Filho OG. Cefalometria radiogrfica. Bauru: Universidade
de So Paulo. Hospital de Pesquisa e Reabilitao de Leses
Lbio-Palatais; 1984.
14. Thunold K. Early loss of the first molars 25 years after. Rep
Congr Eur Orthod Soc. 1970:349-65.
15. Vieira RS, Ammon ION, Silva HC. Prevalncia da perda de
primeiros molares permanentes de crianas de 06 a 12 anos
matriculadas no servio de triagem do curso de graduao em
Odontologia da Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina. Rev
Cinc Sade. 1988-89;7/8(1/2):112-21.
16. White TC, Gardiner JH, Leighton BC. Orthodontics for Dental
Students. Missouri: Macmillan; 1954.
Abu Aihaija ES, McSheny PF, Richardson A. A cephalometric

study of the effect of extraction of lower first permanent
molars. J Clin Pediatr Dent. 2000 Spring;24(3):195-8.
Ferlin LHM, Daruge AD, Daruge RJ, Rancan SV. Prevalncia da
perda de primeiros molares permanentes, em escolares de 6 a
12 anos, de ambos os sexos, da cidade de Ribeiro Preto (SP).
Rev Odontol Univ So Paulo. 1989 jan-mar;3(1):239-45.
Hallet GEM, Burke PH. Symmetrical extraction of first
permanent molars. Trans Eur Orthod Soc. 1961;7:238-55.
Hovell JH. Malocclusion: diagnosis and treatment. In: Wather
DP, editor. Current orthodontics. Bristol: John Wright; 1966.
Jlevik B, Mller M. Evaluation of spontaneous space closure
and development of permanent dentition after extraction of
hypomineralized permanent first molars. Int J Paediatr Dent.
2007 Sep;17(5):328-35.
Matteson SR, Kantor ML, Proffit WR. Extreme distal migration
of the mandibular second bicuspid. A variant of eruption.
Angle Orthod. 1982 Jan;52(1):11-8.
McEwen JD, McHugh WD. An epidemiological investigation
into the effects of the loss of first permanent molar teeth. Rep
Congr Eur Orthod Soc. 1970:337-48.
Modesto A, Miranda DKB, Bastos EPS, Asturian C, Garcia
Eliane S. Prevalncia da perda do primeiro molar permanente.
Rev Bras Odontol. 1993 maio-jun;50(3):52-4.
Normando ADC, Brando AM, Matos JN, Cunha AV, Mohry
O, Jorge ST. M ocluso e ocluso normal na dentio
permanente: um estudo epidemiolgico em escolares do
municpio de Belm-PA. Rev Paraense Odontol. 1999 jan-jun;
4(1):21-36.
Submitted: August 2009

Revised and accepted: May 2010
Contact address
David Normando
Rua Boaventura da Silva, 567- Apt. 1201
CEP: 66.635-540 - Belm / PA, Brazil
106
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):100-6
Original Article
Analysis of rapid maxillary expansion using

Cone-Beam Computed Tomography
Gerson Luiz Ulema Ribeiro*, Arno Locks**, Juliana Pereira***, Maurcio Brunetto***
Abstract
Whenever a maxillary arch is diagnosed as skeletally atresic the treatment of choice is usually
maxillary orthopedic expansion, involving separation of the midpalatal suture. Basically, this
suture used to be assessed with the aid of a maxillary occlusal radiograph, which limited its
posteroanterior evaluation. Similarly, quantifying this atresia in cephalometric x-rays always
posed an obstacle for clinicians owing to considerable superimposition of facial structures. With
the advent of computed tomography, this technology has revolutionized diagnostic methods in
dentistry because it provides high dimensional accuracy of the facial structures and a reliable
method for quantifying the behavior of the maxillary halves, tooth inclination, bone formation
at the suture in the three planes of space, as well as alveolar bone resorption and other consequences of palatal expansion.
Keywords: Diagnosis. Radiographic images. Rapid maxillary expansion.

Cone-Beam Computed Tomography.
introduction
Recovery of transverse maxillary discrepancy
seems to be essential for the proper treatment
of various types of malocclusion. Several authors
have investigated possible methods to expand the
maxillary arch through different means. Proponents of rapid maxillary expansion (RME) argue
that this method causes minimum tooth movement and maximum skeletal displacement. Conversely, advocates of slow expansion believe that
this method produces less tissue resistance in
neighboring maxillary structures while enhancing
bone formation in the intermaxillary suture, and

that these two factors help to minimize postexpansion relapse.12,13
Some authors have advocated the separation
of the midpalatal suture to expand narrow maxillary arches.11,15,20 Moreover, Graber,7 in 1972,
asserted that this technique is in decline as it
develops open bite, relapse and improves nasal
breathing only temporarily (REF). Furthermore,
conventional orthodontic appliances have proved
successful in accomplishing intermolar and intercanine maxillary expansion.
* M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Orthodontics, Rio de Janeiro Federal University (UFRJ). Professor, Graduate and Postgraduate courses, UFSC. Diplomate, Brazilian
Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics.
** M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Orthodontics, Rio de Janeiro Federal University (UFRJ). Postdoctoral research, University of Aarhus, Denmark. Professor, Graduate and
Postgraduate courses, UFSC. Diplomate, Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics.
*** Specialist in Orthodontics, UFSC. M.Sc. Candidate in Orthodontics, UFSC.

107
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):107-12
Analysis of rapid maxillary expansion using Cone-Beam Computed Tomography
tissue reactions is possible only in animal studies

or autopsy material.27
Several authors have studied the skeletal and
dental changes resulting from opening the midpalatal suture but the literature is still inconclusive regarding dimensional changes in dental
arches and maxillary displacement as a whole, and
whether or not these changes are transient.4,11,12,30
According to Sato et al,23 posteroanterior cephalometric radiography provides an assessment of
the transverse dimensions of the face by broadening the scope and thus facilitating the diagnosis of
crossbites and orthopedic changes inherent in the
rapid opening of the midpalatal suture. Because
it is an image in two dimensions, radiographic
overlays of anatomical structures hamper the precise location of cephalometric landmarks, which
are instrumental for diagnosing and assessing the
maxilla before or after any intervention, notably
in the maxillary middle third.9
Assessment of frontal radiographs shows that
the maxillary bones are displaced laterally with
the fulcrum located close to the frontomaxillary
suture while lower skeletal expansion progresses.
The maxillary central incisors usually move mesially and, in general, undergo uprighting after appliance stabilization. Such movement aids in closing the wide median diastema produced by the
orthopedic effects of the appliance. As these teeth
are uprighted, part of the arch length benefits
obtained with the expansion is lost. The occlusal
radiograph shows that the intermaxillary suture
experiences a non-parallel opening accompanied
by a further, V-shaped expansion, greater in the
anterior than in the posterior region.30
In frontal view, a pyramid appears in the region of this suture, whose base is turned inferiorly.
Thus, real bone mass gain occurs with a consequent increase in arch perimeter.4,10,11
Occlusal radiographs have been widely used
for monitoring the recovery of the suture after
palatal separation. However, standardizing how
x-rays are performed is not a simple matter.
Given the diversity of structures comprised

in the craniofacial complex various therapeutic
resources have emerged which are capable of
modifying the position or morphology of these
components. Lateral maxillary atresia is a very
common condition in different malocclusions.
This transverse deficiency, caused by genetic and/
or functional4 factors, may involve only the posterior dental segments, imparting excessive lingual tipping to these segments,6 but it may also
be associated with a skeletally compromised
maxilla, which gives it a sicatro appearance.6,14
When this happens, the maxilla presents with a
narrow6 and gothic palate.14 To remedy this situation, an expansion is required which is capable
of effecting maximum orthopedic movement of
the maxillary bones while maintaining the integrity of the tissues and reducing the resulting tooth
inclination.1,4,12,13,15,17,25 Rapid maxillary expansion (RME) meets these requirements, restoring
the transverse dimensions of this bone structure
and corresponding dental arch14,25 by opening the
midpalatal suture in conjunction with orthopedic
reactions in other facial sutures and slight movements in the posterosuperior segments.8
Numerous studies have been conducted to investigate the changes caused in the maxillary bones
and midpalatal suture as a result of rapid maxillary
expansion. Histological experiments on animals
showed new bone formation in the suture zone after
palate splitting.5,10,28 Radiographic studies in humans
showed ossification in the region after expansion.
However, the length of time that the palatal suture
takes to restore its normal structure in humans is
still the subject of considerable controversy. The
vast majority of authors recommend that retention
be performed with the appliance itself, after palate
splitting, for a period of three months.2,8,10,16,18,19,22
The ability to measure these changes allows
orthodontists to predict the effects of orthopedic
treatment. Invasive techniques such as metal implants provide accurate information but are too
aggressive for routine use. Histological control of
108
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):107-12
Ribeiro GLU, Locks A, Pereira J, Brunetto M
The occlusal view showed that in the anteroposterior direction the opening of the suture
would be twice as large in the incisor than in the
molar region, allowing the visualization of a new
triangle with the base facing the anterior region.
Apparently, the amount of opening varies with
each individual. By comparing the opening of the
intermaxillary suture with the dental effects it was
found that the amount of suture separation would
be equal to or less than the amount of expansion
in the dental arch.10
The advent of Cone-Beam Computed Tomography (CBCT) has made possible three-dimensional assessment. Today, it is increasingly applied
in dentistry mainly because it is more affordable
and entails lower radiation exposure.9
To compare the biological effects of radiation
on various parts of the body, effective equivalent
dose is used, which yields a comparison of the biological effects of different types of ionizing radiation and allows adjustments to be made in the volume and radiosensitivity of irradiated tissue. The
unit of measure used is the sievert (Sv).9,24
The effective equivalent dose in conventional radiographic examinations, comprising
3 maxillary periapical radiographs (5 Sv), 3
mandibular periapical radiographs to assess the
bone tissue available in the mandibular symphysis (5 Sv), 1 upper occlusal radiograph (4 Sv),
1 panoramic radiograph (7 Sv), 1 posteroanterior cephalometric radiograph (7 Sv), 1 lateral cephalometric radiograph (7 Sv), results
in a total of 42 Sv.9,24 Using a Cone-Beam CT
scanner such as the i-CAT, radiation exposure is
approximately 30-100 Sv for examining both
the maxilla and mandible, which represents a
reduction of 1/6 in patient radiation exposure
compared to a conventional medical CT scanner (helical). Cone-Beam CT radiation dose is
similar to the radiation dose used in the periapical examination of the entire mouth, equivalent
to approximately 4-15 times the dose of a panoramic X-ray.9
Moreover, compared to conventional radiography, the potential of CT to provide additional

information is much higher. Additionally, with
Cone-Beam CT, professionals can obtain reconstructions of all conventional dental radiographs
in addition to the unique information provided by
multiplanar and 3D reconstructions.9
As new knowledge is generated by three-dimensional views of the skull and face, Cone-Beam
CT is expected to change concepts and shift paradigms, redefining goals and treatment plans in orthodontics. This would facilitate the diagnosis of
maxillary atresia and maxillary behavior in terms
of expansion procedures, thus allowing for quantification of the actual skeletal gains in dealing with
two different activation protocols. CT will therefore contribute to diagnosis to the extent that it
will be decisive in establishing the best protocol
expansion to be used in treatment planning.9
DISCUSSION
The increase noted in upper arch transverse dimensions after rapid maxillary expansion (RME)
is due mainly to orthopedic effects, implying a real
gain in bone mass and dental arch perimeter, as illustrated in Figures 1 and 2. Besides providing an
expected increase in dental arch width, the Haas
expansion appliance provides high palatal expansion, which translates into a significant transverse
increase in the deep region of the palate. Clear
clinical evidence of separation of the maxillary
processes is given through a gradual opening of the
diastema between the maxillary central incisors,
observed in Figure 3. After the third complete
turn of the screw, the incisors are affected by rapid
maxillary expansion. From this stage on, a direct
relationship takes place between the magnitude
of the open diastema and the amount of orthopedic effect induced by the expansion. It is therefore possible to perform a clinical interpretation
of skeletal involvement during RME: The larger
the diastema, the greater the induced orthopedic effect. After expansion screw stabilization the
109
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):107-12
central incisors returned spontaneously to their

original position. Control over this now purely
orthodontic movement is linked to the memory of
stretched gingival fibers, which rapidly move, first
the crowns, then the roots, closer to each other.
Total maxillary occlusal x-rays are the routine
diagnostic tool used in orthodontic practice to verify and document suture separation. Cone-Beam
computed tomography enables more accurate result evaluation and improved quantification. One
can observe a triangular, radiolucent area with
its base facing the anterior nasal spine, a region
where bone strength is reduced (Figs 2 and 3). At
the same time that CT confirms the orthopedic
splitting of the maxilla, it subsequently records
midpalatal suture reorganization, which occurs
during the retention phase, when the appliance
is kept in the mouth (Fig 4). The fixed expander
should only be replaced by a removable retention
plate after complete tomographic restructuring,
which takes on average 3-4 months.29
It seems indisputable that, even though the
predominant effect is of an orthopedic nature,
orthodontic effect, represented by the flaring of the

posterior teeth and alveolar process, is an integral
part of rapid maxillary expansion. It is known to
practitioners who deal with orthopedic expansion
that hand in hand with the gradual opening of the
midpalatal suture, the force delivered by the expander causes periodontal ligament compression,
lateral tipping of the alveolar process and subsequent flaring of the posterior teeth. These changes represent the orthodontic effect of RME. But
before these forces induce classical orthodontic
movement with osteoclastic histological changes in
the periodontium, the maxillary bones are split due
to orthopedic effects (Figs 2 and 3).
The ratio between orthopedic and orthodontic effects derived from rapid maxillary expansion depends mainly on bone strength, which increases with age. As a general rule, effects on the
basal bone tend to be significant in children and
minimal, or even non-existent, after the growth
phase. As patient age increases, orthodontic effects will be increasingly more prevalent than
orthopedic effects.21
FIGURE 1 - Three-dimensional occlusal reconstruction of the maxilla from

a CT scan, showing the closed midpalatal suture.
FIGURE 2 - Three-dimensional occlusal reconstruction of the maxilla from

a CT scan, showing the open midpalatal suture.
110
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):107-12
Ribeiro GLU, Locks A, Pereira J, Brunetto M
FIGURE 3 - Three-dimensional occlusal reconstruction of the maxilla from a CT scan, showing the open midpalatal suture: (A) posteroanterior view; (B) occlusal view.
FIGURE 4 - Three-dimensional occlusal reconstruction of the maxilla from a CT scan, showing the suture reorganization process: (A) posteroanterior view;
(B) occlusal view.
tomography confirms the marked morphological changes that occur in the upper arch and
nasomaxillary structure.
In general, the decision to provide orthodontic treatment using palate-splitting mechanics
will depend on the clinical experience of each
orthodontist, the need for such procedure and
the individual characteristics of each patient,
CONCLUSIONS
It could be argued that nowadays orthopedic maxillary expansion is part and parcel of
a coherent therapeutic approach in orthodontic practice, provided that maxillary atresia is
present. The lateral repositioning of the maxilla and increased basal bone, which can be
accurately observed in Cone-Beam computed
111
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):107-12
facial structures and a reliable method for quantifying the behavior of the maxillary halves,
dental tipping, bone formation at the suture
in the three planes of space, as well as alveolar bone resorption and other consequences of
palatal expansion.
such as age. These variables will establish the

orthodontic planning and treatment best suited
for each case.
Cone-Beam Computed Tomography is a
groundbreaking diagnostic method in dentistry
as it provides high dimensional accuracy of the
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Bell RA. A review of maxillary expansion in relation to rate of

expansion and patients age. Am J Orthod. 1982 Jan;81(1):32-7.
Belli SJ. Long term anteroposterior, transverse and vertical
skeletal changes following rapid maxillary expansion in adults
[thesis]. Columbus (Ohio): The Ohio State University; 1992.
Biederman W. A hygienic appliance for rapid expansion.
J Pract Orthod. 1968 Feb;2(2):67-70.
Bishara SE, Staley RN. Maxillary expansion: clinical implications.
Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1987 Jan;91(1):3-14.
Cleall JF, Bayne DI, Posen JM, Subtelny JD. Expansion of the
midpalatal suture in the monkey. Angle Orthod. 1965 Jan;35:23-35.
Dipaolo RJ. Thoughts on palatal expansion. J Clin Orthod.
1970 Sep;4(9):493-7.
Graber TM. Orthodontics principles and practice. 3rd ed.
Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1972, 953p.
Ekstrm C, Henrikson CO, Jensen R. Mineralization in the
midpalatal suture after orthodontic expansion. Am J Orthod.
1977 Apr;71(4):449-55.
Garib DG, Raymundo R Jr, Raymundo MV, Raymundo
DV, Ferreira SN. Tomografia computadorizada de feixe
cnico (cone beam): entendendo este novo mtodo de
diagnstico por imagem com promissora aplicabilidade na
Ortodontia. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2007 marabr;12(2):139-56.
Haas AJ. Rapid expansion of the maxillary dental arch and
nasal cavity by opening the midpalatal suture. Angle Orthod.
1961 Apr;31(2):73-90.
Haas AJ. The treatment of maxillary deficiency by opening the
midpalatal suture. Angle Orthod. 1965 Jul:35(3):200-17.
Haas AJ. Palatal expansion: just the beginning of dentofacial
orthopedics. Am J Orthod. 1970 Mar;57(3):219-55.
Herold JS. Maxillary expansion: a retrospective study of three
methods of expansion and their long-term sequelae. Br J
Orthod. 1989 Aug;16(3):195-200.
Hershey HG, Stewart BL,Warren DW. Changes in nasal airway
resistance associated with rapid maxillary expansion. Am J
Orthod. 1976 Mar;69(3):274-84.
Isaacson RJ, Ingram AH. Forces produced by rapid maxillary
expansion. II. Forces present during treatment. Angle Orthod.
1964 Oct;34(4):261-70.
Inoue N, Oyama K, Ishiguro K, Azuma M, Ozaki T. Radiographic
observation of rapid expansion of human maxilla. Bull Tokyo
Med Dent Univ. 1970 Sep;17(3):249-61.
Goddard CL. Discussion: separation of the superior maxilla at
the symphysis. Dental Cosmos. 1893 Sep;35(9):882-2.
18. Melsen B. A histological study of the influence of sutural

morphology and skeletal maturation on rapid palatal expansion
in children. Trans Eur Orthod Soc. 1972:499-507.
19. Moss JP. Rapid expansion of the maxillary arch. Part II. J Clin
Orthod. 1968 May;2(5):215-23.
20. Murphy JJ. A histological study of craniofacial sutures held
in long retention following rapid palatal expansion in rhesus
monkeys [thesis]. Ohio: The Ohio State University; 1975.
21. Ribeiro GLU, Retamoso LB, Moschetti AB, Mei RMS, Camargo
ES, Tanaka OM. Palatal expansion with six bands: an alternative
for young adults. Rev Cln Pesq Odontol. 2009 jan-abr; 5(1):61-6.
22. Sandikioglu M, Hazar S. Skeletal and dental changes after
maxillary expansion in the mixed dentition. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1997 Mar;111(3):321-7.
23. Sato K, Vigorito JW, Carvalho LS. Avaliao cefalomtrica
da disjuno rpida da sutura palatina mediana atravs da
telerradiografia em norma frontal. Ortodontia.1986 jandez;19(1/2):44-51.
24. Scarfe WC, Farman AG, Sukovic P. Clinical applications of
cone-beam computed tomography in dental practice. J Can
Dent Assoc. 2006 Feb;72(1):75-80.
25. Silva Filho OG, Valladares Neto J, Rodrigues AR. Early
correction of posterior crossbite: biomechanical characteristics
of the appliances. J Pedod. 1989 Spring;13(3):195-221.
26. Silva Filho OG, Boas MC, Capelozza Filho L. Rapid
maxillary expansion in the primary and mixed dentitions: a
cephalometric evaluation. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.
1991 Aug;100(2):171-9.
27. Souza MMG. Comportamento radiogrfico, histolgico e
histomtrico da sutura palatina mediana de primatas adultos
(Cebus apella) submetidos expanso maxilar [tese]. Rio de
Janeiro (RJ): Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro; 1992.
28. Starnbach H, Bayne D, Cleall J, Subtelny JD. Facioskeletal
changes resulting from rapid maxillary expansion. Angle
Orthod. 1966 Apr;36(2):152-64.
29. Orlando T, Bruno O, Gerson R. Detalhes singulares nos
procedimentos operacionais da disjuno palatal. Rev Dental
Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2004 jul-ago;9(4):98-107.
30. Wertz RA. Skeletal and dental changes accompanying rapid
midpalatal suture opening. Am J Orthod. 1970 Jul;58(1):41-66.
Submitted: July 2010

Contact address
Gerson Luiz Ulema Ribeiro
Rua Max Colin, 1356
CEP: 89.204-635 Joinville / SC, Brazil
112
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):107-12
Original Article
An overview of the prevalence of malocclusion in

6 to 10-year-old children in Brazil
Marcos Alan Vieira Bittencourt*, Andr Wilson Machado**
Abstract
Objective: To provide an overview of the malocclusions present in Brazilian children aged 6 to
10 years, and present two clinical situations often associated with these malocclusions, i.e., caries
and premature loss of deciduous teeth. Methods: A sample comprised of 4,776 randomly and
intentionally selected children was evaluated. Data collection was performed by clinical examination and anamnesis as part of the campaign Preventing is better than treating conducted in
18 Brazilian states and the Federal District involving orthodontists affiliated with the Brazilian
Association of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics (ABOR). Results and Conclusions: It was
noted that only 14.83% of the children had normal occlusion while 85.17% had some sort of altered occlusion, with 57.24% presenting with Class I malocclusion, 21.73%, Class II, and 6.2%,
Class III. Crossbite was also found in 19.58% of the children, with 10.41% in the anterior and
9.17% in the posterior region. Deep overbite was found in 18.09% and open bite, in 15.85%
of the sample. Caries and/or tooth loss were present in 52.97% of the children. Moreover, the
need for preventive orthodontics was observed in 72.34% of the children, and for interceptive
orthodontics, in 60.86%. It should therefore be emphasized that the presence of specialists
in orthodonticsduly qualified to meet the standards established by ABOR and the World
Federation of Orthodontists (WFO)in attendance at public health clinics, can greatly benefit
underprivileged Brazilian children.
Keywords: Prevalence. Epidemiology. Malocclusion.
* Ph.D. and M.Sc. in Orthodontics, Rio de Janeiro Federal University (UFRJ). Adjunct Professor of Orthodontics, Federal University of Bahia (UFBA). Diplomate of the
Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics.
** M.Sc. in Orthodontics, PUC/Minas. Ph.D. in Orthodontics, UNESP/Araraquara. Professor, Orthodontics Specialization Program, UFBA.
113
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
An overview of the prevalence of malocclusion in 6 to 10-year-old children in Brazil
factors, located directly in the dental arch such as

supernumerary teeth, tooth decay and premature
loss of primary teeth.2,11,18 This realization underscores the need for a clear definition of diagnostic
criteria in order to facilitate prevention and assistance planning.19
The WHO recommends that health authorities
conduct epidemiological surveys of the major oral
diseases at ages 5, 12 and 15 years and in age groups
35 to 44 and 65 to 74 years every five to ten years.
In the last survey on oral health conducted by the
Brazilian Ministry of Health31 in 2003 one objective was to identify the prevalence of malocclusion
based on the criteria of the Dental Aesthetic Index
(DAI). An incidence of 36.46% was found at age
5, 58.14% in 12 years-old, and 53.23% at 15 years
of age. Although this is not the most suitable index
as it does not consider problems such as crossbite,
posterior open bite, midline deviations or deep
overbite,25 these findings indicate that knowledge
of the characteristics of a population is crucial for
developing proposals that respond to the needs and
risks present in the population. Field work in this
area is both extensive and underserved. Malocclusion assessment has not progressed toward a public
health perspective, with most studies focusing on
specific themes or on morphological or biomechanical issues.
Thus, the diagnosis of oral health status of
populations is an asset of paramount importance
to the planning and evaluation of health promotion actions.16 Assessment of malocclusion and
treatment needs for public health purposes are instrumental in determining the priorities for treatment in publicly subsidized dental services and to
properly estimate the number of professionals to
be recruited as well as the financial resources necessary to provide this treatment. Although much
research has been conducted in recent years, from
an epidemiological standpoint the number of
nationwide or even international studies is still
rather scarce. In view of these considerations, the
purpose of this study was to provide an overview
introduction
As of 1899 with the malocclusion classification
proposed by Angle4 and the acknowledgement of
orthodontics as a dental specialty much has been
published on the incidence and prevalence of malocclusion in the population. Data from the World
Health Organization (WHO)17 show that malocclusion is the third most important condition in
the ranking of oral health problems, outranked
only by caries and periodontal disease. The situation in Brazil is identical, which renders malocclusion worthy of special attention. It is worrying
to note, however, that financially underprivileged
layers of the population must overcome serious
hurdles when trying to access public oral health
services since few government agencies offer
a sector or implement programs to address this
particular issue. Thus, the overwhelming need for
orthodontic treatment is compounded by the fact
that the most basic preventive resources are unavailable, let alone those required for more complex treatments.
Studies on the prevalence of malocclusion in
public health provide important epidemiological
data to assess the type and distribution of occlusal
characteristics of a given population, its treatment
need and priority and the resources required to
offer treatment in terms of work capacity, skills,
agility and materials to be employed.9 It is essential to identify and localize the wide range of deviations from occlusal development that may arise
and that must be intercepted before the end of
the active growth stage. As well as problems of a
functional nature that arise from these morphological changes, which may become more complex skeletal problems in the future, aesthetic impairment often occurs, with serious psychosocial
consequences for the developing individual.
Malocclusions have a multifactorial origin and
can hardly ever be attributed to a single specific
cause. Causes include general factors, such as genetic and hereditary components, nutritional deficiencies and abnormal pressure habits, or local
114
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
Bittencourt MAV, Machado AW
distribution to all children. This action was geared

toward providing guidance to children and their
parents/legal guardians about the proper way to
clean their teeth with instructions on brushing
and flossing, among others.
Data collection was performed under an artificial light source with the child sitting in a chair
and facing the examiner. Gloves, masks and disposable wooden spatulas were utilized.
Initially, an attempt was made to determine
whether or not the individual had a normal occlusion. If not, the examiners checked whether the
alteration was significant or whether there were
only small changes that would not jeopardize the
establishment of an appropriate occlusal relationship in the future, both in terms of function and
aesthetics. Children with normal occlusion and
those that had minor changes were categorized
as favorable occlusion. In all others, the occlusion was considered unfavorable and therefore the
malocclusion features present in anteroposterior,
transverse and vertical directions were identified.
First permanent molar relationship was preferentially observed, or else canine relationship,
on the right and left sides, to determine the type
of malocclusion according to Angles classification.4 The following groups were established:
Class I, Class II division 1, Class II division 2 and
Class III.
The presence of crossbite was then observed
in the anterior region, when one or more anterior
teeth were involved, or in the posterior region,
when the crossbite involved teeth in this region.
In this case, it was subdivided into bilateral when
present in the right and left sides, or unilateral
when involving only one side.
Regarding vertical changes, each childs anterior overbite was evaluated. Considering that most
children would be in mixed dentition, a parameter of 50% overbite was set as normal, i.e., an
overlap of up to half the clinical crown of lower
incisors by the upper incisors. Any overlap greater
than 50% was categorized as deep overbite while
of the malocclusions present in Brazilian children

aged 6 to 10 years, and present two clinical situations often associated with these malocclusions,
i.e., caries and premature loss of deciduous teeth.
This has been characterized as quantitative
study, of a descriptive, exploratory and transversal
nature. The sample was random and intentional:
4,776 Brazilian children aged between 6 and 10
years were evaluated without distinction of race
or gender. None had received any previous orthodontic treatment. Prior to data collection, the
examiners fully explained to the childrens parents and/or legal guardians the purpose and importance of the study, highlighting its many benefits. Moreover, they were instructed on practices
that can prevent or minimize future orthodontic
problems in children.
Data collection was performed by clinical examination and anamnesis as part of the campaign
Preventing is better than treating conducted in
18 Brazilian states and the Federal District involving orthodontists affiliated with the Brazilian Association of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics
(ABOR). The campaign was part of a 2009 Global
Action Project implemented by the Social Service
for Industry (SESI) in partnership with Brazilian
television network Rede Globo. ABORby means
of its 19 regional branchesprovided nearly 300
professionals, viz. member orthodontists or students of Orthodontics Specialization programs recognized by the Federal Council of Dentistry (CFO),
who volunteered to participate. The evaluation
was conducted in the states of Amap, Alagoas,
Bahia, Cear, Esprito Santo, Gois, Mato Grosso,
Mato Grosso do Sul, Minas Gerais, Paraba, Paran,
Pernambuco, Piau, Rio de Janeiro, Rio Grande do
Norte, Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Catarina, So Paulo, and in the Federal District.
A partnership was also forged with Colgate,
which donated five thousand sets of toothbrush, toothpaste and explanatory leaflets for
115
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
As described initially the examiners sought to

analyze whether the children had normal occlusion. It was found that only 14.83% of the children
fit this category while 85.17% had some kind of
altered occlusion, as can be seen in Figure 1.
Subsequently, when reviewing occlusal characteristics in an attempt to determine whether the
occlusion was favorable or not it was found that
aside from children with normal occlusion some
minor changes were present in 16.77%, although
these alterations would not jeopardize the establishment of an appropriate occlusal relationship.
Thus, the total number of children with favorable
occlusion was 31.6% (Fig 2).
In children who had no occlusal characteristics
supportive of establishing an adequate future relationship the malocclusion was examined in the
anteroposterior, transverse and vertical directions.
The results are depicted in Figures 3 to 5.
As can be seen in Figure 6, the presence of caries and/or tooth loss was observed in most of the
children (52.97%).
As stated above, the examiners sought to determine whether each child required orthodontic
care, be it preventive or interceptive. The former
was required by 72.34%, and the latter, by 60.86%
of the children (Figs 7 and 8).
the absence of overbite was defined as open bite.

If the child was in primary dentition the measure
of normality was an overbite of 10%, and if they
were in permanent dentition, 20% to 30%.
The examiners also assessed the presence of
clinically visible carious lesions and the loss of permanent teeth or premature loss of deciduous teeth.
Early loss was defined as loss due to tooth extractions motivated by diseases or injuries outside the
period considered as ideal for their exfoliation.
In the following step the examiners sought to
determine whether the child required orthodontic care through either prevention or interception.
Preventive orthodontic care was defined as guidance on the need for proper hygiene and occlusal
development, space supervision and guidance on
abnormal pressure habits and on proper breathing
pattern. Interceptive care was defined as the need
for space maintainers or regainers, serial extractions and orthodontic mechanics for the correction of crossbites and open bites, and orthopedic
procedures for the correction of Class II or III
malocclusions.
RESULTS
Regarding gender, 2,270 (47.53%) of the 4,776
children were males and 2,506 (52.47%) females.
5000
4000
4000
3000
3000
2000
2000
1000
1000
0
Normal occlusion (708 = 14.83%)
Favorable Occlusion
Yes (1,509 = 31.60%)
No (3,267 = 68.40%)
Malocclusion (4,068 = 85.17%)
figure 1 - Distribution of normal occlusion and malocclusion in children

of the sample.
figure 2 - Distribution of occlusions, in the examined children, that

seemed favorable and unfavorable to the establishment of an appropriate occlusal relationship in the future.
116
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
500
2000
400
1500
300
1000
200
500
100
Malocclusion
Crossbite
Class I (1,939 = 40.60%)

Class II, 1 (879 = 18.40%)
Anterior (497 = 10.41%)
Class II, 2 (153 = 3.20%)
Unilateral posterior (308 = 6.45%)
Class III (296 = 6.20%)
Bilateral posterior (130 = 2.72%)
figure 3 - Distribution of malocclusion type according to Angles classification in children with unfavorable occlusion.
figure 4 - Distribution of the presence of crossbite in children with unfavorable occlusion.
2000
3000
2500
1500
2000
1000
1500
1000
500
0
500
Overbite
Normal (1,646 = 34.46%)

Deep Bite (864 = 18.09%)
Open Bite (757 = 15.85%)
No (2,246 = 47.03%)
figure 5 - Distribution of the presence of crossbite in children with unfavorable occlusion.
figure 6 - Distribution of tooth decay and/or loss in the children of the

sample.
3000
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
Caries/Tooth Loss
Yes (2,530 = 52.97%)
Preventive Intervention
Interceptive Intervention
Space Maintainance (644 = 13.48%)
Recovery/Space Control (1,136 = 23.79%)
Crossbite (441 = 9.23%)
Open Bite (277 = 5.80%)
Orthopedics (409 = 8.56%)
Guidance (2,657 = 55.63%)

Supervision (407 = 8.52%)
Habits (263 = 5.51%)
Breathing (128 = 2.68%)
figure 7 - Distribution of the type of preventive care that should be
given to children involving guidance, space supervision and approaches related to abnormal pressure habits and mouth breathing.
figure 8 - Distribution of the type of interceptive care that should be

delivered, involving the need for space maintenance, space recovery
and/or control, crossbite and open bite correction, and orthopedic intervention for correction of Angle Class II or Class III malocclusion.
117
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
unfavorable and the malocclusion features present in the anteroposterior, transverse and vertical
directions were identified. In the anteroposterior
direction it was found that the most prevalent
malocclusion remained the Angle Class I, now affecting 40.6% of the children. As can also be observed, Class II appears as the second most prevalent with 21.6% but with a much higher prevalence of Class II Division 1 (18.4%) than Division
2 (3.2%). In agreement with the literature,7,21
Class III malocclusion was the least prevalent.
Also in the anteroposterior direction, it was
noted that anterior crossbite was present in
10.41% of the children (Fig 4). This result is
similar to investigations conducted on children in
the states of Rio de Janeiro7 and Paraba,8 and in
Canada,12 although much higher than the 3.2%
observed by Tausche et al.28
Regarding transverse issues, it is also possible
to note in Figure 4 that posterior crossbite occurred in 9.17% of the children, with 6.45%
unilateral and 2.72%, bilateral. This result is
somewhat lower than the finding reported by
Brito et al7 and Cavalcanti et al,8 who found this
alteration in 19.2% and 20.18% of the children,
respectively, a higher percentage than the 5.31%
reported by Karaiskos et al.12
It was observed that 33.94% of all children in
the sample had problems in the overbite of the
upper incisors in relation to the lower incisors.
Deep overbite was present in 18.09%, and open
bite, 15.85% (Fig 5) of the children. Cavalcanti et al8 found a similar value for deep overbite
(20.5%), but a much higher prevalence of open
bite (22.3%). Moreover, the value found in this
study for the prevalence of open bite (18.5%)
was close to the finding reported by Silva Filho
et al26 in the city of Bauru (SP), and higher than
the 9.3% found by Alves et al3 in the city of Feira
de Santana (BA), the 7.8% found by Brito et al7
in the city of Nova Friburgo (RJ) and the 8.3%
recorded by Karaiskos et al12 in Canada.
This study also intended to assess oral con-
DISCUSSION
Although less prevalent than caries or periodontal disease malocclusion is endemic and
widespread throughout the world. A study of
the population of New York (USA) found that
only 4.8% had normal occlusion, demonstrating
the magnitude of the challenge that dentistry in
general and orthodontics, in particular, has had to
confront.5 Although the literature still discusses
the concept of ideal occlusion,15,27 and perhaps for
this reason its incidence varies considerably when
different population groups are evaluated, its occurrence is known to be relatively rare. Therefore,
the challenge remains. As can be seen in Figure
1, this research found that 85.17% of the children had some type of alteration, i.e., 57.24% had
Angle Class I malocclusion, 21.73%, Angle Class
II malocclusion, and 6.2% Angle Class III malocclusion. Thus, only 14.83% of the children were
considered to have normal occlusion. This high
prevalence coincides with the study by Brito et
al,7 who found a prevalence of 80.84% of malocclusion in children aged 9-12 years. On the other
hand, Albuquerque et al1 observed much lower
prevalence (40.7%), which can be explained by
the fact that their sample was comprised of children 1-3 years of age, suggesting a lower number
of occlusal deviations in deciduous dentition vs.
mixed or permanent dentition.
As already mentioned, the concept of normal occlusion is debatable. Thus, the examiners
determined that 31.6% of the children showed
favorable conditions to develop a normal occlusion. The reason for this was that in some of them
the occlusal changes responsible for categorizing
their malocclusion as Angle Class I were minimal
and in no way compromised the establishment of
an appropriate occlusal relationship in the future,
both functionally and aesthetically. Therefore,
the number of children who had abnormalities
likely to compromise normal occlusal development fell to 68.4% (Fig 2).
In all others the occlusion was considered
118
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
(mouth breathing) was observed in 2.68% of the

total sample. Given that the literature establishes
an unequivocal link between malocclusion and
improper function of oral muscles,2,23,29,30 providing guidance to the children and/or their legal
guardians was considered an essential preventive
procedure to decrease the probability of future
occlusal changes related to these problems in
8.19% of the children.
As depicted in Figure 8, tooth loss had occurred in 13.48% of the children, which required
interceptive orthodontic intervention in order to
maintain the remaining space until the eruption
of the permanent successors. Moreover, 23.79%
of the children already displayed problems related to a slight lack of space, either by migration
of adjacent teeth to a region of early loss, or by a
transient negative difference between the volume
of deciduous and permanent teeth. In both cases,
orthodontic appliances are indicated to minimize
or correct these alterations, and space regainers
could be used in the former case, as well as appliances which enable the use of leeway space,
especially at the time of exfoliation of the second
primary molars.
Although obvious, it should be stressed that
only qualified professionals should be allowed to
handle this stage since it is an extremely important phase in ensuring normal dentition development and establishing an appropriate occlusal
relationship. In this sense, it is of paramount importance to distinguish patients who will benefit from interceptive treatment from those for
whom corrective treatment is essential. Thus, it
was determined that 441 (47.17%) of 935 children with crossbite could benefit from interceptive treatment. This represents 9.23% of all
children examined in this study. Likewise, 277
(36.59%) of the 757 children who had open bite
would have to be treated at this stage, i.e., 5.8%
of the total. Additionally, 409 (30.80%) of the
1,328 children who had Angle Class II or Class III
malocclusion also had skeletal disharmonies that
ditions involving lesions caused by extensive

tooth decay, and premature loss of primary
teeth. Brazilian children have one of the highest
rates of premature extractions with no maintenance of the remaining space, and their leading cause of premature loss is tooth decay.10,12 It
has long been common knowledge that this is a
factor often associated with malocclusions,13,24
since primary teeth should be kept healthy to
provide support and preserve the integrity of
the dental arch, thereby allowing the eruption
of the succeeding permanent teeth.6 Untimely
loss, depending on the region, occlusal relationship, individual skeletal features and periodontal conditions may cause overeruption of
antagonist teeth.22 In this research, as shown
in Figure 6, it was found that tooth decay and/
or loss were present in 52.97% of the children.
This result is much higher than that reported by
Ribas et al,22 who found a prevalence of 16.58%
of decay and/or premature loss in children between 6 and 8 years of age in Curitiba (PR).
The premature loss of deciduous teeth or
the loss of permanent teeth with no immediate
replacement are potential causes of malocclusion.2,11 Thus, loss avoidance can help to prevent
orthodontic problems and ensure normal development of the dentition and occlusion. In this regard, as shown in Figure 7, this study showed that
appropriate guidancenot only on the need for
proper cleaning or restoration of compromised
teethbut also on the development of dentition, when provided by a qualified professional,
had a positive impact on 55.63% of the children.
Furthermore, 8.52% of the children exhibited an
altered sequence when replacing primary by permanent teeth and therefore required professional
monitoring (space supervision) with the purpose
of attaining a more favorable sequence of eruption
of permanent teeth from a physiological standpoint. Abnormal pressure habits were observed
in 5.51% of the children and, although difficult to
assess clinically, an abnormal respiration pattern
119
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
policies should be grounded in knowledge about

the needs of the population, by correlating causes,
effects and solutions to the problems. With all
the data presented here the authors hope to contribute to such planning by allowing the necessary material and human resources to be properly
estimated. Regarding the latter, and taking into
account the work published by Michael et al,14
which found that only 10.1% of undergraduate
students from ten dental schools in the state of
Rio de Janeiro could identify the characteristics
of normal occlusal development, ABOR is aware
of the fact that measures undertaken at this level
require professionals to demonstrate their ability
to perform diagnosis and an accurate treatment
based on a solid training provided by a course
that meets the requirements recommended by
ABOR in Brazil, and by the World Federation of
Orthodontists (WFO), in the international arena.
could be properly corrected at this stage, which

translated into functional and aesthetic benefits
to 8.56% of the children.
Given some difficulties in implementing a
more specific and more detailed standardization,
this study sought to provide only an overview
of the occlusal situation of Brazilian children.
However, with its participation in the project,
ABOR has promoted an innovative activity, of
great importance for public oral health services
as the target audience comprised needy children
aged between 6 and 10 years, who had no access
to orthodontic guidance and assistance. It was
felt that the lack of guidance and public policies
aimed at this segment of the population are the
key contributing factors to many of the occlusal
problems encountered, especially those related
to caries and/or tooth loss.
Needless to say, the planning of public health
120
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
The possibility of preventive orthodontic

intervention was observed in a large portion of
the children, including guidance (55.63%), space
supervision (8.52%) and approaches related to
abnormal pressure habits (5.51%) and to mouth
breathing (2.68%).
Likewise, the need for interceptive orthodontic intervention was detected, involving
space maintenance (13.48%), space recovery
and/or control (23.79%), crossbite correction
(9.23%), open bite correction (5.8%), and orthopedic intervention for correction of Angle Class
II or Class III malocclusion (8.56%).
It became clear that the presence of specialists in orthodonticsduly qualified to meet the
standards established by ABOR and the World
Federation of Orthodontists (WFO)in attendance at public health clinics, can greatly benefit
underprivileged Brazilian children.
CONCLUSIONS
In light of the results of this research it is possible to conclude that:
There was an 85.17% prevalence of malocclusion in the children, although it was verified that in 16.77% the occlusal alterations were
minor, causing the rate of occlusions that are
not conducive to normal development to be reduced to 68.4%.
Among the children who had unfavorable
occlusions, 40.6% had Class I malocclusion,
21.6%, Class II and 6.2%, Class III. Crossbite was
present in 19.58%, with 10.41% in the anterior
and 9.17% in the posterior region. Moreover,
34.46% had normal overbite, 18.09%, deep overbite and 15.85%, open bite.
Considering the entire sample, the presence
of caries and/or tooth loss was found in 52.97%
of the children.
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Albuquerque SSL, Duarte RC, Cavalcanti AL. Prevalncia de

ms ocluses em crianas com 12 a 36 meses de idade em
Joo Pessoa, Paraba. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial.
2009 nov-dez;14(6):50-7.
Almeida RR, Almeida-Pedrin RR, Almeida MR, Garib DG,
Almeida PCMR, Pinzan A. Etiologia das ms ocluses: causas
hereditrias e congnitas, adquiridas gerais, locais e proximais
(hbitos bucais). Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2000
nov-dez;5(6):107-29.
Alves TDB, Gonalves APR, Alves AN, Rios FC, Silva LBO.
Prevalncia de oclusopatia em escolares de 12 anos de
idade: estudo realizado em uma escola pblica do municpio
de Feira de Santana-BA. Rev Gacha Odontol. 2006 julset;54(3):269-73.
Angle EH. Classification of malocclusion. Dent Cosmos. 1899
Mar;41(3):248-64.
Ast DB, Carlos JP, Cons NC. The prevalence and characteristics
of malocclusion among senior high school students in upstate
New York. Am J Orthod. 1965 Jun;51:437-45.
Bijoor RR, Kohli K. Contemporary space maintenance for the
pediatric patient. NY State Dent J. 2005 Mar;71(2):32-5.
Brito DI, Dias PF, Gleiser R. Prevalncia de ms ocluses em
crianas de 9 a 12 anos de idade da cidade de Nova Friburgo
(Rio de Janeiro). Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2009
nov-dez;14(6):118-24.
Cavalcanti AL, Bezerra PKM, Alencar CRB, Moura C.
Prevalncia de malocluso em escolares de 6 a 12 anos
de idade, em Campina Grande, PB, Brasil. Pesqui Bras
Odontopediatria Cln Integr. 2008 jan-abr;8(1):99-104.
9. Foster TD, Menezes DM. The assessment of occlusal

features for public health planning purposes. Am J Orthod.
1976 Jan;69(1):83-90.
10. Furtado A, Traebert JL, Marcenes WS. Prevalncia
de doenas bucais e necessidade de tratamento em
Capo Alto, Santa Catarina. Rev ABO Nac. 1999 agoset;7(4):226-30.
11. Graber TM. Orthodontics: principles and practice. 3rd ed.
Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1972.
12. Karaiskos N, Wiltshire WA, Odlum O, Brothwell D, Hassard
TH. Preventive and interceptive orthodontic treatment
needs of an inner-city group of 6- and 9-year-old Canadian
children. J Can Dent Assoc. 2005 Oct;71(9):649.
13. Kronfeld S. Factors of occlusion as they affect space
maintenance. J Dent Child. 1964;31(4):302-13.
14. Miguel JAM, Brunharo IP, Espero PTG. Ocluso normal na
dentadura mista: reconhecimento das caractersticas oclusais
por alunos de graduao. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop
Facial. 2005 jan-fev;10(1):59-66.
15. Miguel JAM, Feu D, Bretas RM, Canavarro C, Almeida M.
AO. Orthodontic treatment needs of Brazilian 12-year-old
schoolchildren. World J Orthod. 2009;10(4):305-10.
16. Nobile CG, Pavia M, Fortunato L, Angelillo IF. Prevalence
and factors related to malocclusion and orthodontic
treatment need in children and adolescents in Italy. Eur J
Public Health. 2007 Dec;17(6):637-41.
17. Organizao Mundial da Sade. Levantamento
epidemiolgico bsico de sade bucal. 3rd ed. So Paulo:
Santos; 1991.
121
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
18. Paulsson L, Sderfeldt B, Bondemark L. Malocclusion traits

and orthodontic treatment needs in prematurely born children.
Angle Orthod. 2008 Sep;78(5):786-92.
19. Perez KG, Traebert ESA, Marcenes W. Diferenas entre
autopercepo e critrios normativos na identificao de
oclusopatias. Rev Sade Pblica. 2002;36(2):230-6.
20. Perin PCP, Bertoz FA, Saliba NA. Influncia de fluoretao
da gua de abastecimento pblico na prevalncia de crie
dentria e malocluso. Rev Fac Odontol Lins. 1997 jandez;10(2):10-5.
21. Ramos AL, Gasparetto A, Terada HH, Furquim LZ, Basso P,
Meireles RP. Assistncia ortodntica preventiva-interceptora
em escolares do municpio de Porto Rico. Parte 1: Prevalncia
das ms-ocluses. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2000
maio-jun;5(3):9-13.
22. Ribas MO, Orellana B, Fronza F, Gasparim GR, Mello GS, Simas
MLS Neta, et al. Estudo epidemiolgico das malocluses em
escolares de 6 a 8 anos na cidade de Curitiba Paran. Rev.
Sul-Bras Odontol. 2004 nov;1(1):22-9.
23. Schwertner A, Nouer PRA, Garbui IU, Kuramae M. Prevalncia
de malocluso em crianas entre 7 e 11 anos em Foz do
Iguau, PR. Rev Gacha Odontol. 2007 abr-jun;55(2):155-61.
24. Seward FS. Natural closure of deciduous molar extraction
spaces. Angle Orthod. 1965 Jan;35(1):85-94.
25. Shivakumar KM, Chandu GN, Subba Reddy VV, Shafiulla MD.
Prevalence of malocclusion and orthodontic treatment needs
among middle and high school children of Davangere city,
India by using Dental Aesthetic Index. J Indian Soc Pedod Prev
Dent. 2009 Oct-Dec;27(4):211-8.
26. Silva Filho OG, Freitas SF, Cavassan AO. Prevalncia de

ocluso normal e m ocluso na dentadura mista em escolares
da cidade de Bauru (So Paulo). Rev Assoc Paul Cir Dent. 1989
nov-dez;43(6):287-90.
27. Svedstrm-Oristo AL, Pietil T, Pietil I, Alanen P, Varrela J.
Outlining the morphological characteristics of acceptable
occlusion. Community Dent Oral Epidemiol. 2000
Feb;28(1):35-41.
28. Tausche E, Luck O, Harzer W. Prevalence of malocclusions in
the early mixed dentition and orthodontic treatment need. Eur
J Orthod. 2004 Jun;26(3):237-44.
29. Tomita NE, Sheiham A, Bijella VT, Franco LJ. Relao entre
determinantes socioeconmicos e hbitos bucais de risco para
ms-ocluses em pr-escolares. Pesqui Odontol Bras. 2000
abr-jun;14(2):169-75.
30. Zicari AM, Albani F, Ntrekou P, Rugiano A, Duse M, Mattei A,
et al. Oral breathing and dental malocclusions. Eur J Paediatr
Dent. 2009 Jun;10(2):59-64.
31. Brasil. Ministrio da Sade. Projeto SB Brasil 2003: condies de
sade bucal da populao brasileira 2002-2003. Braslia; 2004.
Submitted: May 2010

Revised and accepted: July 2010
Contact address
Marcos Alan Vieira Bittencourt
Av. Arajo Pinho, 62, 7 Andar, Canela
CEP: 40.110-150 Salvador / BA, Brazil
122
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):113-22
Original Article
Comparative study between manual

and digital cephalometric tracing using
Dolphin Imaging software with
lateral radiographs
Mariane Bastos Paixo*, Mrcio Costa Sobral**, Carlos Jorge Vogel***, Telma Martins de Araujo****
Abstract
Objective: The purpose of this study was to compare angular and linear cephalometric
measurements obtained through manual and digital cephalometric tracings using Dolphin
Imaging 11.0 software with lateral cephalometric radiographs. Methods: The sample consisted of 50 lateral cephalometric radiographs. One properly calibrated examiner performed
50 manual and 50 digital cephalometric tracings using eight angular measurements (FMA,
IMPA, SNA, SNB, ANB, 1.NA, 1.NB, Y-Axis) and six linear measurements (1-NA, 1-NB,
Co-Gn, Co-A, E Line-Lower lip and LAFH). Results were assessed using Students t-test.
Results: The results showed no statistically significant differences in any of the assessed
measurements (p> 0.05). Conclusions: Conventional and computerized methods showed
consistency in all angular and linear measurements. The computer program Dolphin Imaging 11.0 can be used reliably as an aid in diagnosing, planning, monitoring and evaluating
orthodontic treatment both in clinical and research settings.
Keywords: Cephalometry. Orthodontics. Computerized diagnosis.
introduction
In 1931, Orthodontics ushered in the age of
radiographic cephalometry grounded in the historical work of Broadbent in the United States
and Hofrath in Germany, who simultaneously
developed techniques for obtaining standardized
radiographs of the head. Cephalometric radiography is a valuable tool in diagnosis, prognosis,
treatment planning and evaluation, as well as in

studies on the growth and development of the
dental and craniofacial complex.1,7
Cephalometric tracings can be performed
by manual and/or computerized methods. The
manual method was, for a long time, the only
method used for implementing and obtaining
cephalometric tracings, and angular and linear

* Student, Specialization Program in Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics, Bahia Federal University (UFBA).
** M.Sc. in Orthodontics, Federal University of Rio de Janeiro (UFRJ). Professor, Specialization Program in Orthodontics, UFBA.
*** M.Sc., University of Illinois, Chicago, USA. Ph.D., University of So Paulo (USP). Member of the Edward H. Angle Society of Orthodontists Former President, Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics.
**** Ph.D. in Orthodontics, Federal University of Rio de Janeiro (UFRJ). M.Sc. in Orthodontics, Federal University of Rio de Janeiro (UFRJ). Head Professor of
Orthodontics, Federal University of Bahia (UFBA). Coordinator of the Specialization Program in Orthodontics, Federal University of Bahia (UFBA). President, Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics. Associate Editor, Dental Press Journal of Orthodontics.
123
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
Comparative study between manual and digital cephalometric tracing using Dolphin Imaging software with lateral radiographs
widely used in Orthodontics and Surgery. Dolphin Imaging software and the emergence of
cone beam CT (CBCT) were pioneers in the
processing of DICOM files (CT scans) and corresponding 3D cephalometric volumetric and
cephalometric measurements in Dentistry.14 Today, images acquired through CT scans provide
100% reliably accurate measurements. This diagnostic and planning technology is available in
major centers worldwide. In the United States
this program is widely used by orthodontists
and surgeons, attesting to its quality and credibility. In Brazil there are approximately 129
users. This limitation is due to the high cost of
the program in view of the countrys current socioeconomic reality.
Computer technology has brought to dental
practice easier archiving while facilitating the
search of administrative and financial information. It has also strengthened the communication
channels between professionals and patients by
providing information, guidance, documentation
images and photographs. The manipulation of
these images made it possible to develop computer presentations in programs like Microsoft
PowerPoint and others, broadening their use in
courses and conferences.12,19
There is no escaping modernization and the
great benefits this digital evolution has to offer. Since the cephalometric analysis method is
frequently used by orthodontists and researchers and due to continuous advances in Cephalometric software, the need was felt to assess and
compare the accuracy of cephalograms by manual methods and digital imaging using Dolphin
11.0 software (Dolphin Imaging and Management Solutions, Chatsworth, Calif.).
measurements required for their interpretation.

The main disadvantage of this method lies in the
fact that it is relatively time-consuming, particularly for orthodontists.5,27
Continuous technological advances in computing combined with scientific advances in
dental radiology resulted in the development of
computer programs designed to perform cephalometric tracings and measurements, and different types of analysis. Therefore, in the late 60s
and early 70s cephalograms began to take center stage as computers played an increasingly key
role in the search for quantitative information
regarding orthodontic diagnosis and events associated with craniofacial growth and development.27 A substantial number of programs are
available in the domestic and international market offering a wide array of features and variable prices.15 They have been widely used in
orthodontics, especially for storing documentation and facilitating cephalometric tracings.18 It
is undeniable that Orthodontics has benefitted
more than any other dental specialty from computerization in structuring and developing its
activities while incorporating computer resources to acquire and use information quickly and
efficiently.21 But given the constant refinement
of both software and hardware, it is important
for professionals to update their knowledge on
an ongoing basis, since computer updates and
upgrades are incontestable.
In 1994, during the 2nd Symposium on Computers in Orthodontics, held during the 9th Brazilian SPO Orthodontic Conference, Dolphin
Imaging software was first introduced in Brazil.
This computer program features high technology and works with cutting-edge graphics software. It provided an alternative way to perform
cephalometric tracings without using conventional cephalometric radiographs and therefore
paved the way for the use of 3D Cephalometry.19 It can perform more than 120 different
linear and angular cephalometric analyses, all
Material and Methods

This cross-sectional study used a random
sample of 50 cephalograms of 23 male and 27
female subjects with permanent dentition (up to
second molars) with a mean age of 18 years and
124
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
Paixo MB, Sobral MC, Vogel CJ, Araujo TM
mandibular ramus, lower border of mandibular

body, anterior and posterior contours of the symphysis, upper and lower central incisors (which
were more proclined), all drawn with the aid of
a template (3M Unitek, Campinas, Sao Paulo,
Brazil), and soft tissue profile (Fig 1).
After completion of the cephalograms using the manual and digital methods the following cephalometric landmarks were traced as
described by Arajo2 and Ferreira10 and illustrated in Figure 1.
- Point S (Sella); point N (Nasion); point
ANS (Anterior Nasal Spine); point Po (Porion);
point Or (Orbitale); point A (Subspinale); point
B (Supramentale); point Pog (Pogonion); Point
Me (Menton); point Go (Gonion); point Gn
(Gnathion); point Co (Condylion); point Pn
(Nose tip), Li (Lower lip); point Pog (Soft Tissue Pogonion).
Once the landmarks had been traced, the lines
and planes, depicted in Figure 1, could be obtained.
For this evaluation 14 measurements were
selected, eight angles derived from the Tweed26
four months. These tests were requested prior to

treatment as part of the diagnostic elements from
the archives of the Professor Jos dimo Soares
Martins Specialization Program in Orthodontics
and Dentofacial Orthopedics, School of Dentistry, Federal University of Bahia (FOUFBA).
These lateral radiographs were obtained in
the same radiological clinic and were performed
with the patients head immobilized by a cephalostat guided by the Frankfort Horizontal plane,
parallel to the ground and perpendicular to the
mid-sagittal plane.
Manual method
After sample selection, a single examiner performed the cephalometric tracings manually. The
radiographs were divided into five groups of ten
to avoid examiner fatigue during the course of
anatomical tracing and landmark marking needed
for the study. These were performed over a period
of ten days and then the cephalometric measurements were taken. A sheet of Ultraphan transparent tracing paper (3M Unitek, Campinas, So
Paulo, Brazil) measuring 8X10-in and 0.003-in
thickness was placed over each tooth, and the
tracings were performed using a mechanical pencil (Pentel, So Paulo, Brazil) with 0.5 mm thick
lead. Despite the existence of a large amount
of detail that could be traced, only those structures that proved important to this study were
reproduced. Left-side anatomical structures were
drawn as they exhibit less distortion and also because the computer program (Dolphin Imaging
11, Management Solutions, Chatsworth, CA)
does not trace bilateral structures.
The cephalogram determined the contours
of the following structures: Anterior limit of
the frontal bone, frontonasal suture, nasal bones,
orbit (with its posterior and inferior contours),
mechanical porion, sella turcica, clivus, bony palate (traced from the anterior nasal spine to the
posterior nasal spine), anterior contour of the
maxilla, mandibular condyle, posterior border of
N
S
Po
Co
Or
PN
ENA
A
Go
Li
B
Me
FIGURE 1 - Points and lines used in the study.
125
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
Pog
Gn
Pog
2) Clicking on the command digitize, 3) Running the custom analysis editor, 4) Selecting
the option Single Analysis to create a custom
analysis (Fig 2) based on the linear and angular
measures proposed by Tweed, Steiner, Downs,
McNamara, Ricketts, as mentioned above.
The 42 cephalometric landmarks required by
MB analysis were traced and digitized using Dolphin Imaging 11.0 software.
Before implementing the digital tracings
it was essential to determine the start and end
points of the ruler (100 mm) with the purpose
of rendering the actual size of each radiographic
image (Fig 3).
The program illustrates all points and their
tracing sequence, and allows users to magnify
any specific areas (Fig 4).
By joining the above points the digital tracings were performed and linear and angular values obtained (Fig 5), which were accessed automatically by selecting the Meas (measures)
button. Subsequently these values were treated
statistically.
(FMA and IMPA); Steiner23 (SNA, SNB, ANB,

1.NA, 1.NB) and Downs9 (Y axis) analyses, and
six linear measurements taken from the Steiner,23 (1-NA, 1-NB); McNamara,17 (Co-Gn, CoA, LAFH) and Ricketts20 (LE-Li) analysis.
After performing the tracings, the angular
and linear measurements were obtained with the
aid of a protractor (ref. 701-401) (3M Unitek,
Campinas, So Paulo, Brazil). The data were then
tabulated for subsequent statistical analysis.
Digital methodology (Dolphin)
The 50 cephalometric radiographs were
scanned into digital format using an HP Scanjet
G4050 and exported to the Dolphin Imaging
11.0 software (Dolphin Imaging and Management Solutions, Chatsworth, Calif.). An indicator was used (Dolphin Radiographic Film Calibration Ruler) during image scanning to determine the amount of expansion and establish a
proportion for the scanned images. The images
were converted to JPEG format and saved with
maximum quality with the Dolphin Imaging
11.0 program. The file size of the final image
was about 200Kb, with 200 dpi resolution. A
19 LCD 1550V flat screen monitor (Samsung, So Paulo, Brazil) was used for viewing
the images. When necessary, images were enhanced with brightness, contrast and magnification to identify areas with greater accuracy.
The program illustrates all points and their
tracing sequence, and allows users to magnify
any specific areas.
In a first step, the researcher was properly
calibrated by performing five sequential tracings
until the technique was mastered. After calibration, 50 cephalometric tracings were performed
using Dolphin Imaging 11.0.
After scanning the radiographs and registering the patients a specific analysis, called MB
analysis, was developed especially for use in this
study. This analysis encompasses the following
steps: 1) Selecting the cephalometric radiograph,
Statistical analysis
Data analysis
Evaluation of statistical differences between
angular and linear measurements by the manual and digital methods was performed using
Minitab software, version 14, and applying Students t-test. Intraexaminer error was assessed
by means of ten new, randomly selected tracings
(five manual and five digital) after 20 days. The
data obtained at T1 and T2 were compared using
Students t-test.
Results
Intraexaminer error results showed no statistically significant difference at T1 and T2, as
depicted in Tables 1 and 2.
Comparison of angular and linear measurements between the digital and manual groups is
described in Tables 3 and 4.
126
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
FIGURE 2 - Creating a custom analysis using the Single Analysis option.
FIGURE 3 - Determining start and end points on the ruler (measurement

standardization).
argue that one method to control errors in the

replication of cephalometric measurements consists in calibrating examiners directly, and further
suggest that such direct calibration be included
in any scientific experiment. Tables 1 and 2 display a comparison between measurements taken
by the examiner in manual and digital cephalometric tracings at different times (T1 and T2),
showing that no statistically significant difference was found in any of the measurements in
both groups.
These findings disagree with those of some
authors1,3,16,25 who claim that in cephalometry
error is a constant even when examiners have
extensive experience.
In this study, the analysis of the results obtained when comparing the angular and linear
cephalometric measurements taken in digital
and manual tracings revealed values that were
very close to the means and standard deviations,
reflecting a nonsignificant p value for all magnitudes (Tables 3 and 4). These findings support
those of Chen5, Correia et al8 and Vasconcelos
et al.27 Conflicting results were found by other
authors6,13 whose data showed statistically significant differences, although accepted in clinical practice.
Researches shows a significant difference in
measurements involving maxillary incisors,25
FIGURE 4 - Determining the points and performing the cephalometric

tracing.
FIGURE 5 - Tracing and measurements generated by the program.
Discussion
Cephalometry has contributed countless
benefits to scientific research and the development of Orthodontics.
According to Albuquerque-Jnior and Almei1
da, examiners can interfere significantly with
systematic effects, affecting the reproducibility
of cephalometric values. Silveira and Silveira22
127
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
tablE 2 - Comparison between the means and standard-deviations

of linear and angular measurements obtained from digital tracings
at T1 and T2.
tablE 1 - Comparison between the means and standard-deviations

of linear and angular measurements obtained from manual tracings
at T1 and T2.
Variables
Manual
tracings
(T1)
SD
Manual
tracings
(T2)
SD
p value
Variables
Digital
tracings
(T1)
SD
Digital
tracings
(T2)
SD
p value
FMA
26.80
5.11
27.20
5.40
0.908
FMA
27.3
5.17
26.88
5.61
0.88
IMPA
95.40
4.67
95.20
4.21
0.945
IMPA
94.04
4.10
93.46
2.7
0.80
SNA
83.00
5.29
83.00
4.69
1.000
SNA
82.14
5.78
82.02
4.6
0.97
SNB
77.50
3.87
77.90
3.29
0.865
SNB
77.52
3.67
77.54
3.5
0.99
ANB
5.50
2.69
5.10
2.92
0.828
ANB
5.22
2.82
4.46
3.25
0.71
1.NA
21.8
11.2
22.2
12.6
0.959
1.NA
20.76
11.12
21.34
13.4
0.94
1.NB
28.20
7.92
29.60
8.73
0.798
1.NB
27.94
7.81
26.76
6.75
0.80
Y Axis
59.70
2.39
60.60
1.52
0.503
Y Axis
60.28
8.09
60.4
2.72
0.95
1.NA
5.40
2.88
5.40
3.85
1.000
1-NA
5.82
3.27
6.72
4.6
0.73
1.NB
6.80
3.47
6.60
3.21
0.927
1-NB
6.92
3.52
6.8
3.13
0.96
Co-Gn
129.90
9.09
131.10
9.26
0.842
Co-Gn
130.38
8.91
130.66
9.72
0.96
Co-A
102.10
1.67
102.40
2.07
0.808
Co-A
101.62
3.07
100.22
1.87
0.44
LE-Li
1.50
3.64
1.30
3.75
0.934
LE-Li
1.96
2.65
1.98
3.17
0.99
lafh
79.30
8.25
78.80
8.56
0.928
lafh
80.04
8.09
60.4
7.96
0.92
LE-Li = E Line-Lower lip.
(n.s.=non-significant, p>0.05).
tablE 3 - Comparison between the means and standard-deviations of

angular measurements obtained from manual and computerized tracings.
tablE 4 - Comparison between the means and standard-deviations of

linear measurements obtained from manual and computerized tracings.
Variables
Manual
mean (SD)
Dolphin
mean (SD)
p value
FMA
27.46 (5.33)
27.59 (5.11)
0.90 n.s.
IMPA
96.27 (7.35)
95.50 (7.73)
0.61 n.s.
SNA
82.75 (3.63)
82.56 (3.61)
0.78 n.s.
SNB
78.75 (3.49)
78.55 (3.43)
Variables
Manual
mean (SD)
Dolphin
mean (SD)
p value
1.NA
8.23 (3.20)
8.02 (3.22)
0.74 n.s.
1.NB
7.97 (3.44)
7.91 (3.41)
0.92 n.s.
0.77 n.s.
Co-Gn
125.37 (7.55)
125.09 (7.81)
0.85 n.s.
Co-A
96.29 (5.22)
95.68 (5.71)
0.57 n.s.
lafh
74.11 (7.37)
74.45 (7.41)
0.81 n.s.
LE-Li
2.12 (3.76)
2.53 (3.56)
0.57 n.s.
ANB
3.99 (2.86)
4.00 (2.84)
0.98 n.s.
1.NA
27.73 (8.91)
26.95 (8.90)
0.66 n.s.
1.NB
30.96 (7.20)
30.06 (7.66)
0.54 n.s.
Y Axis
59.57 (4.02)
60.15 (3.98)
0.47 n.s.
mandibular incisors,1 or both.3,16 Brangeli et al3

and Martins et al16 argued that dental structures
are difficult to locate and measurements of such
structures have low reliability in both methods
(manual and digital). In this study, the smallest p values were found in the Y-axis (p=0.47)
and in incisor-related angular measurements
(1.NB p=0.54, IMPA p=0.61; and 1.NA p=0.61),

as shown in Table 3, but can still be considered
reliable in both evaluation methods.
The lower reliability observed in the Y-axis
angle was also found in a similar investigation conducted by Chen et al,4 who encountered considerable difficulty in locating the point Gnathion.
128
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
methods and programs and indicated its use in

orthodontic practice.
Nowadays, digitizing X-rays has become
the preferred method to perform cephalometric measurements. As technology evolves it becomes increasingly easier for professionals to
adapt to the many routine tasks of clinical practice. This scientific investigation supports other
studies published in the literature,5,8,25,27 which
confirm the enhanced effectiveness provided by
todays technological resources.
This study evaluated the reliability of angular and linear measurements in manual and
computerized cephalometric tracings performed
with the aid of Dolphin Imaging 11.0 software.
However, further studies should be performed
using this computer program since it features
other tools for cephalometric tracing, such as
overlays, predictive tracings for orthognathic
surgery and profile manipulation, in addition to
the options provided by the 3D program itself,
which involves three dimensions.
It is a known fact that locating points on the

apexes of incisors poses some serious difficulty in
both radiographic film and scanned images. The
latter can be even more challenging due to the
presence of gray shades that merge in this region.
Even when software features such as filtering and
zooming are used, the task of locating these points
is even more difficult than in X-ray films.27 On
the other hand, Albuquerque-Jnior and Almeida1 and Chen et al5 argue that the computerized
method is reliable as it exhibits lower error variance than the conventional method. Forsyth et
al,11 however, in 1996, asserted that errors in the
identification of points, angular and linear measurements tend to occur more often in digital images than in conventional radiography. Nonetheless, since no significant differences were found in
this study, the authors consider the digital method
sufficiently reliable for use in Orthodontics.
Assessment of the linear values obtained in
digital and manual tracings (Table 4) showed
that this comparison did not yield any significant differences. Lower p values can be observed
in the Co-A (p=0.57) and LE-Li (p=0.57) measures. Collins et al7 found statistically significant
differences in linear measurements but these
authors compared the Dolphin measurements
of scanned and photographed images and found
linear distortions in the latter.
This study found that the digital method is
reliable, corroborating most authors1,3,8,24,25,27
who compared different cephalometric tracing
CONCLUSIONS
According to the methods used in this study
and the results achieved by comparing angular
and linear measurements of manual and digital
tracings it is reasonable to conclude that the
cephalometric program Dolphin Imaging 11.0
can be used reliably as an aid in diagnosing, planning, monitoring and evaluating orthodontic
treatment both in clinical and research settings.
129
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
ReferEncEs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14. Loiola M. Ortodontia contempornea: livro eletrnico em captulos

atualizados via internet. So Paulo; 2009. [acesso em 2009 nov
14]. Disponvel em: http://ortodontia-contemporanea.blogspot.
com/2009/01/dolphin-imaging-management-solutions.html.
15. Mahi CRW, Drago MC. Comparao entre cefalometria manual e
computadorizada. Stomatos. 2003 jan-jun;9(6):15-20.
16. Martins LP, Santos-Pinto A, Martins JCR, Dias A. Erro de
reprodutibilidade das medidas cefalomtricas das anlises de
Steiner e de Ricketts, pelo mtodo convencional e pelo mtodo
computadorizado. Ortodontia.1995 jan-abr;28(1):4-17.
17. McNamara JA Jr. A method of cephalometric evaluation. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1984 Dec;86(6):449-69.
18. Pereira CB. Breve resenha histrica da informtica na ortodontia.
Nota-se o envolvimento, entrelaado, com a cefalometria
radiogrfica, pois esta foi uma das precursoras e impulsionadoras
da informtica na ortodontia. [Acesso 2006 jan 10]. Disponvel
em: http://www.cleber.com.br/histor2.html.
19. Pereira CB. O futuro da Odontologia - Parte V. Na era da
informtica. Histria da informtica na Odontologia. Rev ABO
Nacional. 2008;17(5).
20. Ricketts RM. Esthetic, environment, and the law of lip relation.
Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1968 Apr;54(4):272-9.
21. Rodrigues C Jr, Pereira CB. A informtica no consultrio da
Ortodontia: diretrizes. Ortodontia Gacha. 1998 jul-dez;
2(2):143-52.
22. Silveira HL, Silveira HE. Reproducibility of cephalometric
measurements made by three radiology clinics. Angle Orthod.
2006 May;76(3):394-9.
23. Steiner CC. Cephalometric for you and me. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1953 Oct; 30(10):729-55.
24. Tanikawa C, Yagi M, Takada K. Automated cephalometry: system
performance reliability using landmark-dependent criteria. Angle
Orthod. 2009 Nov;79(6):1037-46.
25. Trajano FS, Pinto AS, Ferreira AC, Kato CMB, Cunha RB, Viana
FM. Estudo comparativo entre mtodos de anlise cefalomtrica
manual e computadorizada. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial.
2000 nov-dez;5(6):57-62.
26. Tweed CH. Was the development of the diagnostic facial triangle
as an accurate analysis based on fact or fancy? Am J Orthod.
1962 Nov;48:823-40.
27. Vasconcelos MHF, Janson G, Freitas MR, Henriques JFC.
Avaliao de um programa de traado cefalomtrico. Rev Dental
Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2006 mar-abr;11(2):44-54.
Albuquerque HR Jr, Almeida MHC. Avaliao do erro de

reprodutibilidade dos valores cefalomtricos aplicados na
filosofia Tweed-Merrifield, pelos mtodos computadorizado e
convencional. Ortodontia. 1998 set-dez;31(6):19-30.
Arajo TM. Cefalometria: conceitos e anlises.
[dissertao]. Rio de Janeiro (RJ): Universidade Federal do
Rio de Janeiro; 1983.
Brangeli LAM, Henriques JFC, Vasconcelos MHF, Janson GRP.
Estudo comparativo da anlise cefalomtrica pelo mtodo
manual e computadorizado. Rev Assoc Paul Cir Dent. 2000
maio-jun;54(3):234-41.
Chen YJ, Chen SK, Chang HF, Chen KC. Comparison of
landmark identification in traditional versus computer-aided
digital cephalometry. Angle Orthod. 2000 Oct;70(5):387-92.
Chen SK, Chen YJ, Yao CC, Chang HF. Enhanced speed
and precision of measurement in a computer-assisted
digital cephalometric analysis system. Angle Orthod. 2004
Aug;74(4):501-7.
Chen YJ, Chen SK, Yao JC, Chang HF. The effects of
diferences in landmark identification on the cephalometric
measurements in traditional versus digitized cephalometry.
Angle Orthod. 2004 Apr;74(2):155-61.
Collins J, Shah A, McCarthy C, Sandler J. Comparison of
measurements from photographed lateral cephalograms and
scanned cephalograms. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.
2007 Dec;132(6):830-3.
Correia AC, Melo MFB, Barreto GM, Oliveira JLG, Santos
TS. Estudo comparativo entre cefalometria manual e
computadorizada em telerradiografias laterais. Rev Cir
Traumatol Buco-maxilo-fac. 2008 abr-jun;8(2):61-8.
Downs WB. Variations in facial relationship: their significance
in treatment and prognosis. J Cancer Res Clin Oncol.
1995;121(8):452-6.
Ferreira FV. Cefalometria clnica. In: Ferreira FV. Diagnstico e
planejamento clnico. 6 ed. So Paulo: Artes Mdicas; 2004.
Forsyth DB, Shaw WC, Richmond S. Digital imaging of
cephalometric radiography, part 1: advantages and limitations
of digital imaging. Angle Orthod. 1996;66(1):37-42.
Held CL, Ferguson DJ, Gallo MW. Cephalometric digitization:
a determination of the minimum scanner settings necessary
for precise landmark identification. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop. 2001 May;119(5):472-81.
Lance QB, Palomo M, Badem S, Hans MG. A comparison of
scanned lateral cephalograms with corresponding original
radiographs. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop. 2006 Sep;
130(3):340-8.

Contact address
Faculdade de Odontologia da UFBA Ortodontia e Ortopedia Facial
Av. Arajo Pinho, 62, 7 andar Canela
CEP: 40.110-150 Salvador/BA, Brazil
130
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):123-30
BBO Case Report
Angle Class III malocclusion, subdivision

right, treated without extractions and with
growth control*
Srgio Henrique Casarim Fernandes**
Abstract
Angle Class III malocclusion is characterized by anteroposterior dental and facial discrepancies usually accompanied by skeletal changes associated with a genetic component.
Early, accurate diagnosis and appropriate treatment are of paramount importance to promote growth control and prevent relapse. This article reports the two-phase treatment of
a female patient, aged 12 years, with an Angle Class III, subdivision right malocclusion
with anterior crossbite in maximum intercuspation (MIC) and end-on bite in centric
relation, further presenting with lack of maxillary space. The case was treated without
extractions and with growth control. This case was presented to the Brazilian Board of
Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics (BBO) as representative of Category 1, i.e., Angle
Class III malocclusion treated without tooth extractions, as part of the requirements for
obtaining the BBO Diploma.
Keywords: Angle Class III. Maxillary protraction. Interceptive orthodontics.
* Case report, Category 1 - approved by the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics (BBO).
** M.Sc. and Specialist in Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics, COP/PUC-Minas Gerais State, Brazil. Coordinator, Specialization Program in Orthodontics,
Brazilian Dental Association (ABO), Juiz de Fora, Minas Gerais State, Brazil. Diplomate of the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics (BBO).
131
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
Angle Class III malocclusion, subdivision right, treated without extractions and with growth control
had no relevant carious lesions and no periodontal problems. In centric relation (CR) she
presented with an end-on bite in the anterior
region, and maximum intercuspation (MIC),
severe anterior crossbite (Figs 1, 2 and 3). In
researching the family history it was found
that the mother had an end-on dental relation
in the anterior region. The patients chief complaint was esthetics-related. According to her,
she was greatly disturbed by the protrusion of
her lower teeth.
HISTORY AND ETIOLOGY

The female Caucasian patient presented for
orthodontic consultation at age 12, with good
general health, reporting no history of serious illness and/or trauma. She had no sucking or postural habit and had normal swallowing and speech.
She was in the permanent dentition phase
with second maxillary molars still missing.
Menarche had occurred five months earlier,
suggesting that the patient was in the deceleration phase of pubertal growth spurt. She
FigurE 1 - Initial facial and intraoral photographs in centric relation (CR).
132
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
Fernandes SHC
FigurE 2 - Initial models in CR.
FigurE 3 - Initial models in maximum intercuspation (MIC).
DIAGNOSIS
The patient showed facial symmetry, a straight
profile, proportional vertical thirds, lip competence and a predominantly nasal breathing pattern (Fig 1).
From a dental perspective, she presented,in
CR, an Angle Class III malocclusion, right subdivision, end-on incisor relationship and, on the right
side, bilateral posterior open bite, maxillary and
mandibular crowding with rotations, lack of space
for tooth 13 with slight impingement, permanence of tooth 53 and midline shift greater than
FigurE 4 - Initial periapical radiographs.
133
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
FigurE 5 - Initial lateral cephalogram in CR (A), and cephalometric tracing (B).
objective was to redirect mandibular growth,

improving the relationship between the upper
and lower lips. As regards the dental aspects,
space was required for the correction of crowding, rotations and midline. The purpose was to
maintain the inclination of maxillary incisors
and enhance lower incisor inclination buccally,
as well as achieve appropriate canine and molar relationships. From a skeletal standpoint,
the aim was to reduce the anteroposterior discrepancy by maxillary protraction and redirection of mandibular growth with the purpose of
enabling a more harmonious growth, expanding
the upper arch and controlling the vertical direction of growth.
3.5 mm to the right (Figs 1, 2). When in MIC,

the Angle Class III malocclusion worsened with
severe anterior and right lateral crossbite, as well
as deep overbite (Fig 3).
The analysis of periapical radiographs revealed
the presence of all permanent teeth, in addition to
tooth 53, and the early formation of third molars.
No changes capable of compromising orthodontic
treatment were found (Fig 4).
The dental pattern featured retroclined lower
incisors (1-NB = 15.5 and IMPA = 84), slightly
protruding and inclined maxillary incisors (1-NA
= 6.5 mm and 1-NB = 24), which was consistent
with her Class III malocclusion (Table 1).
Cephalograms in CR (Fig 5) exhibited a Class
III skeletal pattern, especially due to maxillary retrusion (WITS = -7 mm; ANB = -2, with SNA =
75 and SNB = 77), with an increased lower facial
third (SN-GoGn = 34.5; FMA = 32 and Y Axis =
67). It is noteworthy that these values were influenced by the end-on relation of the incisors during projection in CR. The cephalometric measurements can be evaluated in Table 1.
TREATMENT PLANNING
To attain the desired results, the patient and
her parents were informed of the importance of
compliance in wearing the appliances and the
need to perform the treatment in two phases.
In the first phase, a removable Skyhook type
appliance (600 g) would be used in conjunction
with a Hyrax-type palatal expansion appliance
with two daily activations to correct the crossbite.
In addition to the expander, brackets would be
TREATMENT GOALS
Since this patient was still growing, the key
134
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
Fernandes SHC
incisors for leveling and alignment while creating space for tooth 13. Six months later, the expander and protraction appliance were removed.
The patients anterior and posterior crossbites
were corrected, along with the dental Class III.
At this point, the remaining upper and lower appliances were installed and the first NiTi 0.012-in
archwire inserted for alignment and leveling. This
was followed by a sequence of 0.014-in, 0.016in, 0.018-in and 0.020-in stainless steel archwires.
From this point on, Class III elastics began to be
used (5/16-in with 200 g force) to control the
Angle Class III malocclusion. In the lower arch
interproximal stripping was performed on the incisors to correct the crowding. Next, rectangular
0.018x0.025-in archwires were used to correct
the torque of tooth 12 and adjust its root position,
which was palatally tipped. After the final correction of the torques with an ideal 0.019x0.025in archwire and the assurance that the intended
goals had been achieved, the brackets were removed and the retainer bonded. A lower bonded
canine-to-canine retainer was made with 0.8 mm
stainless steel wire and was used, along with an
upper wraparound-type removable appliance, and
the patient was instructed to wear the removable
retainer 24 hours a day during the first six months
and then nights only for another six months.
bonded to the upper incisors (Roth prescription,

0.022x 0.028-in slot) to start the alignment and
leveling phase, and if necessary, slightly protrude
these teeth.
In the second phase, the expander would be
removed and a chin cup prescribed for night use.
The complete fixed orthodontic appliance would
be set up to proceed with alignment and leveling using 0.012-in nickel-titanium (NiTi) and
0.014-in to 0.020-in stainless steel archwires. If
necessary, from the moment archwire progression reached 0.018-in archwires, Class III intermaxillary elastics would be used on the right side.
Rectangular 0.019x0.025-in stainless steel archwires would then be used in both arches to finish
the case. After the end of active treatment, a 0.8
mm lower fixed canine-to-canine lingual retainer
would be bonded and in the upper arch a removable wraparound type appliance to be worn
24/7 for six months, and then nights only for six
months. The patient and her parents were also informed in writing of the need for careful hygiene
and proper care of the appliances to ensure the
normal development of treatment and retention.
TREATMENT PROGRESS
Initially, bands were contoured for the first
molars and an impression of the upper arch and
chin were taken for fabrication of the appliances
planned for the case. The Hyrax-type appliance
was installed with two buccal extensions in the
canine region for attachment of the protraction
elastics, with a recommendation of two daily activations (0.5 mm per day). The Skyhook was also
set up (to be used at least 16 hours per day), with
a maxillary traction force of 300 g on each side
(heavy 3/16-in elastics). The elastics were placed
at an angle of 30 to the occlusal plane so as to
offset a counterclockwise rotation likely to occur
in the maxilla. Expansion proceeded as expected
and after ten days of activation the screw was stabilized. After 21 days, Roth prescription straight
wire metal brackets were bonded to the maxillary
TREATMENT RESULTS
In evaluating the results (Figs 6 to 10) on
completion of treatment and six years after removal of the appliance (Figs 11 to 15), one can
observe that both the intended goals and the
stability of treatment were rather successfully
achieved. The posterior crossbite was corrected
and the redirection of growth in the anteroposterior direction was also successful. In the mandible there was an increase of 1.5 in SNB, from
77 to 78.5 during treatment while the maxilla
showed an increase of 2.5 in SNA, from 75 to
77.5. Thus, there was an increase of 1 in the
ANB, which rose from -2 to -1 (Fig 10, Table 1).
135
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
FigurE 6 - Final facial and intraoral photographs.
dition to establishing correct disocclusion guidance. Unfortunately, the upper incisors had to be
tipped labially by 15, from 24 to 39. The upper molars however were moved mesially, providing normal occlusion according to Andrews
six keys. A slight intrusion of the maxillary incisors and small 4 lower incisor tipping toward
labial, from 15.5 to 19 (Fig 10, Table 1) were
also performed. Despite these changes, the intermolar and intercanine widths remained stable
except for a slight 1 mm decrease in mandibular intermolar width (Table 1). The face exhib-
The vertical dimension was controlled, maxillary position maintained and mandibular plane
angle (SN-GoGn) decreased from 34.5 to 31.
Although it may seem a considerable decrease,
it is important to remember that the first cephalometric radiograph was performed in CR, and
in this position the incisors had an end-on relationship, which led to further opening of the
mandibular plane. Regarding dental positions,
appropriate alignment and leveling were attained as well as correction of the Angle Class
III, crossbite, midline, overbite and overjet, in ad-
136
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
Fernandes SHC
FigurE 7 - Final models.
FigurE 8 - Final periapical radiographs.
FigurE 9 - Final lateral cephalogram (A) and cephalometric tracing (B).
137
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
FigurE 10 - Total (A) and partial (B) superimposition of initial (black) and final (red) cephalometric
tracings.
FigurE 11 - Facial and intraoral follow-up photographs taken six years after treatment.
138
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
Fernandes SHC
FigurE 12 - Follow-up models six years after treatment.
FigurE 13 - Panoramic radiograph six years after treatment.
FigurE 14 - Follow-up profile cephalometric radiograph (A) and cephalometric tracing (B) six years
after treatment.
139
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
FigurE 15 - Total (A) and partial (B) superimposition of initial (black), final (red) and follow-up (green)
cephalometric tracings six years after treatment.
TablE 1 - Summary of cephalometric measurements.

Normal
Difference
A/B
SNA (Steiner)
82
75
77.5
2.5
77
SNB (Steiner)
80
77
78.5
1.5
78
ANB (Steiner)
-2
-1
-1
Convexity Angle (Downs)
-4
-4
-3
Profile
Dental Pattern
Skeletal Pattern
MEASUREMENTS
Y-Axis (Downs)
59
67
62
62
Facial Angle (Downs)
87
80
89
84
SN-GoGn (Steiner)
32
34.5
31
3.5
32.5
FMA (Tweed)
25
32
27
26.5
IMPA (Tweed)
90
84
89
88
1 - NA (degrees) (Steiner)
1 - NA (mm) (Steiner)
22
24
39
15
40
4 mm
6.5 mm
8 mm
1.5
7.5 mm
1 - NB (degrees) (Steiner)
25
15.5
19
3.5
17.5
1 - NB (mm) (Steiner)
4 mm
4 mm
3 mm
3.5 mm
1 - Interincisal Angle (Downs)
1
- APo (mm) (Ricketts)
1
130
143
126
17
124
1 mm
2 mm
2 mm
17
1.5 mm
Upper Lip S Line (Steiner)
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
-1 mm
Lower Lip S Line (Steiner)
0 mm
1 mm
0.5 mm
0 mm
WITS
0 mm
-7 mm
-4 mm
-3 mm
Intercanine Width
Upper
Lower
NE
27 mm
34 mm
27 mm
34 mm
26.5 mm
Intermolar Width
Upper
Lower
53 mm
46 mm
53 mm
45 mm
0
1
54 mm
46 mm
140
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
Fernandes SHC
mandibular cephalometric measurements in an

anteroposterior direction, and augmented them in
terms of vertical relations, masking a more severe
Class III. In MIC, the patient had a fully functional
crossbite with the upper incisors being covered by
their lower counterparts. The reason why all records were taken in CR was to show that even
in CR the patient had indeed a genuine Angle
Class III malocclusion relationship. Therefore,
the goals were achieved, i.e. the molar relationship, anterior and posterior crossbites and midline
shift were all corrected. The skeletal pattern also
improved with greater maxillary growth in relation to the mandible, and although the cephalometric results showed only minor changes, one
must remember again that the initial radiograph
was performed in CR, which may have minimized
the problem presented by the patient. However,
in order to establish a correct relationship in the
anterior region, the maxillary incisors had to be
excessively tipped, in line with the compensatory
treatment used for Class III malocclusion, which
was intended in this case. Treatment stability, both
esthetic and functional, was verified during a sixyear follow-up period. There was slight extrusion
of incisors and molars but the growth pattern remained fairly stable. It is thus possible to confirm
that the mechanics used in this case was effective
and well indicated.
ited a slight improvement in profile with a slight

protrusion of the upper lip while chin position
and vertical dimension were preserved. Regarding stability, it was noted that six years after
completion of treatment the patients occlusion
was well established with well preserved molar
and canine relationships, disocclusion guidance,
adequate overbite and overjet, and facial aesthetics (Figs 11 and 12). From a cephalometric
standpoint one can note that the measurements
relating to the position of the maxilla and mandible underwent minor changes, consistent with
the pattern of growth, while the dental measurements remained fairly stable (Fig 15, Table 1).
FINAL CONSIDERATIONS
Angle Class III malocclusion is difficult to plan
and control as it may have a powerful genetic
component.1-10 Moreover, there are several other
etiological factors to consider, such as poor individual tooth positions, mandibular overgrowth,
inadequate maxillary growth, vertical problems
or a combination of several of these factors.2,3,4,6
Planning should consider all these factors in addition to patient age to try to predict treatment
outcome and stability.1,8,9 In this particular case,
it is important to remember that cephalometric
radiographs, photographs and initial models were
performed in CR, which may have diminished
141
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
ReferEncEs
6. Liou EJ, Tsai WC. A new protocol for maxillary protraction
in cleft patients: repetitive weekly protocol of alternate
rapid maxillary expansions and constrictions. Cleft Palate
Craniofac J. 2005 mar;42(2):121-7.
7. Moraes ML, Martins LP, Maia LGM, Santos-Pinto A, Amaral RMP.
Mscara facial versus aparelho Skyhook: reviso de literatura e
relato de casos clnicos. Ortodontia. 2009 jul-set;41(3):209-21.
8. Prado E. Pergunte a um Expert. Questionando paradigmas no
tratamento da Classe III em adultos. Qual seria o limite das
compensaes em pacientes adultos? Existe remodelao
dentoalveolar ou o problema esqueltico seria uma
maldio? Rev Cln Ortod Dental Press. 2007 jun-jul;6(3):71-5.
9. Trankmann J, Lisson JA, Treutlein C. Different orthodontic
treatment effects in Angle Class III patients. J Orofac
Orthop. 2001 set;62(5):327-36.
10. Zentner A, Doll GM. Size discrepancy of apical bases and
treatment success in angle Class III malocclusion. J Orofac
Orthop. 2001 mar;62(2):97-106.
1. Angermann R, Berg R. Evaluation of orthodontic treatment

success in patients with pronounced Angle Class III. J Orofac
Orthop. 1999;60(4):246-58.
2. Brunetto AR. M ocluso de Classe I de Angle, com
tendncia Classe III esqueltica, tratada com controle de
crescimento. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2009 setout;14(5):129-45.
3. Carlini MG, Miguel JAM, Goldner MTA. Tratamento precoce
da m-ocluso Classe III de Angle com expanso rpida e
uso de mscara facial: relato de um caso clnico. Rev Dental
Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2002 mar-abr;7(2):71-5.
4. Consolaro A, Consolaro MF. Expanso rpida da maxila e
constrio alternadas (ERMC-ALT) e tcnica de protrao
maxilar efetiva: extrapolao de conhecimentos prvios para
fundamentao biolgica. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop
Facial. 2008 jan-fev;13(1):18-23.
5. Ferrer KJN, Cardoso GAS, Barone TY. Estudo cefalomtrico
ps-protrao maxilar. Ortodontia. 2006 jan-mar;39(1):37-44.

Revised and accepted: September 2010
Contact address
Srgio Henrique Casarim Fernandes
Rua Henrique Surerus Sobrinho, 132
CEP: 36.036-246 Juiz de Fora MG, Brazil
142
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):131-42
Special Article
Lower incisor extraction: An orthodontic

treatment option
Mrian Aiko Nakane Matsumoto*, Fbio Loureno Romano**, Jos Tarcsio Lima Ferreira***,
Silvia Tanaka****, Elizabeth Norie Morizono*****
Abstract
Lower incisor extraction can be regarded as a valuable option in the pursuit of excellence
in orthodontic results in terms of function, aesthetics and stability. The aim of this study
was to gather information about the indications, contraindications, advantages, disadvantages and stability of the results achieved in treatments performed with lower incisor extraction. This treatment option may be indicated in malocclusions with anterior tooth size
discrepancy due to narrow maxillary incisors and/or large mandibular incisors. It is contraindicated in malocclusions without anterior discrepancy or with discrepancies caused
by large maxillary incisors and/or narrow mandibular incisors. The literature suggests this
method affords improved posttreatment stability compared with premolar extraction. As
well as a careful diagnosis, established with the aid of a diagnostic setup, professional skills
and clinical experience are instrumental in achieving successful orthodontic results with
this treatment option.
Keywords: Orthodontics. Corrective Orthodontics. Tooth extraction.
Introduction
The development of orthodontics through
scientific research and clinical observations has
brought with it the realization that in order to
achieve a normal occlusion tooth extraction is often required, be the extracted teeth premolarsas
is predominantly the caseor other teeth.
Extractions for orthodontic purposes were

made as early as the eighteenth century by Hunter,
whose reports were published in his book: The
Natural History of Human Teeth. Edward Hartley Angle condemned this practice in the belief
that ...better balance, more harmony and the best
possible proportions of the mouth in its multiple
* Associate Professor, Department of Pediatric Dentistry, Preventive and Social Dentistry, Ribeiro Preto School of Dentistry, So Paulo University. PhD. in Orthodontics, School of Dentistry, Rio de Janeiro Federal University (UFRJ). Diplomate of the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics.
** DDS, Department of Pediatric Dentistry, Preventive and Social Dentistry, Ribeiro Preto School of Dentistry, So Paulo University. Ph.D. in Orthodontics, Piracicaba School of Dentistry, Campinas State University.
*** DDS, Department of Pediatric Dentistry, Preventive and Social Dentistry, Ribeiro Preto School of Dentistry, So Paulo University. Ph.D., School of Engineering,
Rio de Janeiro Federal University.
**** Specialist in Orthodontics, Dental School of Ribeiro Preto, So Paulo University.
***** M.Sc. in Orthodontics, School of Dentistry, Rio de Janeiro Federal University (UFRJ).
143
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
of mandibular incisors as an additional option in

the correction of malocclusion.
relationships require the presence of all teeth and

each tooth should occupy a normal position.3
This assertion was disputed by Calvin Case,
who argued that the basal bones could not be
induced by mechanical means to grow beyond
its inherent size. Therefore, without extractions it would not be possible to resolve severe
skeletal-dental discrepancies, and it would not
justify compromising normal occlusion and producing severe protrusion by keeping all teeth in
the mouth.3 Case warned, though, that patients
should not be treated according to a single model
since malocclusions can have either hereditary
and environmental origins, or even a combination of the two.3 Therefore, extraction of permanent teeth should be considered in the treatment
of certain malocclusions.3 Eventually, tooth removal became common practice in orthodontic
treatment and the first premolars were almost
always selected due to their proximity to the incisors, which enabled correction and retraction
of these teeth.
If, on the one hand, extractions facilitated orthodontic mechanics, on the other, they brought to
light a range of treatment options, and in order for
better planning to be established and practiced it
is crucial that diagnosis be thorough and well executed. Besides periapical, panoramic and occlusal
X-rays, cephalograms, photographs and models, it
is essential to produce a diagnostic setup.4
Prior to choosing the most favorable treatment
option it is important to analyze treatment goals,
stability, the final occlusion to be achieved and the
esthetic conditions that constitute a case. In view
of this fact, lower incisor extraction becomes an alternative treatment for malocclusions that do not
fit the conventional forms of extraction since they
are more stable in the long term.21
The aim of this study was to compile available information in the literature, emphasizing
indications, contraindications, advantages and disadvantages, stability of results, limitations, clinical
considerations and case reports on the extraction
INDICATIONS
Angle Class I malocclusion with severe anterior tooth size discrepancy (greater than 4.5 mm)
due to agenesis of incisors or a deficient mesiodistal
diameter of the upper incisors (narrow) or, conversely, excessive mesiodistal diameter of the mandibular incisors.1,10,17,20,28
Dental Class I malocclusions with normal
maxillary dentition, adequate posterior intercuspation and lower anterior crowding with lack of
space for approximately one mandibular incisor.1,24,28
Dental Class I malocclusions with anterior
crossbite due to crowding and protrusion of the
lower incisors; adequate posterior intercuspation,
acceptable facial esthetics and absence of skeletal-dental discrepancy in the upper arch.22
Cleft lip and palate cases where, after mandibular surgery, it was not possible to establish
proper overbite and overjet, rendering necessary
the extraction of a mandibular incisor to foster
stable surgical results.23
Cases in which one wishes to avoid increasing intercanine width in certain malocclusions.6,12,20,27
Malocclusions that tend towards a Class III
malocclusion.8,9
As a non-surgical alternative in Class III
treatments.7, 8
As a compromise solution in adult treatment
or in relapse situations.30
Adult patients with mild to moderate Class
III malocclusion with relatively small crowding
and incisors with a non-triangular form.8
Moderate Class III malocclusions with anterior crossbite, or incisors with edge-to-edge relationship, showing a tendency towards anterior
open bite.7
Class II Division 1 skeletal and dental malocclusions with maxillary protrusion and crowding
144
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
Matsumoto MAN, Romano FL, Ferreira JTL, Tanaka S, Morizono EN
or protrusion of the lower incisors. Typically, lower

incisor extraction should be associated with the
extraction of maxillary premolars while keeping
the Class II molar relationship but establishing
normal canine occlusion.11,12,13,18,29
Malocclusions with a malformed or periodontally compromised mandibular incisor, whose
maintenance would not provide any benefit whatsoever in view of the stability of the dentition as
a whole.6,7,21,28
It is noteworthy that the main indication to
extract a lower incisor is the presence of tooth
size discrepancy equal to or greater than 4.5 mm
due to lower anterior excess or upper anterior deficiency.1,15,21,28
Maintains the overall arch form, minimizing

or preventing its expansion, preserving supporting
structures11 and increasing the potential for greater stability.6,28
Reduces retention time as the likelihood of
relapse is decreased.6,28
Quickly retracts anterior segments, if necessary.6,28
Diminishes the risk of anchorage loss since
there is a solid anchorage unit in the posterior
segments.6,28
Reduces the need for elastic use. This is especially important for children or patients with behavioral disorders or non-compliant individuals.6,28
Provides space in the area of greater crowding
in the pretreatment stage.8,10,24
Improves parallelism between lower anterior
tooth roots and reduces root proximity.10
Mandibular incisor extraction allows a reduction in tooth volume, minimizing changes in profile while reducing treatment time.11,22 It allows
orthodontists to improve dental occlusion and
esthetics through minimum orthodontic action.11
Levin14 argues that lower incisor extraction:
Improves facial profile by reducing the appearance of mandibular protrusion.
Enables easy alignment of the lower anterior
teeth.
Establishes an esthetically pleasing and functionally effective overbite.
Properly positions upper anterior teeth with
acceptable axial inclinations instead of having to
procline them to enable the positioning of all lower anterior teeth.
Contraindications
All cases requiring extractions in both
arches with severe overbite and horizontal
growth pattern, bimaxillary crowding, no tooth
size discrepancy in the anterior teeth, anterior
tooth size discrepancy due to narrow mandibular incisors and/or broad maxillary incisors, pronounced overjet.1,28
Cases with triangular lower incisors and
minimum crowding with less than 3 mm lack of
space, which should preferably be treated without
extractions by stripping the incisors to prevent the
reopening of spaces and loss of interdental gingival papilla between the remaining incisors, which
might compromise esthetics.2,8,20,28
Cases where the diagnostic setup demonstrates that lower incisor extraction can result in
excessive overbite.29
Cases in which a high insertion of the lower labial frenum may cause gingival recession in
the remaining incisor to be moved to the frenum
area.29
Disadvantages
According to Brandt and Safirstein.6
There is a tendency for space to reopen
in the extraction site, especially when a lower
central incisor is extracted. Irrespective of the
parallelism between the roots adjacent to the
extraction area the incidence of space reopening is common.
Advantages
Lower incisor extraction apparently includes
the following advantages:
Maintains or reduces intercanine width.10
145
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
that if overbite is excessive or buccal occlusion is

unacceptable in the setup, stripping the upper arch
should be considered, within acceptable limits. If the
occlusal outcome remains dissatisfactory then probably the extraction of an incisor should not be the
treatment of choice.29
It can create a tooth size discrepancy, especially if lower incisor extraction is associated with
premolar extraction.
There may be differences in color between
lateral incisors and canines, which are often darker.
This complication can and should influence the
treatment plan, particularly in female patients.
Other undesirable effects include: increased
overbite and overjet beyond acceptable limits, partially inadequate occlusion, crowding relapse in
three incisors as well as esthetic loss of interdental
gingival papilla in the extraction area.8,22,28,30
Removal of a lower incisor also affects the interocclusal relationship of anterior teeth. If the upper
anterior teeth are not sufficiently reduced through
stripping, a more pronounced overjet may remain.11,25
According to Canut7, in certain cases, especially
in adults, space cannot be completely closed or can
easily reopen, resulting in a visible diastema in an
area of considerable periodontal and esthetic importance. Moreover, an inadequate dental midline
relationship compromises dental esthetics.
Sheridan and Hastings25 argue that a remaining
triangular space may appear in the extraction area,
especially in older patients.
SELECTION OF THE INCISOR

TO BE EXTRACTED
Following the decision to extract one lower incisor, professionals must define which one to remove.
Indication depends on a combination of the following factors: type of malocclusion, amount of anterior tooth size discrepancy, arch length deficiency
in the anterior region, dental and health conditions
of the supporting tissue and upper and lower dental
midline relationship.1
Type of malocclusion and periodontal tissue
health may influence the choice of the tooth to
be extracted since if the tooth is diagnosed with
ankylosis, tooth rotation or severe ectopic eruption
far away from its normal position, it becomes the
best option. Extraction of the worst positioned incisor is a means to prevent relapse by limiting the
unnecessary movement of many teeth.7
Boltons tooth size analysis may assist in determining the discrepancies and asymmetries in both
arches, thereby establishing whether the best indication would be the removal of the wider lateral
incisor or the narrower central incisor.5,30 Some
professionals still prefer to remove the narrower
central incisor, arguing that it promotes stability,
especially in cases with less crowding.22,26
Neff19 reported that he prefers to extract the
lateral incisor in the belief that the distal face of a
central incisor has better contact with the mesial
surface of the canine. He further explains that when
extracting a central incisor, contact occurs between
the mesial surface of the remaining central incisor
and the mesial surface of the lateral incisor, and even
if the teeth are perfectly upright and parallel, sometimes an undesirable black triangle remains between
the middle third of the tooth and the gingiva.
DIAGNOSTIC SETUP
Setup is a diagnostic tool that shows orthodontic treatment outcome in study models to aid in
determining the best treatment option. One can
simulate various treatment options such as: without extractions, with stripping, with increased
axial inclination, with premolar extraction or associated procedures.16
Kokich, Shapiro11 and Tuverson29 summarize the
importance of the setup as one of the most valuable
orthodontic records to determine if a lower incisor requires extraction. Setup is the most accurate
method to predict potential interocclusal relations
to be accomplished through orthodontic treatment,
and it would be reckless to start treatment without
first reviewing the overjet and overbite that would
result from such procedure. It should be emphasized
146
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
of canine guidance. However, where this is not

possible, group disocclusion can be accomplished
orthodontically by performing occlusal adjustment
and eliminating all balancing interference.11,12,25
Valinoti,30 however, warns that in the occlusion of six maxillary anterior teeth with five lower
teeth, canines end up in normal occlusion, or else
the upper canines will disocclude with the first
premolars, i.e., the distal ridge of the maxillary canines will occlude with the mesio-occlusal ridge
of the first mandibular premolars.
One can choose to introduce dental compensations to restore contact between the canines and
restore the disocclusion function of these teeth:
To position the lower canines, either completely upright or with a slight distal crown inclination in relation to their basal bone.
Incorporate a mild offset on the distal side
of the lower canines, making them more
prominent.
If possible, to incorporate artistic bends in the
lower incisors in the non-extraction quadrant
in order to consume space and distalize the
lower canines.
Strip the upper incisors to move the maxillary
canines mesially.
Position the upper canines with a mesial crown
inclination.
Reduce or remove the offset on the mesial
side of the upper canines, making them less
prominent.
Perform a careful occlusal adjustment.
These options for compensatory orthodontic
movements should be tested in advance by means
of the diagnostic setup.
PERIODONTAL PROBLEMS
Proper alignment between remaining incisors
should be established after a lower incisor extraction to avert periodontal issues with esthetic involvement.22
Tuverson29 warned that gingival recession could
occur in the extraction space in patients at risk for
periodontal disease, especially if the roots of the
teeth adjacent to the space are not positioned correctly. Even in a simple space closure procedure it is
essential to overcorrect root parallelism.
In cases with preexisting periodontal problems, Valinoti30 considered that the decision to
remove an incisor on account of buccal gingival
recession or the presence of bone defects in the
lower anterior area is contraindicated since the
problem may persist. One should resort to periodontal treatment before deciding on the best
treatment option. If the case does not present
with any anterior tooth size discrepancy lower
incisor extraction is contraindicated given the
preexisting periodontal problem.
CANINE GUIDANCE
As in all orthodontic treatments, in cases of
lower incisor extraction one should also establish
canine guidance or group function in the working side, and no interference in the balancing side.
Protrusive excursion should result in adequate
posterior protrusive disocclusion. As seen in the
literature, canine guidance may be lost due to
the more mesial positioning of the mandibular
canines.7 However, this could be avoided if an accurate diagnosis is established before deciding to
extract a lower incisor.
To Kokich and Shapiro,11 a more mesial positioning of the lower canines may be compensated
by adjusting the non-functional portion of the
cusp tips of the lower canines, or by extruding
the lower incisors to ensure that the functional
contacts are maintained in centric occlusion. If
the upper anterior dental excess is properly corrected disocclusion can be established by means
STABILITY OF RESULTS
One of the major challenges in orthodontic
practice refers to the stability of treatment results. Valinoti30 suggested in 1994 that the extraction of a lower incisor is less likely to exhibit crowding relapse after retention because the
incisor is located closest to the area where the
147
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
Panoramic radiograph showed all permanent

teeth (Fig 2). Cephalometric analysis was performed to check for protrusion in the maxilla
and mandible in relation to the cranial base,
skeletal Class II malocclusion, brachyfacial pattern, protruding upper and lower incisors and
increased axial inclination. Straight skeletal and
facial profiles (Fig 3, Tab 1).
problem is located, requiring less movement

and effort to be exerted on the original conditions of the other teeth. However, there are
still limitations that make it difficult to ensure
greater stability after retention. Riedel et al21
suggested that the extraction of a lower incisor
can provide greater stability in the anterior area
in the absence of permanent retention.
In the long-term, cases with extraction of
a lower incisor show less crowding relapse after retention than cases treated with premolar
extraction by virtue of the following factors:
original position of teeth is in large part preserved so that muscular pressures are less likely
to introduce instability, and minimal effort exerted on the adjacent anchorage during space
closure, using most of such space to correct the
anterior region.30
Treatment goals
The treatment aimed to eliminate the lower
anterior discrepancy, correct the lower incisor
crowding, align and level the teeth, and establish adequate overjet and overbite using an
orthodontic appliance.
Treatment planning and mechanics
A corrective standard Edgewise appliance
(0.022x 0.028-in slot) was set up and the patient underwent extraction of the lower left
central incisor and stripping in the upper arch.
During correction mechanics the following was
performed: alignment, leveling and repairing
of dental rotations with 0.014-in to 0.020-in
stainless steel wire, maintaining the posterior
occlusion with passive bends, space closure
through tie-back in the archwires, elastic chain
and buccal (root) torque in the incisors. In the
next step, 0.019x0.025-in archwires were used
in the upper and lower arches in a coordinated
manner using forms and torques that were ideal
for intercuspation and finishing. The planned
retention consisted of upper and lower removable wraparound retainers, and a 3x3 lingual
retainer on lower incisors and canines.
case reportS
Clinical Case 1
Diagnosis and etiology
Caucasian male patient, 23 years and 8
months of age. His chief complaint was: Please
straighten out my teeth. The clinical examination showed a mesofacial pattern, no apparent facial asymmetry, straight profile, normal
lower face, prominent nose, normal nasolabial
angle, nasal breathing, normal speech and swallowing, deviation to the right when opening
mandible, presence of TMJ clicking, but with
no pain (Fig 1).
The intraoral evaluation revealed low risk
of developing caries, healthy gums, Angle Class
I molar relationship, canines in Class I, severe
lower anterior crowding but mild in the upper
arch, reduced overbite, satisfactory posterior
occlusion in both the vertical and horizontal
direction. Lower midline deviation of less than
1mm to the left side and upper midline coinciding with the mid-palatine raphe (Fig 1).
The model analysis disclosed Boltons discrepancy with 2.3 mm lower anterior excess.
Treatment results
At the end of treatment there was improvement in facial esthetics, molar and canine in Class
I occlusion, normal overjet and overbite (Fig 4).
The main treatment goals were achieved.
The lower anterior crowding was corrected after extraction of a lower central incisor.
148
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
FIGURE 1 - Clinical case 1: initial extraoral and intraoral photographs.
FIGURE 2 - Initial panoramic radiograph.
FIGURE 3 - Initial cephalogram and cephalometric tracing.
149
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
The occlusion of the molars and premolars,

which was very favorable, was maintained by
carefully setting up the Standard Edgewise orthodontic appliance. In addition, normal overjet
and overbite were attained, and the appropriate mandibular functions were established during lateral and protrusion movements.
Maxilla and mandible were unchanged in
the anteroposterior vertical and lateral directions (Fig 5).
In the upper dentition there was no decrease
in the axial inclination of the incisors (Fig 5),
intercanine width was maintained and intermolar width slightly increased.
tablE 1 - Cephalometric evaluation: pretreatment and posttreatment.

Cephalometric
Measures
Pretreatment
SNA
90
91
SNB
85
85
Posttreatment
ANB
NAPg
10
SNGoGn
24
22
NSGn
60
61
Facial Axis
94
94
1.NA
25
20
1-NA
5 mm
5 mm
1.NB
31
32
1-NB
8 mm
10 mm
S-Ls
-3
-0,5
S-Li
-1
+1
FIGURE 4 - Final extraoral and intraoral photographs.
150
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
FIGURE 5 - Final cephalogram and cephalometric tracing.
FIGURE 6 - Cephalometric superimpositions.
Clinical Case 2
Caucasian female patient, aged 12 years, with a
chief complaint of anterior crowding. The clinical examination revealed a mesofacial pattern,
symmetrical face, straight profile, normal lower
face, average nose, normal nasolabial angle, nasal
breathing, normal speech and swallowing, deviation to the right in closing the mandible, and the
presence of painless clicking in the TMJ (Fig 7).
The intraoral evaluation disclosed low risk of
The lower dentition showed an increase in

axial inclination and a slight protrusion of lower incisors (Fig 5), intercanine width was maintained and intermolar width slightly increased.
The complete superimposition illustrates
minor facial and dental changes between the
beginning and end of treatment, and the partial
superimposition of the maxilla and mandible
confirmed the decrease in axial inclination of
upper incisors and increased protrusion of the
lower incisors (Fig 6).
151
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
premolar with open apex (Nolla stage 9), upper

and lower second molars erupted (Nolla stage 8).
The germs of the third molars were in the early
crown formation phase (Nolla stage 4), except the
upper left 3rd molar, which had not yet begun to
calcify (Nolla stage 1). The trabecular bone and
lamina dura were normal, with no images indicative
of pathologies (Fig 8). The cephalometric analysis
showed protrusion in the maxilla and mandible in
relation to the cranial base, skeletal Class I malocclusion, dolichofacial pattern, protruding upper
and lower incisors with increased axial inclination.
caries, healthy gums, occlusal trauma in tooth 21,

molar Angle Class I relationship, Class I canines, 0.5
mm overjet and edge-to-edge overbite, crowding of
upper and lower incisors. Lower midline deviation
of less than 1 mm to the left side and upper midline
coinciding with the mid-palatine raphe (Fig 7), nail
biting, and enlarged palatine tonsils.
The model analysis indicated negative skeletaldental discrepancy in the maxilla (-3.0 mm) and
mandible (-3.5 mm), Boltons tooth size discrepancy with 2.7 mm lower anterior excess. Panoramic
radiograph showed all permanent teeth, second
152
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
Normal bone profile, straight facial profile and vertical facial growth (Fig 9, Table 2).
Treatment goals
The objective was to maintain a Class I molar
occlusion, eliminate the lower anterior discrepancy, establish appropriate overjet and overbite,
align and level the teeth and correct the midline
with a fixed orthodontic appliance.
A corrective standard Edgewise appliance
(0.022x 0.028-in slot) was set up and the patient underwent extraction of the lower right
central incisor and stripping of the upper canines. During mechanical correction, the fol-
Cephalometric
Measures
Pretreatment
Posttreatment
SNA
78
76.5
SNB
76
77.5
ANB
-1
NAPg
SNGoGn
36
30.5
NSGn
69
69
Facial Axis
85
87
1.NA
30
34.5
1-NA
8.5 mm
11.5 mm
1.NB
32
25
1-NB
6 mm
7 mm
S-Ls
-0.5
S-Li
-2
-1
al forms and torques for intercuspation and finishing. The planned retention consisted of upper removable wraparound retainer and a 3x3
lingual retainer on lower incisors and canines.
The patient was referred for evaluation by an
otolaryngologist and an audiologist.
lowing was performed: alignment and leveling

of the upper arch, allowing incisor proclination;
retraction of the lower incisors using 0.014in to 0.020-in stainless steel archwires; mesial
migration of the lower left central incisor until
the upper midline coincided with half of this
tooth; mesial migration of the right mandibular
lateral incisor and lower right canine, tooth after tooth, until a Class I canine relationship was
achieved. In the next step, rectangular 0.019x
0.025-in archwires were used in the upper and
lower arches, in a coordinated manner, with ide-
Treatment results
At the end of treatment, the profile became
slightly concave, occlusion displayed molar and
canine Class I relationship, and adequate overjet
and overbite (Fig 10).
153
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
The maxilla showed normal growth in the anteroposterior and transverse direction while in the
vertical direction it was controlled. The mandible
showed increased horizontal growth (Fig 11).
In the upper dentition there was a slight increase in intermolar width and a slight reduction
in intercanine width, increased axial inclination
and protrusion of the incisors (Fig 11, Table 2).
The main treatment goals were achieved with

the extraction of tooth 41 and lower incisor alignment. The molar and canine Class I relationship
was maintained throughout the treatment. There
was little change in facial profile, but esthetics was
not compromised. From a functional standpoint
results were satisfactory as incisor and canine
guidances were restored.
154
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
ings showed increased horizontal growth of the

mandible, with counterclockwise rotation (Fig
12A). Partial superimpositions indicate vertical
control of the mandible and decreased axial inclination of lower incisors (Fig 12B).
In the lower dentition there was improvement in incisor inclination, leveling of the curve
of Spee and a slight reduction in intermolar and
intercanine widths (Fig 11, Table 2).
The superimposition of cephalometric trac-
155
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
relationship, canines in Class I, crowding of upper and lower incisors, mild overjet and overbite.
Lower midline deviation of less than 2mm to the
left side and upper midline coinciding with the
mid-palatine raphe (Fig 13).
The model analysis indicated no osseo-dental discrepancy in the upper arch, and negative
in the lower arch (-2.5 mm), Boltons tooth size
discrepancy with 4.0 mm excess in the lower
arch, and 2.6 mm in the lower anterior region.
Panoramic radiograph showed all permanent
teeth, with the third molars in formation.
Clinical Case 3
Caucasian male patient aged 16 years and 11
months. His chief complaint was: My lower teeth
are crooked. The clinical examination revealed a
mesofacial pattern, a slightly asymmetrical face,
concave profile, normal lower face, average nose,
normal nasolabial angle (Fig 13), nasal breathing,
normal speech and swallowing, normal mandibular closing pattern, and normal TMJ.
The intraoral evaluation disclosed low risk
of caries, healthy gums, Angle Class I molar
156
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
The trabecular bone and bone crests were

normal, as well as the lamina dura, with no
images indicative of pathology (Fig 14).
Cephalometric analysis was performed to verify that both maxilla and mandible were well
positioned relative to the skull base and each
other, in the anteroposterior direction (skeletal Class I), upper and lower incisors with
increased and reduced axial inclination, respectively, with protruding upper incisors and
lower incisors well positioned in their basal
bones. Normal bone and facial profile slightly
concave, normal vertical measures, and mesofacial pattern (Fig 15, Table 3).

Cephalometric
Measures
Pretreatment
Posttreatment
SNA
83
84
SNB
82.5
82.5
1.5
ANB
0.5
NAPg
SNGoGn
32
31
NSGn
66
66
Facial Axis
88
88
1.NA
25
24
1-NA
5.5 mm
5 mm
1.NB
21
18
1-NB
4 mm
3 mm
S-Ls
-1
-1.5
S-Li
-2
-2.5
Treatment goals
The objective was to maintain a Class I molar
occlusion, eliminate the lower anterior discrepancy, establish adequate overjet and overbite, align
and level the teeth and correct the midline with a
fixed orthodontic appliance.
lower right central incisor and during treatment it

was assessed whether there would be the need for
stripping of the upper incisors and teeth 34 and
44. In the alignment and leveling phase twist-flex
and 0.014-in to 0.020-in stainless steel wires were
used. As of the moment 0.020-in archwires began
to be used, tooth 42 began to be moved mesially
with elastic chain to close the extraction space. A
0.019x0.025-in archwire was placed in the upper
arch with ideal form and torque for the case, as well
as a a coordinated 0.016x 0.022-in lower retraction
archwire with tear drop loop. Subsequently, a lower
0.019x0.025-in finishing archwire was fabricated

A standard Edgewise corrective appliance was
set up (slot 0.022x 0.028-in), whereby the upper
arch continued to undergo leveling in the posterior teeth and lateral incisors, with no artistic
bends. The patient underwent extraction of the
157
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
lower anterior crowding was corrected after extraction of the lower central incisor.
Occlusion of molars and premolars seemed
very favorable and was therefore maintained by
carefully setting up the standard Edgewise orthodontic appliance. In addition, normal overjet and
overbite were attained, and the appropriate mandibular functions were established during lateral
and protrusion movements.
Maxilla and mandible showed normal growth
in the anteroposterior, lateral and vertical directions (Fig 17).
with ideal form and torques, in coordination with

the upper archwire. The planned retention consisted of upper and lower removable wraparound
retainers, and a 3x3 lingual retainer bonded to the
lower incisors and canines.
Treatment results
The final occlusion showed molar and canine Class I relationship with normal overjet and
overbite. Lower incisor alignment was accomplished (Fig 16).
The main treatment goals were achieved. The
158
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
illomandibular positions were maintained, as

shown in Figure 18A. Figure 18B indicates that
the upper incisors were maintained and the lower
incisors wre slightly retruded, with loss of anchorage in the upper and lower molars. There was also
slight mandibular growth. Adequate incisal relationship was achieved while maintaining a favorable profile (Fig 18).
In the upper dentition, it was observed that the

axial inclination and protrusion of upper incisors
were slightly reduced (Fig 17, Table 3).
In the lower dentition, a slight retraction occurred (Fig 17, Table 3) with no concurrent
changes on intermolar width and decreased intercanine width due to the extraction of tooth 41.
Since this case involved an adult patient, max-
159
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
of spaces reopening, esthetic loss of gingival papilla, impact on the midline, overjet and overbite.
Crowding relapse after retention appears to
be lower than in cases subjected to premolar
extraction.
If properly indicated and carefully and appropriately conducted, lower incisor extraction can
significantly contribute to the treatment of certain
malocclusions and the pursuit of excellence in
orthodontic treatment results, reflected in maximum function, esthetics and stability.
FINAL CONSIDERATIONS
It is noteworthy that the main indication to
extract a lower incisor is the presence of tooth
size discrepancy equal to or greater than 4.5 mm
due to lower anterior excess or upper anterior deficiency.1,15,21,28 One should perform a careful diagnosis using a diagnostic setup to analyze treatment goals and occlusal outcome.
This treatment option may cause some of the
following difficulties or limitations in orthodontic
treatment: obtaining canine guidance, possibility
160
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
ReferEncEs
1. Bahreman AA. Lower incisor extraction in orthodontic
treatment. Am J Orthod. 1977 Nov;72(5):560-7.
2. Berger H. The lower incisors in theory and practice. Angle
Orthod. 1959 July;29(3):133-9.
3. Bernsteim L. Edward H. Angle versus Calvin S. Case:
extraction versus nonextraction. Historical revisionism.
Part II. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1992
Dec;102(6):546-51.
4. Bolognese AM. Set-up: uma tcnica de confeco. Rev SOB.
1995 ago;2(8):245-9.
5. Bolton WA. Disharmony in tooth size and its relation to the
analysis and treatment of malocclusion. Angle Orthod. 1958
July;28(3):113-30.
6. Brandt S, Safirstein GR. Different extractions for different
malocclusions. Am J Orthod. 1975 July;68(1):15-41.
7. Canut JA. Mandibular incisor extraction: indications and
long-term evaluation. Eur J Orthod. 1996 Oct;18(5):485-9.
8. Faerovig E, Zachrisson BU. Effects of mandibular incisor
extraction on anterior occlusion in adults with Class
III malocclusion and reduced overbite. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1999 Feb;115(2):113-24.
9. Grob DJ. Extraction of a mandibular incisor in a Class I
malocclusion. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1995
Nov;108(5):533-41.
10. Klein DJ. The mandibular central incisor, an extraction option.
Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1997 Mar;111(3):253-9.
11. Kokich VG, Shapiro PA. Lower incisor extraction in
orthodontic treatment. Four clinical reports. Angle Orthod.
1984 Apr;54(2):139-53.
12. Kokich VO. Treatment of a Class I malocclusion with a carious
mandibular incisor and no Bolton discrepancy. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 2000 Jul;118(1):107-13.
13. Leito PMS. Lower incisor extraction in Class I and Class II
malocclusions: case reports. Prog Orthod. 2004;5(2):186-99.
14. Levin BAS. An indication for the three incisor case. Angle
Orthod. 1964 Jan;34(1):16-24.
15. Little RM, Riedel RA, Artun J. An evaluation of changes
in mandibular anterior alignment from 10 to 20 years
postretention. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1988
May;93(5):423-8.
16. Lombardi AR. Mandibular incisor crowding in completed

cases. Am J Orthod. 1972 Apr;61(4):374-83.
17. MCneill RW, Joondeph DR. Congenitally absent maxillary
lateral incisors: treatment planning considerations. Angle
Orthod. 1973 Jan;43(1):24-9.
18. Meyer DM. Treatment of a crowded Class II malocclusion
with significant maxillary incisor protrusion. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1995 July;108(1):85-9.
19. Neff CW. The size relationship between the maxillary and
mandibular anterior segments of the dental arch. Angle
Orthod. 1957 July;27(3):138-47.
20. Owen AH. Single lower incisor extractions. J Clin Orthod.
1993 Mar;27(3):153-60.
21. Riedel RA, Little RM, Bui TD. Mandibular incisor extraction:
postretention evaluation of stability and relapse. Angle
Orthod. 1992 Summer;62(2):103-16.
22. Rosenstein SW. A lower incisor extraction. Aust Orthod J.
1976 Feb;4(3):107-9.
23. Rosenstein SW, Jacobson BN. A case report. Angle Orthod.
1980 Jan;50(1):29-33.
24. Shashua D. Treatment of a Class III malocclusion with a
missing mandibular incisor and severe crowding. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1999 Dec;116(6):661-6.
25. Sheridan JJ, Hastings J. Air-rotor stripping and lower incisor
extraction treatment. J Clin Orthod. 1992 Oct;22(4):187-204.
26. Swain BF. Case analysis and treatment planning in Class II
division I cases. Angle Orthod. 1952 Winter;62(4):291-7.
27. Tayer BH. The asymmetric extraction decision. Angle
Orthod. 1992 Winter;62(4):291-7.
28. Telles CS, Urrea BEE, Barbosa CAT, Jorge EVF, Prietsch JR,
Menezes LM, et al. Diferentes extraes em Ortodontia
(sinopse). Rev SOB. 1995;2(2):194-9.
29. Tuverson DL. Anterior interocclusal relations. Part II. Am J
Orthod. 1980 Oct;78(4):371-93.
30. Valinoti JR. Mandibular incisor extraction therapy. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1994 Feb;105(2):107-16.
Submitted: June 2010

Revised and accepted: July 2010
Contact address
Mrian Aiko Nakane Matsumoto
Av. do Caf, s/n Monte Alegre
CEP: 14.040-904 Ribeiro Preto / SP, Brazil
161
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):143-61
I nformation
for authors
Dental Press Journal of Orthodontics publishes

original scientific research, significant reviews, case
reports, brief communications and other materials
related to orthodontics and facial orthopedics.
GUIDELINES FOR SUBMISSION OF MANUSCRIPTS

Manuscripts must be submitted via www.dentalpressjournals.com. Articles must be organized as
described below.
Dental Press Journal of Orthodontics uses the Publications Management System, an online system,
for the submission and evaluation of manuscripts.
To submit manuscripts please visit:
www.dentalpressjournals.com
1. Title Page
Must comprise the title, abstract and keywords.
Dont include information about the authors (e.g.,
authors full names, academic degrees, institutional affiliations and administrative positions). They
should be included only in the specific fields of
the site for article submission. Thus, this information will not be available to reviewers.
Please send all other correspondence to:

Av. Euclides da Cunha 1718, Zona 5
ZIP CODE: 87.015-180, Maring/PR, Brazil
Phone. (55 044) 3031-9818
2. Abstract
Preference is given to structured abstracts with 250
words or less.
The structured abstracts must contain the following sections: INTRODUCTION, outlining the objectives of the study; METHODS, describing how
the study was conducted; RESULTS, describing
the primary results; and CONCLUSIONS, reporting the authors conclusions based on the results,
as well as the clinical implications.
Abstracts must be accompanied by 3 to 5 keywords, or descriptors, which must comply with
MeSH.
The statements and opinions expressed by the

author(s) do not necessarily reflect those of the
editor(s) or publisher, who do not assume any responsibility for said statements and opinions. Neither the editor(s) nor the publisher guarantee or
endorse any product or service advertised in this
publication or any claims made by their respective manufacturers. Each reader must determine
whether or not to act on the information contained
in this publication. The Journal and its sponsors are
not liable for any damage arising from the publication of erroneous information.
3. Text
The text must be organized in the following sections: Introduction, Materials and Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, References and Figure legends.
Texts must contain no more than 4,000 words, including captions, abstract and references.
Figures and tables must be submitted in separate
files (see below).
Insert the Figure legends also in the text document
to help with the article layout.
To be submitted, all manuscripts must be original

and not published or submitted for publication
elsewhere. Manuscripts are assessed by the editor
and consultants and are subject to editorial review.
Authors should follow the guidelines below.
All articles must be written in English.
4. Figures
Digital images must be in JPG or TIF, CMYK or
grayscale, at least 7 cm wide and 300 dpi resolution.
Images must be submitted in separate files.
In the event that a given illustration has been published previously, the legend must give full credit
to the original source.
The author(s) must ascertain that all figures are
cited in the text.
5. Graphs and cephalometric tracings
Files containing the original versions of graphs and
tracings must be submitted.
It is not recommended that such graphs and tracings
be submitted only in bitmap image format (noneditable).
162
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):162-4
I nformation
for authors
Drawings may be improved or redrawn by the journals production department at the criterion of the
Editorial Board.
Articles with more than six authors

De Munck J, Van Landuyt K, Peumans M, Poitevin
A, Lambrechts P, Braem M, et al. A critical
review of the durability of adhesion to tooth
tissue: methods and results. J Dent Res. 2005
Feb;84(2):118-32.
6. Tables
Tables must be self-explanatory and should supplement, not duplicate the text.
Must be numbered with Arabic numerals in the order they are mentioned in the text.
A brief title must be provided for each table.
In the event that a table has been published
previously, a footnote must be included giving
credit to the original source.
Tables must be submitted as text files (Word or Excel, for example) and not in graphic format (noneditable image).
Book chapter
Higuchi K. Ossointegration and orthodontics. In:
Branemark PI, editor. The osseointegration book:
from calvarium to calcaneus. 1. Osseoingration.
Berlin: Quintessence Books; 2005. p. 251-69.
Book chapter with editor
Breedlove GK, Schorfheide AM. Adolescent pregnancy. 2nd ed. Wieczorek RR, editor. White Plains
(NY): March of Dimes Education Services; 2001.
7. Ethics Committees
Articles must, where appropriate, refer to opinions
of the Ethics Committees.
Dissertation, thesis and final term paper

Kuhn RJ. Force values and rate of distal movement
of the mandibular first permanent molar. [Thesis].
Indianapolis: Indiana University; 1959.
8. References
All articles cited in the text must appear in the reference list.
All listed references must be cited in the text.
For the convenience of readers, references must be
cited in the text by their numbers only.
References must be identified in the text by superscript Arabic numerals and numbered in the order
they are mentioned in the text.
Journal title abbreviations must comply with the
standards of the Index Medicus and Index to
Dental Literature publications.
Authors are responsible for reference accuracy,
which must include all information necessary for
their identification.
References must be listed at the end of the text and
conform to the Vancouver Standards (http://www.
nlm.nih.gov/bsd/uniform_requirements.html).
The following examples should be used:
Digital format
Oliveira DD, Oliveira BF, Soares RV. Alveolar corticotomies in orthodontics: Indications and effects
on tooth movement. Dental Press J Orthod. 2010
Jul-Aug;15(4):144-57. [Access 2008 Jun 12].
Available from: www.scielo.br/pdf/dpjo/v15n4/
en_19.pdf
Articles with one to six authors

Sterrett JD, Oliver T, Robinson F, Fortson W,
Knaak B, Russell CM. Width/length ratios of
normal clinical crowns of the maxillary anterior dentition in man. J Clin Periodontol. 1999
Mar;26(3):153-7.
* To submit new manuscripts access the site:

www.dentalpressjournals.com
163
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):162-4
N otice
to
A uthors
and
C onsultants - R egistration
of
C linical T rials
http://isrctn.org (International Standard Randomized Controlled
1. Registration of clinical trials

Clinical trials are among the best evidence for clinical decision
Trial Number Register (ISRCTN). The creation of national registers
making. To be considered a clinical trial a research project must in-
is underway and, as far as possible, the registered clinical trials will
volve patients and be prospective. Such patients must be subjected
be forwarded to those recommended by WHO.
to clinical or drug intervention with the purpose of comparing
WHO proposes that as a minimum requirement the follow-
cause and effect between the groups under study and, potentially,
ing information be registered for each trial. A unique identification
the intervention should somehow exert an impact on the health of
number, date of trial registration, secondary identities, sources of
those involved.
funding and material support, the main sponsor, other sponsors, con-
According to the World Health Organization (WHO), clinical
tact for public queries, contact for scientific queries, public title of
trials and randomized controlled clinical trials should be reported
the study, scientific title, countries of recruitment, health problems
and registered in advance.
studied, interventions, inclusion and exclusion criteria, study type,

date of the first volunteer recruitment, sample size goal, recruitment
Registration of these trials has been proposed in order to (a)
status and primary and secondary result measurements.
identify all clinical trials underway and their results since not all are
Currently, the Network of Collaborating Registers is organized
published in scientific journals; (b) preserve the health of individu-
in three categories:
als who join the study as patients and (c) boost communication and
- Primary Registers: Comply with the minimum requirements
cooperation between research institutions and with other stakehold-
and contribute to the portal;
ers from society at large interested in a particular subject. Additionally, registration helps to expose the gaps in existing knowledge in
- Partner Registers: Comply with the minimum requirements
different areas as well as disclose the trends and experts in a given
but forward their data to the Portal only through a partnership with one of the Primary Registers;
field of study.
- Potential Registers: Currently under validation by the Por-
In acknowledging the importance of these initiatives and so
tals Secretariat; do not as yet contribute to the Portal.
that Latin American and Caribbean journals may comply with international recommendations and standards, BIREME recommends
that the editors of scientific health journals indexed in the Scientific
3. Dental Press Journal of Orthodontics - Statement and Notice
Electronic Library Online (SciELO) and LILACS (Latin American
DENTAL PRESS JOURNAL OF ORTHODONTICS endors-
and Caribbean Center on Health Sciences) make public these re-
es the policies for clinical trial registration enforced by the World
quirements and their context. Similarly to MEDLINE, specific fields
Health Organization - WHO (http://www.who.int/ictrp/en/) and
have been included in LILACS and SciELO for clinical trial registra-
the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors - ICMJE
tion numbers of articles published in health journals.
(# http://www.wame.org/wamestmt.htm#trialreg and http://www.
At the same time, the International Committee of Medical
icmje.org/clin_trialup.htm), recognizing the importance of these ini-
Journal Editors (ICMJE) has suggested that editors of scientific
tiatives for the registration and international dissemination of infor-
journals require authors to produce a registration number at the
mation on international clinical trials on an open access basis. Thus,
time of paper submission. Registration of clinical trials can be per-
following the guidelines laid down by BIREME / PAHO / WHO
formed in one of the Clinical Trial Registers validated by WHO and
for indexing journals in LILACS and SciELO, DENTAL PRESS
ICMJE, whose addresses are available at the ICMJE website. To be
JOURNAL OF ORTHODONTICS will only accept for publication
validated, the Clinical Trial Registers must follow a set of criteria
articles on clinical research that have received an identification num-
established by WHO.
ber from one of the Clinical Trial Registers, validated according to

the criteria established by WHO and ICMJE, whose addresses are
available at the ICMJE website http://www.icmje.org/faq.pdf. The
2. Portal for promoting and registering clinical trials
identification number must be informed at the end of the abstract.
With the purpose of providing greater visibility to validated
Consequently, authors are hereby recommended to register
Clinical Trial Registers, WHO launched its Clinical Trial Search Por-
their clinical trials prior to trial implementation.
tal (http://www.who.int/ictrp/network/en/index.html), an interface

that allows simultaneous searches in a number of databases. Searches on this portal can be carried out by entering words, clinical trial
titles or identification number. The results show all the existing clinical trials at different stages of implementation with links to their
Yours sincerely,
full description in the respective Primary Clinical Trials Register.

The quality of the information available on this portal is guaranteed by the producers of the Clinical Trial Registers that form part
of the network recently established by WHO, i.e., WHO Network
of Collaborating Clinical Trial Registers. This network will enable
interaction between the producers of the Clinical Trial Registers to
Jorge Faber, DDS, MS, PhD
define best practices and quality control. Primary registration of clin-
Editor-in-Chief of Dental Press Journal of Orthodontics
ical trials can be performed at the following websites: www.actr.org.
ISSN 2176-9451
au (Australian Clinical Trials Registry), www.clinicaltrials.gov and
164
2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):162-4
Original Article
Bone density assessment for

mini-implants position
Marlon Sampaio Borges*, Jos Nelson Mucha**
Abstract
Introduction: The cortical thickness the interradicular spaces width and bone density are
the key factor for the efficiency of mini-implants as anchor of resources. The objective was
to assess the alveolar and basal bone density in maxilla and mandible in Hounsfield units
(HU). Method: Eleven files from adults computed tomography images, were obtained 660
measurements of bone density: alveolar(buccal and lingual cortical),cancellous bone and
basal(maxilla and mandible). Values were obtained through the Mimics software version
10.0(Materialise, Belgium). Results: Maxilla: The density of buccal cortical alveolar ranged
from 438 to 948 HU, and the lingual from 680 to 950 HU, and the cancellous bone ranged
from 207 to 488 HU. The basal bone in buccal showed a variation from 672 to 1380 HU
and cancellous bone from 186 to 402 HU. In the mandible: a variation in alveolar bone in
the buccal cortical was 782 to 1610 HU, in the lingual cortical alveolar from 610 to 1301
HU, and cancellous bone from 224 to 538. The density in the basal area was from 1145 to
1363 in the buccal cortical and 184 to 485 in the cancellous bone. Conclusions: The greater
bone density in the maxilla in the area was observed between the pre-molars in the buccal
alveolar cortical. The maxillary tuberosity is the region with lower bone density. The bone
density in the mandible was higher than in the maxilla and there was a progressive increase
from anterior to posterior and from alveolar to basal bone.
Keywords: Bone Density. Orthodontic Anchorage Procedures. Orthodontics.
introduction
The mini-implants have been objects of
study today, and have achieved great popularity
in the community orthodontic.1,2,6 The reasons
are due to these devices promote adequate anchorage in orthodontic mechanics.
All appliances or intraoral devices show
some loss anchorage and headgear depend on
the cooperation of patients about the proper
use of orthodontic appliances. When using an

endosseous anchorage by means of temporary

anchorage devices, as is the case for mini plates,
mini-implants or dental implants, can be an anchorage without the need of cooperation from
patients.
Compared with other anchoring devices,
the mini-implants have excelled in the preference of professionals, the ease of insertion and
removal, the possibility of immediate loading,
small size and low cost.8,11,16,20
* Private practice, Orthodontic Specialist, Universidade Federal Fluminense, Niteri, RJ, Brazil
** Professor and chairman, Department of Orthodontics, School of Dentistry, Universidade Federal Fluminense, Niteri, RJ, Brazil.
165
2010 xxx-xxx;1x(x):xx-xx
30 years, holders of Class I malocclusion with

biprotrusion and all permanent teeth present
except third molars, from the database of tomographic images of the post graduate course in
orthodontics, Universidade Federal Fluminense
- UFF (Niteri, RJ, Brazil).
The same measurements were performed
for the left and right sides of the dental arches
and do not present statistically significant differences between them, were grouped, the total
sample consists of measurements of the study.
660 measurements were performed, evaluating the region of the alveolar bone, the density
of buccal cortical, lingual cortical, cancellous
bone and in the basal bone region, the densities
of buccal cortical and cancellous bone in both
maxilla and mandible.
The bone densities were calculated using the
Mimics software version 10.01 ( http://www.
materialise.com/materialise/view/en/65854 Materialise, Begic) from images obtained from
CT scans. The densities were measured in
Hounsfield units (HU).
With help of the software Mimics 10.01, CT
cuts were made in the alveolar bone height in
the range of 3 to 5mm from the bone crest and
to the basal bone height in the range of 5 to 7
mm from the apex of the teeth, as illustrated in
Figure 1.
In certain areas of alveolar bone and basal
bone sites evaluated between teeth were among
the central and lateral incisors (1 and 2) between cuspids and first premolars (3 and 4) between the first and second premolars (4 and 5),
between the second premolar and first molar (5
and 6), between first and second molars (6 and
7) and the region distal to second molars (7D)
for both the jaw and to the mandible (Fig 2).
In areas between the teeth was measured the
alveolar bone density of buccal cortical, lingual
cortical and cancellous bone. In the section of
basal bone was measured using the density of
buccal cortical and cancellous bone.
Regarding the location for its implementation, several sites have been proposed for the
installation of mini-implants, which can be inserted in different regions of the basal bone and
alveolar maxillary and mandibular. In the maxilla, between second premolar and first molar and
mandible between the first and second molars
are commonly used as a resource for anchoring
in cases of retraction of anterior teeth after extractions of premolars.7,12,19
The choice of the insertion site of mini-implant
should be based on appropriate regions of soft tissues such as the presence of attached gingiva, adequate amounts of cortical bone, the angulation
and the size of mini-implant and foremost, the
type of tooth movement that is claiming, intrusion, extrusion, or space closure with both drive
for mesial to distal.10.17
Consequently, for that mini-implants are effective as anchorage, there must be adequate
thickness of cortical bone, enough spaces between the roots for their deployment, without
damaging the dental roots, and also the quality
of this bone should be such that favors the retention of mechanical device in a predetermined
location. It is considered that bone density is a
key factor for the efficiency of mini-implants as
an anchorage. This aspect of the assessment or
mapping of characteristics related to bone density is still a subject little discussed and emphasized in the literature.
It was intended, therefore, with this study
to evaluate the maxillary and mandibular bone
density in various sites, both in the alveolar bone
and basal bone by computed tomography (cone
beam), quantitatively in Hounsfield units (HU).
The study sample consisted of 11 files of
computerized tomography (CT) in DICOM
format (Digital Imaging and Communication
in Medicine), obtained from two men and
nine women, Brazilians, aged between 20 and
166
Borges MS, Mucha JN
FIGURE 1 - Tranversal section computerized tomography, illustrating the

location of the crest, and root apices, as well as determining the areas
measured, corresponding to the alveolar bone (3 to 5 mm of bone crest)
and the basal bone (5 to 7 mm of root apices).
FIGURE 3 - Magnified view of CT section in the region between 1 and 2 in

the mandible with the illustration of the measurement of bone density in
the section of basal bone, both buccal cortical vestibular and cancellous
bone area. The section shows the area represented the alveolar bone.
Analise Estatstica Statistical Analysis

The analysis of differences between the sites
was evaluated through analysis of variance (ANOVA), complemented with subsequent examination (Tukey test) for multiple comparisons of differences between sample means.
For this purpose, multiple comparisons, we
used the BioStat 5.0 software, which is distributed
free (freeware), by site (http://www.mamiraua.
org.br/download/download.php?fname=./BioEstat 5 Portugues/BioEstat5_Portugues.zip).
FIGURE 2 - Sites reviewed: 1 and 2, between the central incisor and lateral incisor, 3 and 4, between cuspid and first premolar, 4 and 5, between
first and second premolar, 5 and 6, between the second premolar and first
molar; 6 and 7, between first and second molar; T, tuberosity; V buccal
cortical ; M, cancellous bone; L, lingual cortical.
RESULTS
The means, standard deviations and statistical
significance between the areas assessed values for
bone density, and basal alveolar jaw are shown in
Table 1.
The values obtained for the averages, standard
deviations and statistical significance between the
areas assessed, bone density, and basal alveolar jaw
are shown in Table 2.
The maxillary alveolar bone density, measured
from the buccal aspect showed a variation 438-
Measurements of the thickness of cortical bone

met the limits of the buccal and lingual cortical and
cancellous bone was measured in the section between cortical, corresponding to the cancellous bone
with trabecular aspect, as illustrated in Figure 3.
Data were organized in tables and proceeded
to obtain measures of central tendency and statistical tests.
167
was 438 HU for buccal cortical and 680 HU for

lingual cortical.
The area with greater bone density in the buccal cortical, was found in the region between the
premolars, with 948 HU ( 220), as shown in
Table 1.
The maxillary basal bone showed a variation in buccal cortical vestibular 672-1380 HU,
and cancellous bone 186-402 HU. The values of
standard deviations were also high for all areas
assessed. In the basal bone, again, the exception
was the maxillary tuberosity, which presented as
average of the lowest bone density, with 672 HU
for cortical vestibular and 186 HU for the can-
948 HU, and the lingual side ranging 680-950 HU,

and cancellous bone in this region has varied between 207-488 HU.
When observed values without the data obtained for the maxillary tuberosity, the density of
cortical alveolar bone of the jaw, both in evaluating the buccal and lingual ranged between 802
and 950 Hounsfield units (HU). The maxillary
tuberosity shows, therefore, one with poor bone
density when compared to other sites analyzed in
this study. A mdia da densidade ssea para a tuberosidade maxilar foi de 438 HU para a cortical
vestibular e 680 HU para a cortical lingual. The
average bone density for the maxillary tuberosity
tablE 1 - Means, Standard Deviations and Statistical Significance of maxillary bone densities in Hounsfield units (HU) in regions evaluated between teeth,
lateral incisor and central incisor (1 and 2) between cuspid and first premolar (3 and 4); first and second premolars (4 and 5), second premolar and first
molar (5 and 6) first and second molars (6 and 7), and the maxillary tuberosity (7D).
Region (between teeth)
7D
SD
Mean
DP
Mean
SD
Mean
SD
Valor
de P
Buccal cortical
6 and 7
Mean
802.67A
170.95
876.67 B
190.15
948.40 B
220.42
840.33 C
100.54
886.00 C
185.14
438.76 F
211.08
<.0001
Cancellous bone
5 and 6
SD
488.30 A
168.54
365.82 C
190.15
281.67A
167.94
207.51B
159.03
230.93 F
212.92
207.89 E
158.04
<.0001
Lingual cortical
4 and 5
Mean
802.46 A
130.45
912.88 A
196.61
930.18 A
175.35
873.35 C
177.33
950.24 A
210.05
680.05 D
281.10
<.0001
Buccal cortical
3 and 4
SD
832.44 A
230.79
1043.68 D
211.78
1181.45 D
256.90
951.00 A
168.01
1380.90 E
236.32
672.20 F
208.65
<.0001
Cancellous bon
Basal bone
Alveolar Bone
1 and 2
Mean
370.84 A
170.60
290.80 C
121.08
301.16 A
174.42
247.76 E
68.94
402.79 A
244.61
186.42 D
168.09
.0005
Means followed by the same letter do not differ statistically significant (P> 0.05) by Tukey test.
168
Borges MS, Mucha JN
Was observed, in general, a progressive increase in bone density in the anterior mandible
(lower density) to the posterior region (higher density). In the mandible the buccal cortical basal compared to buccal alveolar cortical,
showed statistically significant higher density
evaluated areas, except in the retromolar region
(Table 2 and Fig 5).
The alveolar bone density of buccal cortical
region of the mandible was statistically higher
than in the maxilla, except as between central
and lateral incisor (1 and 2) and between second premolar and first molar (5 and 6) as illustrated in Figure 6.
cellous bone region, indicating low density, statistically significant.

According to the analysis of Table 1 and Figure 4, it can be seen in the maxilla, the buccal
cortical was more dense in the section of basal
bone than in the section of alveolar bone in all
regions analyzed.
In the evaluation of mandibular bone density,
there was a variation of the alveolar bone in the
buccal cortical (782-1610 HU), and lingual cortical (610-1301 HU), and in the alveolar cancellous
bone area was 224-538 HU. The density in the
basal area of the buccal cortical ranged from 1145
to 1363 HU and 184-485 in cancellous bone.
tablE 2 - Means, Standard Deviations and Statistical Significance of mandible bone densities in Hounsfield units (HU) in regions evaluated between teeth,
lateral incisor and central incisor (1 and 2) between cuspid and first premolar (3 and 4); first and second premolars (4 and 5), second premolar and first
molar (5 and 6) first and second molars (6 and 7), and retromolar mandibular (7D)
Region (between teeth)
7D
Mean
SD
Mean
SD
Mean
SD
Mean
SD
Valor
de P
Buccal cortical
6 and 7
SD
782.75 A
172.73
1010.34 D
105.98
1098.33 E
164.39
801.76 A
221.60
1320.08 E
139.17
1610.42B C
145.25
<.0001
Cancellous bone
5 and 6
Mean
505.70 A
210.80
538.63 F
178.87
474.58 A
124.51
224.31F
220.38
358.00 B
130.54
324.78 F
81.81
<.0001
Lingual cortical
4 and 5
SD
707.18 A
198.00
1108.55 D
135.14
1250.20 D
188.95
610.27 F
109.72
1290.71E
139.11
1301.20 B
203.68
<.0001
Buccal cortical
3 and 4
Mean
1285.12 A
230.50
1145.57 D
312.99
1339.06 B
80.99
1363.44 B
244.14
1299.70 E
108.94
1166.70 B
149.06
<.0001
Cancellous bon
Basal bone
Alveolar Bone
1 and 2
435.50 B
262.40
485.78 A
320.24
274.97 F
201.48
413.38 C
305.16
223.76 B
180.04
184.52 E
105.74
<.0001
Means followed by the same letter do not differ statistically significant (P> 0.05) by Tukey test.
169
1800
1400
1600
1200
1e2
3e4
4e5
5e6
6e7
7D
1000
800
600
400
1e2
3e4
4e5
5e6
6e7
7D
1400
1200
1000
800
600
200
400
Buccal
cortical
Cancellous
bon
Alveolar Bone
Lingual
cortical
Buccal
cortical
200
Cancellous
bon
Basal bone
Buccal
cortical
Cancellous
bon
Alveolar Bone
figurE 4 - Averages of the maxilla bone densities in Hounsfield units

(HU) between the regions: central incisor and lateral incisor (1 and 2),
cuspid and first premolar (3 and 4); first and second premolars (4 and 5 ),
second premolar and first molar (5 and 6) first and second molars (6 and
7), and the region of the maxillary tuberosity (7D).
400
200
0
1e2
3e4
4e5
5e6
6e7
7D
438
600
802
876
948
840
886
800
782
1010
1098
801
1320
1610
1000
Cortical vestibular
Osso Alveolar Maxilar
Cortical vestibular
Osso Alveolar Mandibular
figurE 6 - Comparison between the mean bone density measurements

(HU) areas of alveolar bone, the buccal cortical maxillary and mandibular.
Comparing the cancellous bone of the alveolar region, the locations between cuspid and first
premolar (3 and 4) and between first and second
premolars (4 and 5) were most dense in the mandible compared to the maxilla, which is statistically significant.
In the alveolar bone, the values obtained for
the lingual cortical were very similar with average values for the vestibular cortical, as both the
maxilla to the mandible.
Cancellous
bon
Basal bone
DISCUSSION
The study of bone density in the maxilla
and mandible, using images obtained from CT
(Cone Beam), and using the software Mimics,
to read images in DICOM format, allowing the
section of the slices in the regions between the
teeth, and evaluating the sections on both alveolar bone in certain areas such as basal 3-5
mm of bone crest and from 5 to 7 mm of root
apices, as possible locations for the installation
of mini-implants, was appropriate to this study.
The results may be used as additional information when selecting and electing the most
suitable places to receive the anchoring devices,
such as mini-implants.
The sample consisted of digital images obtained from adults, generating a total of 330
measurements on each side of the dental arches,
and do not present statistically significant differences were grouped, resulting on 22 representative measures of each area evaluated, in a
grand total of 660 measures. The sampling strategy adopted, with many measures and in several
sites, generating results as averages in millimeters of cortical thickness, can be considered a
point of emphasis of work in comparison with
other studies.4,9,10,16,17,18
It was found that specific areas of the maxil-
1600
1200
Buccal
cortical
figurE 5 - Averages of mnadible bone densities in Hounsfield units (HU)

between regions: central incisor and lateral incisor (1 and 2), cuspid and
first premolar (3 and 4); first and second premolars (4 and 5 ), second
premolar and first molar (5 and 6) first and second molars (6 and 7), and
retromolar mandibular (7D).
1800
1400
Lingual
cortical
170
Borges MS, Mucha JN
as a factor for success will be more interesting in the more posterior and inferior. But this
fact does not always occur, because other factors may contribute to loss or unscrew of the
mini-implants. In some situations in areas of
basal bone, and without attached gingiva alveolar mucosa may be one of the causes of failures,
coupled with the difficulty of hygiene at.3,11
However, despite the greater mandibular
bone density, the heating caused by the drilling
process of the cortical thick through drills, could
cause bone necrosis at temperatures above 47
C, causing the loss of the anchoring device.11
Stand out as most interesting places of election to receive the mini-implants in clinical
cases of retraction of anterior teeth for space
closure after extraction of premolars, the region
between second premolar and first molar in the
maxilla and between first and second molars in
the mandible. These sites appear to be interesting, because together with the good quality of
bone density, there is a safe space for mini-implants between the roots of the teeth.12,15
In the range of basal bone was not analyzed
the density of lingual cortical, difficulty and
even impossibility of clinical application of
mini-implants in this anatomical region. Also,
was not evaluated bone density in this region
to be extremely thin and usually not be enough
space for its placement.
The data will serve as guides for procedures
for choosing the most suitable places for the
placement of mini implants. It should be emphasized that in all measurements, the standard
deviations found were very high, representing
a wide variation of behavior of bone densities,
requiring special consideration by the clinician
for each case specifically.
Studies with larger samples and more specific, involving the resources of digital images,
must be performed to qualify and quantify the
characteristics most suitable sites for installation of mini-implants.
la, as the buccal cortical alveolar bone between

the premolars, as one of the sites with greater
bone density and the maxillary tuberosity area
as lower bone density.
There are many reasons for the failure of
mini-implants as an anchorage, and among these
may be cited as the loss or unscrew. This fact is
not only bone density, but the knowledge of the
values of bone density, both alveolar and basal
constitutes yet another important factor for selection of suitable sites for deployment.
The uppermost in the maxilla, the basal
bone in this study represented by the regions
located 5 to 7 mm of root apices showed higher
density in comparison with those located in the
alveolar bone. The application of forces supported by mini-implants should be based on
the type of tooth movement desired,7,14,20 but
when intrusion movements are expected and
there is no impairment of efficacy of mechanical placement of mini-implants more superiorly
ally interradicular a little space, can be considered uppermost, since they have greater bone
density.16,18
Another factor that provides the stability
of mini-implants is the thickness of cortical
bone.9,10,16 This study verified that the values of
cortical bone density of the area are larger, generally in the same region, to double or up to 3-4
times the density of the cancellous bone area.
This observation reinforces the need to insert
mini-implants with an angled 10-20 degrees to
the long axis of the teeth, to make the most of
small thickness and higher density of cortical,
either by buccal lingual as per.10
With the aesthetic concerns of the appliances, and for greater control mechanical anchorage
devices can be installed by the lingual side.9,10
There was this study that bone density in maxillary alveolar region is similar to the density at
the buccal side, with even slightly higher.
The placement of mini-implants in the mandible, considering only the highest bone density
171
CONCLUSIONS
In the buccal cortical vestibular maxillary
alveolar bone, the greater bone density was observed in the area between the premolars.
Higher density was observed in the buccal
cortical basal of the maxilla between the premolars and molars between.
The density of lingual alveolar cortical maxillary showed slightly higher than in the buccal
cortical.
The maxillary tuberosity was the region with

lower bone density.
Bone density in the mandible was higher than
in the maxilla in practically all areas assessed.
We observed in the mandible a gradual trend
of increase in bone density from anterior to posterior and superior to inferior.
The mandibular alveolar cortical density was
higher in the retromolar region, both by the
buccal and lingual.
172
Borges MS, Mucha JN
ReferEncEs
11. Park HS, Jeong SH, Kwon OW. Factors affecting the clinical
success of screw implants used as orthodontic anchorage. Am
J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2006 Jul;130(1):18-25.
12. Park HS, Bae SM, Kyung HM, Sung JH. Microimplant anchorage for treatment of skeletal Class I bialveolar protrusion. J Clin
Orthod. 2001 Jul;35(7):417-22.
13. Park HS, Bae SM, Kyung HM, Sung JH. Micro-implant anchorage for treatment of skeletal Class I bialveolar protrusion. J Clin
Orthod. 2001 Jul;35(7):417-22.
14. Park HS, Lee SK, Kwon OW. Group distal movement of teeth
using microscrew implant anchorage. Angle Orthod. 2005
Jul;75(4):602-9.
15. Park HS, Kwon TG. Sliding mechanics with microscrew implant
anchorage. Angle Orthod. 2004 Oct;74(5):703-10.
16. Poggio PM, Incorvati C, Velo S, Carano A. Safe zones: a
guide for miniscrew positioning in the maxillary and mandibular
arch. Angle Orthod. 2006 Mar;76(2):191-7.
17. Restle L. Mapeamento tomogrfico inter-radicular da regio
posterior da mandbula para insero de mini-implantes com
finalidade ortodntica [dissertao]. Niteri (RJ): Universidade
Federal Fluminense; 2006.
18. Schnelle MA, Beck FM, Jaynes RM, Huja SS. A radiographic
evaluation of the availability of bon for placement of miniscrews. Angle Orthod. 2004 Dec;74(6):832-7.
19. Thiruvenkatachari B, Pavithranand A, Rajasigamani K, Kyung
HM. Comparison and measurement of the amount of anchorage loss of the molars with and without the use of implant
anchorage during canine retraction. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop. 2006 Apr;129(4):551-4.
20. Yao CC, Lee JJ, Chen HY, Chang ZC, Chang HF, Chen YJ. Maxillary molar intrusion with fixed appliances and mini-implant
anchorage studied in three dimensions. Angle Orthod. 2005
Sep;75(5):754-60.
1.
Arajo TM, Nascimento MHA, Bezerra F, Sobral MC. Ancoragem esqueltica em Ortodontia com miniimplantes. Rev
Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2006 jul-ago;11(4):126-56.
2. Bae SM, Park HS, Kyung HM, Kwon OW, Sung JH. Clinical
application of micro-implant anchorage. J Clin Orthod. 2002
May;36(5):298-302.
3. Cheng SJ, Tseng IY, Lee JJ, Kok SH. A prospective study of the
risk factors associated with failure of mini - implants used for
orthodontic anchorage. Int J Oral Maxillofac Implants. 2004
Jan-Feb;19(1):100-6.
4. Deguchi T, Nasu M, Murakami K, Yabuuchi T, Kamioka H,
Takano-Yamamoto T. Quantitative evaluation of cortical bon
thickness with computed tomographic scanning for orthodontic implants. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2006
Jun;129(6):721.e7-12.
5. Garib DG, Raymundo JR, Raymundo MV, Raymundo D.
Mini-implant for orthodontic anchorage. J Clin Orthod. 1997
Nov;31(11):763-7.
6. Kanomi R. Mini-implant for orthodontic anchorage. J Clin
Orthod. 1997 Nov;31(11):763-7.
7. Kim TW, Kim H, Lee SJ. Correction of deep overbite and
gummy smile by using a mini-implant with a segmented wire in
a growing Class II Division 2 patient. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop. 2006 Nov;130(5):676-85.
8. Liou EJ, Pai BC, Lin JC. Do miniscrews remain stationary under
orthodontic forces . Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2004
Jul;126(1):42-7.
9. Monnerat-Aylmer C. Mapeamento tomogrfico inter-radicular
da regio anterior da mandbula para insero de mini-implantes com finalidade ortodntica [dissertao]. Niteroi (RJ):
Faculdade de Odontologia, Universidade Federal Fluminense;
2006.
10. Monnerat-Aylmer C, Restle L, Mucha JN. Tomographic mapping of mandibular interradicular spaces for placement of
orthodontic mini-implant. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.
2009 Apr;135(4):428.e1-e9.
Enviado em:
Revisado e aceito:
Contact address
Marlon Sampaio Borges
Rua Conde de Bonfim 255 - sala 612
CEP: 20.520-051 - Tijuca - Rio de Janeiro - Brasil
173
Original Article
Orthodontics as risk factor for temporomandibular

disorders: a systematic review
Eduardo Machado*, Patricia Machado**, Paulo Afonso Cunali***, Rensio Armindo Grehs****
Abstract
Aim: The interrelationship between Orthodontics and Temporomandibular Disorders (TMD)
has attracted an increasing interest in Dentistry in the last years, becoming subject of discussion and controversy. In a recent past, occlusion was considered the main etiological factor
of TMD and orthodontic treatment a primary therapeutical measure for a physiological reestablishment of the stomatognathic system. Thus, the role of Orthodontics in the prevention,
development and treatment of TMD started to be investigated. With the accomplishment
of scientific studies with more rigorous and precise methodology, the relationship between
orthodontic treatment and TMD could be evaluated and questioned in a context based on
scientific evidences. This study, through a systematic literature review had the purpose of
analyzing the interrelationship between Orthodontics and TMD, verifying if the orthodontic
treatment is a contributing factor for TMD development. Methods: Survey in research bases:
MEDLINE, Cochrane, EMBASE, Pubmed, Lilacs and BBO, between the years of 1966 and
2009, with focus in randomized clinical trials, longitudinal prospective nonrandomized studies, systematic reviews and meta-analysis. Results: After application of the inclusion criteria
18 articles was used, 12 of which were longitudinal prospective nonrandomized studies, four
systematic reviews, one randomized clinical trial and one meta-analysis, which evaluated the
relationship between orthodontic treatment and TMD. Conclusions: According to the literature, the data concludes that orthodontic treatment cannot be considered a contributing
factor for the development of Temporomandibular Disorders.
Keywords: Temporomandibular Joint Dysfunction Syndrome. Temporomandibular Joint Disorders.
Craniomandibular Disorders. Temporomandibular Joint. Orthodontics. Dental Occlusion.
* Specialist in Temporomandibular Disorders (TMD) and Orofacial Pain, Federal University of Paran (UFPR). Dental Degree, Federal University of Santa Maria (UFSM).
** Specialist in Prosthetic Dentistry, Pontifical Catholic University of Rio Grande do Sul (PUCRS). Dental Degree, UFSM.
*** PhD in Sciences ,Federal University of So Paulo (UNIFESP). Professor of Graduate and Post-graduate Course in Dentistry, Federal University of Paran (UFPR). Coordinator of the Specialization Course in TMD and Orofacial Pain, UFPR.
**** PhD in Orthodontics, UNESP. Professor of Graduate and Post-graduate Course in Dentistry, UFSM.
174
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
Introduction
Recent years have seen a considerable increase in the prevalence of signs and symptoms
of Temporomandibular Disorders (TMD).44
Several theories have been proposed to determine the etiology of TMD, but a single and
specific factor was not detected.44,47 The etiology of TMD has a multifactorial nature and is
associated with muscle hyperactivity, trauma,
emotional stress, malocclusion and other predisposing, precipitating or perpetuating factors
of this condition.47 Due to the etiological complexity and variety of signs and symptoms that
may, generally, also represent other conditions,
recognition and differentiation of Temporomandibular Disorders can present in a not very
clear way to the professional.5
Epidemiological studies show that the signs
and symptoms of TMD are commonly found in
children and adults,9,32 may reaching up to 31%
of the population42 and affects more than 10 million people in the U.S.A.41. Usually the signs and
symptoms are milder in childhood and increases
in adolescence both in prevalence and severity.49
Some studies have attempted to evaluate the
possible effect of occlusal factors on the development of TMD. The results of these studies
indicate that occlusal factors have small etiological importance in relation to pain and to
the functional alterations of the stomatognathic
system, but the role of occlusion in the etiology
of TMD is still a subject of discussion.17
Thus, the role of Orthodontics in the development, prevention and treatment of TMD remains controversial. This study aimed, through
a systematic review of literature, to analyze the
inter-relationship between orthodontic treatment and TMD and specifically verify if orthodontic treatment is a contributing factor to the
development of TMD.
MEDLINE, Cochrane, EMBASE, PubMed, Lilacs and BBO in the period from 1966 through
January 2009. The research descriptors used
were orthodontics, orthodontic treatment,
temporomandibular disorder, temporomandibular joint, craniomandibular disorder,
TMD, TMJ, malocclusion and dental occlusion, which were crossed in search engines.
The initial list of articles was submited to review by two reviewers, who applied inclusion
criteria to determine the final sample of articles, which were assessed by their title and abstract. If there was any disagreement between
the results of the reviewers, a third reviewer
would be consulted by reading the full version
of the article.
Inclusion criteria for the selecting articles
were:
- Studies that evaluated Orthodontics in
relation to its role in the development of TMD
and in which orthodontic treatment is already
finished in the samples;
- Randomized clinical trials (RCTs), longitudinal prospective nonrandomized studies,
systematic reviews and meta-analysis. Clinical
trials should present control group;
- Clinical trials in which was performed
clinical examination in patients and at least
one clinical evaluation was realized after the
final of orthodontic treatment. Studies based
only on nuclear magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI), computed tomography (CT), electromyography, cephalometry and conventional
radiographs were excluded;
- Studies written in English, Spanish and
Portuguese and published between 1966 and
January 2009.
Thus, we excluded cross-sectional studies,
clinical case reports, case series, simple reviews and opinions papers, as well as studies in
which orthodontic treatment has not yet been
completed and studies based only on imaging
tests.

We performed a computerized search in
175
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
RESULTS
After applying the inclusion criteria was
reached 18 articles: 12 longitudinal prospective
nonrandomized studies, 4 systematic reviews, 1
randomized clinical trial and 1 meta-analysis, as
shown in Figure 1.
The final sample of selected articles was divided into two groups: 1) clinical trials, in which
were performed clinical evaluations and 2) sys-
tematic reviews and meta-analysis, and is presented in Tables 1, 2 e 3.

figure 1 - Design of included studies
Design of included studies

Longitudinal prospective
nonrandomized
studies
12
Systematic reviews
Randomized
clinical trial
Meta-analysis
tablE 1 - Design of clinical trials.

Authors
Year of publication
Design
Sample size
Orthodontic
appliances used
Sadowsky et al52
1991
P, L
160 tt
90 no tt
Hirata et al24
1992
P, L
102 tt
41 no tt
Egermark e Thilander13
1992
P, L
402 mixed
F, AF
F
OReilly et al46
1993
P, L
60 tt
60 no tt
Egermark e Ronnerman12
1995
P, L
50 tt
135 no tt
F, AF
Keeling et al26
1995
RCT
60 tt Bionator
71 tt headgear
60 no tt
AF
Henrikson e Nilner21
2000
P, L
65 tt
58 no tt (class II)
60 no tt (normal)
Henrikson et al22
2000
P, L
65 tt
58 no tt (class II)
60 no tt (normal)
Imai et al25
2000
P, L
18 tt (after splint)
27 tt (without splint)
13 no tt (after splint)
Egermark et al11
2003
P, L
320 mixed
F, AF
F
2003
P, L
65 tt
58 no tt (class II)
60 no tt (normal)
Mohlin et al40
2004
P, L, CC
72 without DTM
62 with DTM
F, AF
Egermark et al10
2005
P, L
40 tt
135 no tt
F, AF
P: prospective, L: longitudinal RCT: randomized clinical trial; CC: case-control; tt: treatment, F: fixed appliances; FA: functional appliances.
176
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
tablE 2 - Results of clinical trials.

Authors
Time of assessment
Diagnostic criteria
for TMD
Relationship between
extractions and TMD
Orthodontics and TMD
Sadowsky et al52
After tt
TMJ sounds
No
No
Hirata et al
1.2 years during tt
Questionnaire,mmO, TMJ
sounds, deviations
NA
No
Egermark e Thilander13
10 years
Questionnaire, Helkimo
index
NA
Improvement
OReilly et al46
During, just after tt
Lateral movement, TMJ

sounds, tenderness
No
No
Egermark e Ronnerman12
Before, during and after tt
index
No
Improvement
Keeling et al26
Follow-up of 2 years
TMJ sound, TMJ pain,

muscle pain
NA
No
2 years after 1st evaluation
Symptoms (headache, TMJ

sounds, pain)
NA
Improvement
Henrikson et al22
Signs (MM, pain, TMJ

sounds)
NA
Improvement
Imai et al.25
Initial, after splint, after tt,

1 year after tt
TMJ sounds, pain,

restriction
NA
No
Egermark et al11
index
NA
No
Beginning, after 1 and 2 years of tt

and 1 year after the end of tt
Signs and symptoms
No
No
Mohlin et al40
Performed at 19 and 30 years old
Questionnaire, clinical
assessment, psychological status
No
No
Egermark et al10
Before, during, after tt and 15-18

years after the end of tt
index
NA
No
24
tt: treatment;mmO: maximum mouth opening;mm: mandibular moviment; NA: not analyzed.
table 3 - Systematic reviews and meta-analysis.
Authors
Year of publication
Design
Number of included
studies
Orthodontic appliances
used
Orthodontics and TMD
Mcnamara & Turp37
1997
RS
21
F, AF
No
Kim et al
2002
MA
31
F, AF
No
2003
RS
Aparelho de Herbst
Insufficient
evidences
2007
RS
30
F, AF
No
2007
RS
CO
Insufficient
evidences
27
Popowich et al50
Mohlin et al39
Abrahamsson et al
SR: systematic review; MA: meta-analysis, F: fixed appliances; FA: functional appliances; OS: orthognathic surgery.
177
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
DISCUSSION
Considerations about the subject should always be performed through a critical reading of
the methodology used by different authors. The
use of the basic research principles allows to the
researchers to try to control as best as possible
the biases of the study generating higher levels
of evidence. Thus, becomes important the sample size calculation, so that the sample presents
representativity and the results can be extrapolated to the studied population. Moreover, the
calibration intra and inter-examiners should be
performed to assure the reliability of diagnostic
criteria, as well as adoption of randomization
and blinding criteria. Likewise, careful matching for age and sex between the test and control
groups should also be observed.53
Within this context of an evidence-based
Dentistry, it appears that the most common
types of studies published in Brazilian journals
correspond to studies of low potential for direct clinical applications: in vitro studies (25%),
narrative reviews (24%) and case reports (20%).
The low number of studies with greater strength
of evidence shows the necessity to expand the
knowledge of evidence-based methods among
Brazilian researchers.45
The supposed relationship between Orthodontics and Temporomandibular Disorders has
attracted the interest of orthodontic class in last
years. Despite significant advances in diagnostic
capability due to advanced techniques such as
nuclear magnetic resonance imaging, 3D computed tomography, volumetric cone-beam tomography and application of more sophisticated clinical procedures, this possible relationship
remains unclear. A reflection of this controversy
is the way that orthodontic treatment is considered in several publications. If for some authors,
orthodontic correction may be the cure for TMJ
dysfunction, for others it may predispose patients to pain and dysfunction of the stomatognathic system.5
For the establishment of a risk factor, it must

perform several methodological criteria to qualify as a true risk factor. Thus, the factor should
be identified with the outcome in longitudinal
studies, must be present before the establishment of the disease and shows a biological plausibility with the disease. Moreover, the factor
remains associated after controlled for other
risk factors, there must be a dose-response relationship, that is, higher the factor, higher the
outcome and this factor must be identified in
different populations.2
Cross-sectional or retrospective studies allow the study of associations that identify risk
indicators and generate hypotheses. Subsequently, these hypotheses need to be tested in
longitudinal studies to identify true risk factors,
because only longitudinal studies can be used
as generators of cause and effect evidence due
to its temporal component.54 Therefore, the
clinical trials included in this systematic review
show longitudinal design, whereas in this point
of view is that must consider the interrelationship Orthodontics and TMD.
There is a difference in the quality of the
designs of clinical studies before and during the
80s decade, and the most recent.35 Studies of
cross sectional and observational nature, methodological errors - such as lack of information
about randomization, blinding, sample size calculation, calibration and control of factors - and
inadequate quality of study designs compromised the power generation of scientific evidence. Furthermore, the heterogeneity of results
in published studies difficult realization of an
adequate meta-analysis. Added to this the lack
of a standardized classification system for TMD
diagnosis. Thus, you can always find a scientific
article to prove a point of view.27
Another important factor, as previously mentioned, when evaluating studies involving the
interrelation of Orthodontics and TMD, are the
diagnostic criteria adopted by the authors. Due
178
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
to the lack of a universal classification system

and validated for TMD, can be found in this systematic review various diagnostic methods used
by the authors of the included studies: Helkimo
index,18,19 Craniomandibular index,15,16 as well
as adaptations of these or other questionnaires.
This fact complicates the comparison and analysis of results obtained in the studies evaluated
in this systematic review.
In order to standardize the diagnostic criteria
and facilitate future clinical trials, was formulate the Research Diagnostic Criteria for Temporomandibular Disorders (RDC/TMD), which
examined jointly the physical and psychosocial
aspects of TMD, in the axis I and II, respectively.8 This diagnostic method has been translated,
culturally adapted and validated in Brazil.31,48
Thus, future clinical studies may use a standardized and universal index, which will facilitate
comparison of study results. It is important to
be noted that none of the studies evaluated in
this systematic review used the RDC/TMD as a
diagnostic criteria.
Studies also analyzed the relationship between TMJ sounds and its morphology. Sounds
can be associated with various pathologies and
the presence of clicks and crackles does not necessarily indicate a TMJ with abnormal morphology14. It becomes important the knowledge in
situations of disk displacement with and without reduction, as well as the presence of crackles as indicative of osteoarthritis. It is important
accentuate that the absence of TMJ sounds, not
necessarily characterized a situation of normality.14,52
There are many factors that may cause or
aggravate TMD. A review of the literature did
not find a positive association between orthodontic treatment in children and adolescents
and future risk of TMD developing. In addition,
orthodontic mechanotherapy performs gradual
changes in a system that has a great capacity
of adaptation.51 Similar results were obtained in
other studies, and that there was not observed

worsening of signs and symptoms of TMD pretreatment.20
In a critical review of the literature, there was
noted a low association between occlusal factors
that characterize TMD. Moreover, orthodontic
treatment performed during adolescence usually do not increases or decreases the probability
of developing TMD in the future. Some occlusal factors, such as skeletal anterior open bite,
overjet greater than 6-7 mm, retruded cuspal
position/intercuspal position slides greater than
4 mm, unilateral posterior crossbite and absence
of 5 or more posterior teeth may be associated
with specific diagnosis of TMD.36
In another critical review, it was found that
the signs and symptoms of TMD can occur in
healthy individuals, increasing with age, particularly during adolescence, until menopause, and
that the TMD that begin during orthodontic
treatment may not be related to the treatment.
Moreover, there is no risk for TMD associated
with any type of orthodontic mechanics and
there is no evidence that a stable occlusion, as
ideal objective of orthodontic treatment, prevents signs and symptoms of TMD. Still, the
extraction of teeth as part of orthodontic treatment plan does not increase the risk for development of TMD.35
Current studies, within a context of an evidence-based Dentistry, such as randomized
clinical trials, longitudinal prospective nonrandomized studies, systematic reviews and metaanalysis, through the use of more rigorous methodological criteria and adequate designs, evaluated more precisely the interaction between
orthodontic treatment and Temporomandibular
Disorders.
Significant current scientific evidences, such
as longitudinal and experimental-interventionist
studies, point to a tendency of not association of
the relationship between orthodontic treatment
and TMD,10,11,21,22,23,25,26,40 and the presence or
179
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
absence of extractions during orthodontic treatment did not increase the prevalence or worsened signs and symptoms related to TMD.11,23
Randomized clinical trials26 and longitudinal
prospective nonrandomized studies,10,11,21,23,25
well as meta-analysis27 and systematic review,39
besides present more rigorous methodologies,
generate a greater power of scientific evidence.
Moreover, the correct occlusal relationship between the teeth did not cause a change in the
physiological position of the condyles and articular discs in TMJ when examined MRIs and
CT.3,28,29
Reviewing the literature in search of randomized clinical trials - studies that generate a
high level of scientific evidence - about the interrelation of orthodontic treatment and TMD,
there is only one study in the evaluated period
in this systematic review.26 This fact occurs due
to difficulties in the accomplishment of randomized clinical trials evaluating orthodontic
treatment and TMD, due to ethical and practices reasons.27 Difficulties those are also present when assessing other forms of irreversible
therapies such as TMD treatment protocols. An
example of this situation is the occlusal adjustment, where from 1966 to 2002, only 6 RCTs
evaluating the occlusal adjustment as treatment
and prevention option for TMD in a systematic
review published in Cochrane Library.30
Regarding to the role of orthognathic surgery
and orthodontic treatment with the Herbst appliance in relation to TMD, the literature analysis shows that there is a necessity for a higher
number of longitudinal studies, controlled and
randomized, to obtain more precise conclusions
about the role of those therapeutics in relation
to TMD. Systematic reviews that attempted to
assess both therapeutics and their relationship
with signs and symptoms of TMD were inconclusive, due to small number of significant scientific evidences.1,50 In relation to the role of
therapy with Bionator26 and headgear,26 it ap-
pears that they have no association with the development of TMD. It is important to be noted
that the use of chincup4,6,7 and facial mask43
shows weak or nonexistent associations in relation to TMD, but studies with this conclusions
were not included by the methodological criteria of this systematic review.
Before the beginning of orthodontic treatment should be performed by the Orthodontist, in asymptomatic patients, a full history and
physical examination on signs and symptoms of
TMD.34 Studies evaluating the attitude of Orthodontists front to the TMD show that this interrelationship is viewed differently as the possibility of orthodontic treatment increase the
probability of developing of TMD.33,34
Assessing the attitudes and beliefs of Orthodontists regarding to TMD, in a cross-sectional
study, the authors obtained results as the majority of respondents did not feel secure about
the diagnosis, therapeutic decision and assessment of treatment outcomes of TMD. The vast
majority of respondents reported believing that
orthodontic treatment does not carry to a higher incidence of TMD and Orofacial Pain (OP),
but believe that it can be a form of prevention
and treatment of these disorders. It is important
to be noted that most participants reported obtained knowledge at a basic level or no knowledge about TMD and Orofacial Pain during
their postgraduate course in Orthodontics.38
Already the results of a research examining
the attitudes of Chinese Orthodontists, regarding orthodontic treatment and TMD, through a
questionnaire, showed that most Orthodontists
think that an inadequate orthodontic treatment
could increase the development of TMD and an
adequate orthodontic treatment that could prevent it.33
In the presence of signs and symptoms of
TMD, the primary treatment protocol should
be minimally invasive and with reversible nature. Therapies that change the occlusal pattern
180
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
significant scientific evidences, such as longitudinal controlled randomized and nonrandomized trials, systematic reviews and meta-analysis, concluding for a tendency to not association.
However, it is necessary to perform further randomized clinical trials, with standardized diagnostic criteria for TMD to the determination of
more accurate causal associations.
- It is important to perform, during the diagnostic phase of the pre-orthodontic patients,
a full assessment of the presence or absence of
signs and symptoms of TMD and Orofacial Pain,
making use of complementary examinations for
a correct diagnosis. In the presence of TMD, becomes important an integration with the Temporomandibular Disorders and Orofacial Pain
specialty to an appropriate treatment decision,
due to the high prevalence of TMD in the general population.
irreversibly, such as orthodontic treatment and

occlusal adjustment, should be indicated in a
conscious and precise way. Furthermore, this
decision should be based on significant scientific
evidences.
CONCLUSIONS
- Many of the available studies in literature
have limitations in their designs and methodologies, as well as heterogeneity of results, which
reduces the power of evidence generated. Current studies, with rigorous methodological criteria and adequate designs, present more precise
evidences of the interrelationship of the orthodontic treatment and TMD.
- The systematic review of literature shows
that there is not an increased in prevalence of
TMD due to traditional orthodontic treatment,
either with protocols for extractions or not, with
181
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22. Henrikson T, Nilner M, Kurol, J. Signs of temporomandibular

disorders in girls receiving orthodontic treatment. A
prospective and longitudinal comparison with untreated Class
II malocclusions and normal occlusion subjects. Eur J Orthod.
2000 Jun; 22(3):271-81.
23. Henrikson T, Nilner M. Temporomandibular disorders,
occlusion and orthodontic treatment. J Orthod. 2003
Jun;30(2):129-37.
24. Hirata HR, Heft MW, Hernandez B, King GT. Longitudinal
study of signs of temporomandibular disorders (TMD) in
orthodontically treated and non-treated groups. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1992 Jan;101(1):35-40.
25. Imai T, Okamoto T, Kaneko T, Umeda K, Yamamoto T,
Nakamura S. Long-term follow-up of clinical symptoms in
TMD patients who underwent occlusal reconstruction by
orthodontic treatment. Eur J Orthod. 2000 Feb; 22(1):61-7.
26. Keeling SD, Garvan, CW, King, GJ, Wheeler TT, McGorray S.
Temporomandibular disorders after early Class II treatment
with bionators and headgears: results from a randomized
controlled trial. Semin Orthod. 1995 Sep;1(3):149-64.
27. Kim MR, Graber TM, Viana MA. Orthodontics and
temporomandibular disorder: a meta-analysis. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 2002 May; 121(5): 438-46.
28. Kinzinger G, Roth A, Gulden N, Bucker A, Diedrich P. Effects
of orthodontic treatment with fixed functional orthopaedic
appliances on the condyle-fossa relationship in the
temporomandibular joint: a magnetic resonance imaging
study (Part I). Dentomaxillofac Radiol. 2006 Sep;35(5):33946.
29. Kinzinger G, Roth A, Gulden N, Bucker A, Diedrich P.
Effects of orthodontic treatment with fixed functional
orthopaedic appliances on the disc-condyle relationship in
the temporomandibular joint: a magnetic resonance imaging
study (Part II). Dentomaxillofac Radiol. 2006 Sep;35(5): 34756.
30. Koh H, Robinson PG. Occlusal adjustment for treating and
preventing temporomandibular joint disorders (Cochrane
Review). In: The Cochrane Library. Oxford: Update Software;
2008
31. Kosminsky M, Lucena LBS, Siqueira JTT, Pereira FJ Jr,
Ges PSA. Adaptao cultural do questionrio Research
Diagnostic Criteria for Temporomandibular Disorders: Axis II
para o Portugus. J Bras Cln Odontol Integr. 2004 jan-fev;
8(43):51-61.
32. Luther F. Orthodontics and the temporomandibular
joint: where are we now? Part 1. Angle Orthod. 1998
Aug;68(4):295-304.
33. Mao Y, Duan XH. Attitude of Chinese orthodontists towards
the between orthodontic treatment and temporomandibular
disorders. Int Dent J. 2001 Aug;51(4): 277-81.
34. Martins DR, Janson GRP, Touno JLA. Avaliao das disfunes
temporomandibulares no exame ortodntico inicial. Rev
Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2000 jan-fev;5(1):12-6.
35. McNamara JA. Orthodontic treatment and
temporomandibular disorders. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral
Pathol Oral Radiol Endod. 1997 jan; 83(1):107-17.
36. McNamara JA Jr, Seligman DA, Okeson JP. Occlusion,
orthodontic treatment, and temporomandibular disorders: a
review. J Orofac Pain. 1995 Winter;9(1):73-90.
37. McNamara JA Jr, Trp JC. Orthodontic treatment and
temporomandibular disorders: is there a relationship? Part 1:
clinical studies. J Orofac Orthop. 1997;58(2):74-89.
38. Moana EJ Filho. Levantamento das atitudes e crenas dos
ortodontistas com relao disfuno temporomandibular
e dor orofacial. Rev Dental Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial.
2005 jul-ago;10(4):60-75.
39. Mohlin B, Axelsson S, Paulin G, Pietil T, Bondemark L,
Brattstrm V, et al. TMD in Relation to Malocclusion and
Orthodontic Treatment. Angle Orthod. 2007 May;77(3):542-8.
Abrahamsson C, Ekberg E, Henrikson T, Bondemark L.

Alterations of temporomandibular disorders before and after
orthognathic surgery: a systematic review. Angle Orthod.
2007 Jul; 77(4): 729-34.
Beck JD. Risk Revisited. Community Dent Oral Epidemiol.
1998 Aug;26(4): 220-5.
Carlton KL, Nanda RS. Prospective study of posttreatment
changes in the temporomandibular joint. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 2002 Nov;122(5): 486-90.
Deguchi T, Uematsu S, Kawahara Y, Mimura H. Clinical evaluation
of temporomandibular joint disorders (TMD) in patients treated
with chin cup. Angle Orthod. 1998 Feb;68(1): 91-4.
Delboni MEG, Abro, J. Estudo dos sinais de DTM em
pacientes ortodnticos assintomticos. Rev Dental Press
Ortod Ortop Facial. 2005 jul-ago;10(4):88-96.
Dibbets JM, Van Der Weele LT. Extraction, orthodontic
treatment, and craniomandibular dysfunction. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 1991 Mar; 99(3):210-9.
Dibbets JM, Van Der Weele LT. Long-term effects of
orthodontic treatment, including extraction, on signs and
symptoms attributed to CMD. Eur J Orthod. Oxford. 1992
Feb;14(1):16-20.
Dworkin SF, Leresche L. Research diagnostic criteria for
temporomandibular disorders: review, criteria, examinations
and specifications, critique. J Craniomandib Disord. 1992
Fall;6(4):301-55.
Egermark-Eriksson I. Mandibular dysfunction in children and
individuals with dual bite. Swed Dent J Suppl. 1982(10): 1-45.
Egermark I, Carlsson GE, Magnusson T. A prospective longterm study of signs and symptoms of temporomandibular
disorders in patients who received orthodontic treatment in
childhood. Angle Orthod. 2005 Jul;75(4): 645-50.
Egermark I, Magnusson T, Carlsson GE. A 20-year followup of signs and symptoms of temporomandibular disorders
and malocclusions in subjects with and without orthodontic
treatment in childhood. Angle Orthod. 2003 Apr; 73(2):10915.
Egermark I, Ronnerman A. Temporomandibular disorders in
the active phase of orthodontic treatment. J Oral Rehabil.
1995 Aug; 22(8):613-8.
Egermark I, Thilander B. Craniomandibular disorders with
special reference to orthodontic treatment: an evaluation
from childhood to adulthood. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop. 1992 Jan;101(1): 28-34.
Eriksson L, Westesson PL, Rohlin M. Temporomandibular joint
sounds in patients with disc displacement. Int J Oral Surg.
1985 Oct;14(5):428-36.
Fricton JR, Schiffman EL. The reliability of a craniomandibular
index. J Dent Res. 1986 Nov;65(11):1359-64.
Fricton JR, Shiffman EL. The craniomandibular index. validity.
J Prosthet Dent. 1987 Aug; 58(2): 222-8.
Greene CS. The etiology of temporomandibular disorders:
implications for treatment. J Orofac Pain. 2001 Spring;15(2):
93-105.
Helkimo M. Studies on function and dysfunction of the
masticatory system. II. Index for anamnestic and clinical
dysfunction and occlusal state. Sven Tandlak Tidskr. 1974
Mar;67(2):101-21.
Helkimo M. Studies on function and dysfunction of the
masticatory system. III. Analyses of anamnestic and clinical
recordings of dysfunction with the aid of indices. Sven
Tandlak Tidskr. 1974 May; 67(3):165-81.
Henrikson T. Temporomandibular disorders and mandibular
function in relation to Class II malocclusion and orthodontic
treatment. A controlled, prospective and longitudinal study.
Swed Dent J. Suppl. 1999;134:44.
Henrikson T, Nilner M. Temporomandibular disorders and
need of stomatognathic treatment in orthodontically treated
and untreated girls. Eur J Orthod. 2000 Jun; 22(3): 283-92.
182
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
40. Mohlin BO, Derweduwen K, Pilley R, Kingdon A, Shaw WC,

Kenealy P. Malocclusion and temporomandibular disorder:
a comparison of adolescents with moderate to severe
dysfunction with those without signs and symptoms of
temporomandibular disorder and their further development
to 30 years of age. Angle Orthod. 2004 Jun;74(3):319-27.
41. National Institute of Health. Management of
temporomandibular disorders. NIH Technology Assessment
Conference. Bethesda (Md): NIH; 1996.
42. Nekora-Azak A, Evlioglu G, Ordulu M, Isever H. Prevalence
of symptoms associated with temporomandibular disorders in
a Turkish population. J Oral Rehabil. 2006 Feb;33(2):81-4.
43. Ngan PW, Yiu C, Hagg U, Wei SH, Bowley J. Masticatory
muscle pain before, during, and after treatment with
orthopedic protraction headgear: a pilot study. Angle Orthod.
1997;67(6):433-7.
44. Okeson JP. Orofacial Pain. Guidelines for Assessment.
Diagnosis and Management. Chicago: Quintessence;1996. p.
113-84.
45. Oliveira GJ, Oliveira ES, Leles CR. Tipos de delineamento de
pesquisa de estudos publicados em peridicos odontolgicos
brasileiros. Rev Odonto Cinc. 2007 jan-mar;22(55): 42-7.
46. OReilly MT, Rinchuse DJ, Close J. Class II elastics and
extractions and temporomandibular disorders: a longitudinal
prospective study. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1993
May;103(5): 459-63.
47. Parker MW. A dynamic model of etiology in
temporomandibular disorders. J Am Dent Assoc. 1990
Mar;120(3):283-90.
48. Pereira FJ Jr, Favilla EE, Dworkin S, Huggins K.

Critrios de diagnstico para pesquisa das disfunes
temporomandibulares. Traduo oficial para a lngua
portuguesa. J Bras Cln Odontol Integr. 2004 out-dez;
8(47):384-95.
49. Pilley JR, Mohlin B, Shaw WC, Kingdon A. A survey of
craniomandibular disordes in 500 19-year-olds. Eur J Orthod.
1997 Feb;19(1):57-70.
50. Popowich K, Nebbe B, Major PW. Effect of Herbst treatment
on temporomandibular joint morphology: a systematic
literature review. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2003
Apr;123(4):388-94.
51. Sadowsky C. The risk of orthodontic treatment for
producing temporomandibular mandibular disorders: a
literature overview. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1992
Jan;101(1):79-83.
52. Sadowsky C, Theisen TA, Sakols EI. Orthodontic treatment
and temporomandibular joint sounds - a longitudinal study.
Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1991 May;99(5):441-7.
53. Susin C, Rosing CK. Praticando odontologia baseada em
evidncias. 1 ed. Canoas: Ulbra; 1999.
54. Susin C, Rosing CK. A importncia do treinamento,
reprodutibilidade e calibragem para a qualidade dos estudos.
Rev Fac Odontol Porto Alegre. 2000 jul;41(1):3-7.
Enviado em: xxxx

Revisado e aceito: xxxx
Contact address
Eduardo Machado
Rua Francisco Trevisan, no. 20, Bairro Na Sra de Lourdes
CEP: 97.050-230 - Santa Maria / RS
183
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
Original Article
Evaluation of level of satisfaction in orthodontic

patients considering professional performance
Claudia Beleski Carneiro*, Ricardo Moresca**, Nicolau Eros Petrelli***
Abstract
Objective: Considering the increasing professional concern in conquering new patients
and maintaining them satisfied with treatment, this study aimed to evaluate the level of satisfaction of patients in orthodontic treatment, considering the orthodontists
performance. Methodology: Sixty questionnaires were filled out by patients in orthodontic treatment with specialists in Orthodontics, from Curitiba. The patients were
divided into two groups. Group I consisted of 30 patients which considered themselves
unsatisfied and changed orthodontists in the last 12 months. Group II consisted of 30
patients which considered themselves satisfied, and were in treatment with the same
professional for at least, 12 months. Results and Conclusion: after statistical analysis,
using the chi-square test, it was concluded that that the factors statistically associated
to patients level of satisfaction considering the orthodontists performance were: professional degree, professional referral, motivation, technical classification, doctor-patient personal relationship and interaction. For orthodontic treatment evaluation, the
factors that determined statistical differences for patients level of satisfaction were:
the number of simultaneously attended patients and the integration of the patients
during the appointments.
Keywords: Patient Satisfaction. Orthodontics. Professional-Patient Relationship

* MSc in Pharmacology, Federal University of Paran (UFPR). Student in the Speciality Course - UFPR.
** Professor of Orthodontics, UFPR,Dental Degree and Specialty Degrre. Professor of the Masters Program in Clinical Dentistry, Positivo University.
*** Head Professor of Graduate Course in Orthodontics, UFPR.
184
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
introduction
Considering the growing concern of professionals in acquiring new patients and keep them
satisfied with orthodontic treatment carried out
this study is to identify the main factors responsible for the satisfaction of patients in treatment
in relation to professional performance.
In Orthodontics, there is emerging interest in the study of expectations and patient
satisfaction.25However, it is difficult to quantify them, the need to consult patients and the
review by the protracted nature of orthodontic
treatment, the results of which involve complex functional and aesthetic components.
What, then, that would influence perceptions
of patient satisfaction with orthodontic treatment and also with the professionals performance? This is an important issue to unravel
the psychological universe of the patient, responsible for integration or not the clinical environment.
According to Bos et al6,7 professionals agree
on the importance of gaining and maintaining
the patients cooperation to ensure the success
of treatment. When the patients expectations
are not understood, there may be dissatisfaction, demotivation and even withdrawal of
orthodontic treatment.14 Was the relationship
professional / patient the most important motivating factor to ensure patient satisfaction?
For Sinha et al,29,30 the lack of professional
efficiency in exposing the problems inherent
in the case could lead to a mismatch of information. Professionals should focus more on the
quality of care, their personalities, their attitudes and professional competence, so that the
end of orthodontic treatment, the objectives
are achieved personal satisfaction and professional satisfaction of the patients orthodontist.2,3
When a professional acts calmly, assuring
safety to the patient, that will rely on the professional choice. You must provide adequate
information about treatment, show interest in

helping the patient to gain her satisfaction.
Orthodontics and Quality of Life
The Orthodontic treatment, more thand
improving the quality of life, can bring to physical, psychological and social changes.5,12,17 Few
studies explore such issues or, as the pain and
discomfort that may occur during treatment,
affect quality of life of patients. A better understanding of the impact of orthodontic treatment on quality of life is important for many
reasons.23
According to Zhang et al,33,34 when patients
are aware of the treatments consequences, such
as discomfort, develop more realistic expectations, which may help them to encourage cooperation during treatment. In addition, the patient
can do a more detailed analysis of the benefits
and effectiveness of orthodontic treatment.8
Professional Relations / Patient
The dialogue with the patient favors the
understanding of their reactions during orthodontic treatment. To this end, the professional
should try a variety of strategies to achieve the
desired level of patient cooperation (Fiillingim
and Sinha; Maltagliati and Montes.13,18,19-22 To
Turbill et al,31 the treatment goals should be
detailed to motivate patients and to avoid patient dissatisfaction. The professional should
use a vocabulary that can be understood by patients and their caregivers.
Thus, in this study through a questionnaire,
we sought to determine the factors related to
satisfaction level of patients in orthodontic
treatment, given in relation to the orthodontist
and the treatment itself.
There were few professionals who have allowed the use of the questionnaire to their patients in Curitiba-PR; average 35 patients were
185
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
Evaluation of level of satisfaction in orthodontic patients considering professional performance
accordance with the professional and prior

treatment. No reference was made to the current treatment. The composition of this group
included 18 females and 12 males, ages ranged
from 16 to 40 years.
GROUP 2 (SATISFIED): This group was
initially composed of 290 patients in orthodontic treatment, but to obtain a statistical parity,
were eliminated invalid questionnaires (filled
out incorrectly or incompletely), and randomly selected 30 questionnaires were . These patients were undergoing orthodontic treatment
for over a year with the same professional. In
this group only participated in the patients
satisfied with treatment. Those patients who
were more than a year in treatment, but dissatisfied with the choice of professional, do not
participated of the sample. The composition of
this group included 16 females and 14 males,
ages ranged from 16 to 43 years.
interviewed in each professional. Other professionals were interviewed, but did not allow access to their pacientes.In this way, we analyzed
three hundred and twenty sheets of questionnaires filled by patients in orthodontic treatment, from 16 years of age, in Curitiba-PR. This
age limit subtends the presence of capacity to
formulate questions and the establishment of
the maturity of the patients in the study. The
maximum age of sample participants was 43
years and the mean age of patients was 28 years.
The choice of patients to answer to the
questionnaires was random, in the office of
ten profissionais specialists in orthodontics,
which allowed access to their patients. Within
professionals, participants were six male and
four female.To a better Mais Top Downloadsunderstanding of the results, the questionnaire was divided into two parts (Table 1):
Assessment on the professional-total of
eleven questions that were related specifically to the analysis of the patients interviewed in relation to the professionals who
treated them. At no time was any comment
from the interviewer on the professional;
Assessment in relation to orthodontic treatment, a total of six questions that were related to the conduct and expectations of
orthodontic treatment by the clinician. To
ensure confidentiality of the sample components, questionnaires were delivered in
an envelope without any identification and
sealed after filling.
Data Collection
The questionnaire allowed each patient to
check one of three alternatives, each of 17 objective questions. The patients completed the
questionnaire in the waiting rooms of clinics
orthodontics. They were aware that the information collected was confidential (Statement
of Consent) and be unavailable to anyone except the researchers. The questions are presented in Table 1.
Resorted to descriptive analysis of data
through charts and graphs. To test the hypothesis at work, we used the nonparametric test
Chi-Square . The significance level was 5%
(0.05).
Sample
For analysis and comparison of results, the
sample was divided into two groups:
GROUP 1 (DISSATISFIED): Included 30
patients who considered themselves dissatisfied with the performance of the profissional
who did the previous treatment, and for this
reason they moved to another professional.
These patients answered the questionnaire in
RESULTS
Tables 1 and 2 (on the professional assessment)
and 3 and 4 (evaluation in relation to orthodontic treatment) described the results obtained.
186
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
Questionnaire to patients
Age: _____ Sex: _____
1)You are in orthodontic treatment for over a year?
a) yes
b) not
2) Are you satisfied with the choice of your orthodontist?
a) yes
b) not
3) You have moved or changed your orthodontist in the last 12 months?
a) yes
b) not
3.1) The transfer occurred because you were unhappy with the professional?
a) yes
b) not
Answer the questions below according to their experience with your orthodontist. If you answered YES on question 3, answer according to his experience
with the previous orthodontist.
4) What is the financial aspect that influenced your decision to choose the orthodontist?
a) high cost of orthodontic treatment

b) low cost of orthodontic treatment
c) the cost of treatment did not influence
5) The environment of the office (waiting room, clinic) influenced the choice of orthodontist?
a) yes
b) not
6) The title of the orthodontist (specialist, master or doctor), influenced the choice of the
professional?
a) yes
b) not
7) Would you recommend your orthodontist to your friends, relatives?
a) yes
b) not
8) Who do your clinical care?
a) the orthodontist
b) the auxiliary
9) Youre motivated by his orthodontist (hygiene, use of accessories)?
a) yes
b) not
10) How do you rate the information that you transmit your orthodontist?
a) educational
b) punitive
c) rude
11) How do you feel during the consultations?
a) the integrated office environment

b) moved
c) do not care about this relationship
12) How many patients are treated simultaneously during their consultations?
a) one
b) two
c) more than two
13) Your the orthodontist recognize you by the name?
a) yes
b) not
c) sometimes
14) Have you had any financial problems with your orthodontist?
a) yes
b) not
15) When you have any criticisms or suggestions to your orthodontist:
a) my orthodontist never accepts my criticism and

suggestions
b) I have no opportunity to make comments and
suggestions
c) I am free to make criticisms and
suggestions
16) How do you rate your personal relationship with your orthodontist?
a) very good
b) good
c) poor
17) How do you rate your orthodontist technically?
a) good
b) very good
c) poor
187
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
tablE 1 - Percentage distribution of group study in relation to the professional.

DATA
GROUP 1 (n=30)
(dissatisfied)
NO
Satisfied with the

professionals choice?
Transferred to a profissional?
GROUP 2
(satisfied)
(n= 30)
NO
TOTAL
(n=60)
NO
yes
30
100
30
50
no
30
100
30
50
yes
30
100
30
50
no
30
100
30
50
Influence of titles
to choose?
yes
17
56,7
27
90
44
73,3
no
13
43,3
10
16
26,7
Recommend the
professional?
yes
30
100
30
50
no
30
100
30
50
Are you motivated by the

professional?
yes
30
26
86,6
35
58,3
no
21
70
13,4
25
41,7
educational
17
56,7
23
76,6
40
66,6
punitive
26,7
16,6
13
21,6
rude
16,6
6,8
11,8
Professional recognize you

by the name?
yes
21
70
28
93,3
49
81,6
no
30
6,7
11
18,4
Existence of financial
problem with the
professional?
yes
11
63,3
10
14
23,4
no
19
36,7
27
90
46
76,6
The orthodontist never

accepts
23,3
3,4
13,3
I have no
opportunity to
18
60
13,3
22
36,7
I have freedom to present
16,7
25
83,3
30
50
very good
20
66,6
20
33,3
good
13,3
10
33,4
14
23,4
bad
26
86,7
26
43,3
Information supplied:
Criticisms or suggestions:
Relationship with the

professional:
Technical Rating:
good
12
40
18
60
30
50
very good
6,7
12
40
14
23,3
bad
16
53,3
16
26,7
tablE 2 - Test result used in comparison of groups with respect to the professional.
Questions
Test result
Table value
Profissionals titles
8,523
p<0,05
Would you recommend the professional
60
p<0,05
Do you feel encouraged?
19,817
P<0,005
The information transmitted
2,878
p>0,1
The professional recognizes the name
5,455
p>0,1
Had financial problems
5,962
p>0,1
The professional accepts criticism and suggestions
26,823
p<0,005
Personal relationship with the professional
48,571
p<0,005
Technical classification of professional
24,343
p<0,005
188
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
tablE 3 - Percentage distribution of study group with respect to orthodontic treatment.

DATA
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
(n=30)
NO
TOTAL
(n= 30)
(n=60)
NO
NO
Are you in orthodontic treatment for over a year?

yes
30
100
30
100
60
100
no
Financial aspect that influenced the choice of professional

High cost of
treatment
6,7
13,4
10
Low cost of
treatment
26,7
6,6
10
16,7
the cost did not

influence
20
66,6
24
80
44
73,3
The office environment has influenced the decision choice

yes
16
53,3
23
76,6
39
65
no
14
46,7
23,4
21
35
13,3
25
83,3
29
48,3
How do you feel during consultations

Integrated
environment
displaced
18
60
3,3
19
31,7
not care
26,7
13,4
12
20
How many patients are seen during the consultations?

one
16,7
16
53,3
21
35
two
19
63,3
12
40,1
31
51,6
more than two
20
6,6
08
13,4
orthodontist
16
53,3
22
73,3
38
63,3
dental assistants
14
46,7
26,7
22
36,7
Clinical work done by:
tablE 4 - Test results used in comparison of groups with respect to orthodontic treatment.
Questions
Test result
Table value
Cost of treatment
4,631
p>0,5
Offices environment
1,795
p>0,5
How do you feel during the consultations
31,750
p<0,005
How many patients are treated
9,343
p<0,05
Who does care clinical
2,583
p>0,1
ered themselves satisfied, and patients who

thought they were dissatisfied with the performance of the orthodontist. For a better use
of data obtained in this study, the results were
discussed in threads.
DISCUSSION
In discussing the work, those questions
statistically significant were considered, analyzing and formulating plausible conclusions when comparing patients who consid-
189
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
considered themselves satisfied as those who

considered themselves dissatisfied) claimed to
have received educational information by the
clinician. This means an average of great concern to professionals in guiding patients during
orthodontic treatment.
The transmission of knowledge is an obligation of the professional, but according to our
results, it is not a determinant of patient satisfaction. Patients prefer to receive educational
information, which influenced the cooperation
during treatment. Gerbert et al,15 assessed professional qualities that patients value. The authors showed that the technical competence,
friendliness, courtesy and ability to inform patients about procedures, were very well evaluated by patients.
Titles
Regarding the title of the professional, were
statistically significant differences between
groups. More than half of professionals chosen
by the dissatisfied patients had an extensive
resume. The results suggest that not only experienced a curriculum to ensure patient satisfaction. Other factors are involved, especially
the ability to have a good relationship with the
patient.
According to Richter et al,24 and the results
achieved, another factor responsible for a patient stays in treatment with the same professional is your satisfaction with the conduct of
treatment. Valle,32 determined that patients
value the professional expertise and are seeking information against being fooled by professionals without adequate training.
Patient care
One of the simplest characteristics of human
relationships is the recognition of another person by name. In this study, the professional name
recognized by most patients in both groups. This
suggests that the professional / patient relationship is improving today, despite the presence of
clinics that offer various professionals, in which
the patient is treated by different people or in
an environment where two or more patients are
treated simultaneously.
Although no statistical difference between
groups, the numerical difference was observed
in patients who thought they were dissatisfied. Almost a third of these patients reported
that nurses do not recognize them by name.
For Cross and Cruz11 probably this is due to
the large turnover of patients, present in these
clinical professionals, making difficult the task
of differentiating them, especially when one
considers the large clinics, which are currently booming. When patients realize that health
professionals have forgotten your name, you are
disappointed, less satisfied, less collaborate with
the instructions required. Sinha et al29 for the
Recommendation of professional
Considering the recommendation of the
professional, were statistically significant differences between groups. Table 2 showed the
distrust of patients who consider themselves
unhappy, to recommend the professional to
friends and relatives, doubting the benefits and
results achieved by the treatment they could
provide. On the other hand, it is clear the recommendation made by the patients who considered themselves happy, because it would indicate the professional to friends and relatives.
Thus, it is noted that patient satisfaction was
also determined by the indication of the professional to friends and relatives. For Morgenstern et al,20 a survey of students and teachers
of Orthodontics, the main referral source for
patients are the patients themselves (89.3%).
Nature of the information provided
Regarding the nature of the information
provided, there were no statistically significant differences between groups. The majority
of respondents in this study (both those who
190
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
ferred patients. This fact serves to alert professionals to spend more time cultivating a personal relationship with the patient.
The present study showed that the ability to
hear and heed the suggestions of the patient,
plus the technical skill of the trader, was important in the acquisition of patient satisfaction.
Chakraborty et al10 studied the preferences
of patients and professionals have determined
that the preferred responded to questions from
patients, arguing about uncertainty, helping
to overcome them. The communication skills
were considered important in ensuring patient
satisfaction. In this study, the ability of professionals to accept criticism and suggestions also
was one of the determinants of patient satisfaction.
psychological impact of a dissatisfied patient

may manifest through higher anxiety, less cooperation and eventually poor orthodontic results.
Financial aspect
For most patients who consider themselves
unhappy, the cost of treatment did not influence the professionals choice. Supposedly, for
these patients, the professional choice could
satisfy their aesthetic needs functional and
emotional, related to orthodontic treatment.
However, most of these patients was not successful in the professionals choice, so that
transferred to another specialist.
Informally, it is observed in clinical practice
that patients with financial problems becomes
disinterested collaborating with the occupation. Similarly, the orthodontist also discouraging to give his utmost in the query. This
ultimately compromises the outcome of orthodontic treatment.
Other factors such as failure to communicate with patients, lack of integration in the office setting due to little time for consultation or
impatience of the professional, were probably
responsible for the dissatisfaction and transfer
of these patients. To Atta4 in Orthodontics, the
tendency is for professionals seeking to treat
more patients in less time and at a lower cost,
but with favorable results to the professional
and patient. The efficiency in clinical care allows the maximization of financial return to
the professional.
Patients personal relationship with

the professional
Considering the personal relationship between patient and professional, were statistically significant differences between groups. In
the study, almost 90% of patients who thought
they were dissatisfied (Table 1), had a bad relationship with the professional staff, and no patient reported having a very good relationship.
These data suggest that patient satisfaction is
strongly related to good personal relationship
with the professional.
Abrams et al,1 determined that the patient
does not realize is receiving a high-level treatment simply by observing the technical quality
of the professional. The critical factor, an indicator of quality of care for the patient, is the psychological attention given to it (a good personal
relationship with the professionals patient).
Professional interactions and patient

With the acceptance of criticism and suggestions by the professional, were statistically
significant differences between groups. In this
study, among patients who thought they were
dissatisfied, 60% had no freedom to express
opinions and suggestions. This suggests a failure of communication that existed in more
than half of the professionals who had trans-
Technical classification of professional

Concerning the classification of the professional technique, we found statistically significant differences between groups. In this study,
more than half of patients who consider them-
191
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
criticism, is impacting negatively on patient

adherence to treatment.
selves unhappy, technically classified as poor

professional, however, these patients may have
been influenced by other factors to make such
a classification.
Often, the lack of attention to it, plus the
difficulty in expressing his opinion regarding
the treatment and sense of displacement during the consultations can lead to this sort of
professional. The technical classification of the
professional was one of the determinants of patient satisfaction.
For Nanda and Kierl, 21 patients need to
choose professionals who treat them with
kindness, friendship and expertise. Burke and
Croucher9 conducted a patient survey to assess
the criteria of good dental practice. The most
important factors were determined by patient
explanation of the procedures in the first place,
sterilization and sanitation in second place and
professional skills in third place. The factors
that influenced the patients were less modern
equipment and office setting (decor).
Integration of the patient during consultations

There were no significant differences between groups, considering the integration of
patients during consultations. In this study,
60% of dissatisfied patients felt displaced during the consultations, which suggests that these
professionals often automated procedures performed, carefree in clarifying the doubts and
anxieties, maintaining a poor personal relationship, resulting an unhappy patient.
Agreeing with Valle,32 we observed that
patients are aware of Orthodontics of what
occurs in clinical applications with stringent
quality and reliability of professionals in the
area.
Number of patients treated simultaneously
Considering the number of patients seen at
the same time were statistically significant differences between groups. In this study, more
than half of patients who thought they were
dissatisfied was served concurrently with another patient in clinic, this seems to suggest
that the lack of attention given to the patient,
due to the extra volume of patients, also contributes to patient dissatisfaction . It was evident that one of the factors responsible for
patient dissatisfaction is the lack of individual
attention in attendance.
The patient is starved for attention, need
explanation about the progress of treatment,
has doubts and insecurities that need to be addressed by the professional.
For Cross and Cruz,11 with the growing
number of office-bearers of Orthodontics
rooms with various clinical dental chairs, the
trader eventually raise the number of patients
in vezda quality of care.
Thus, there is devaluation of the patient
Patient motivation
Considering the motivation of patients were
statistically significant differences between
groups. In the present study, Table 2 showed
that patient satisfaction in orthodontic treatment also depends on the motivation held by
the professional. Among patients who considered themselves dissatisfied, 70% were not motivated. These professionals are not complying
with their obligations, that is the motivation,
guidance, encouragement of the patient.
It was evident the importance of this factor as a determinant of patient satisfaction, as
nearly 90% of patients who considered themselves satisfied endorsed the actions of professionals chosen.
The concern of the professional to ensure
the welfare of the patients vital to win it.
Sinha et al,29 determined that when the trader
does not motivate the patient, making negative
192
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
faction in relation to professional performance

depends essentially on the good relationship
with the professional staff of the patient. When
present, the good relationship ensured the integration of the patient in the clinical setting,
settled the question that the patient, providing
an indication of the professional and the patients relatives and friends.
The success of the work can be measured
by the level of patient satisfaction, not only in
relation to results achieved with changes in the
treatment of occlusion of a systematic and effective, but also on the expectations addressed.
The path to excellence is the knowledge accumulated over time applied in full, willing and
hard.
/ professional involvement and patient satisfaction with the professionals performance.

Orthodontic patients are demanding and require individual attention from professional,
otherwise seek another professional opinion.
Office environment
Taking as reference the authors as Hans and
Valiathan,16 we observed that in the absence of
a manual for assessing the quality of orthodontic appointment, patients are worth the office
setting, personality and his professional team
to make the choice of the specialist, although
the environment the office is not one of the
factors related to patient satisfaction study undertaken by us.
In this study, more than half of dissatisfied
patients said it was important the office atmosphere in the choice of professionals. These
patients reportedly sought benefits aesthetic,
functional and psychological, when the professionals choice, based in the office setting.
However, their expectations were not recognized by these professionals, who have invested
in decorating the environment, new equipment
and devalued the cultivation of communication skills with patients, failing to encourage
you, motivate you and answer your questions.
CONCLUSIONS
With respect to this research, it was possible to draw the following conclusions:
The factors that were related to the level of
patient satisfaction assessed by considering,
in relation to the orthodontist, were: title,
recommendation of professional motivation, classification technique, professional
interactions and patient and personal relationship with the patient.
To consider the factors related to orthodontic treatment, those differences were significant at the level of patient satisfaction,
were: number of patients treated simultaneously and integrating the patient during
consultations.
Concluding Remarks
Based on the results presented and discussed, it became evident that patients satis-
193
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
ReferEncEs
10. Chakraborty G, Gaeth GJ, Cunningham M. Understanding
consumers preferences for dental service. J Health Care
Mark. 1993 Fall;13(3):48-58.
11. Cruz RM, Cruz CPAC. Gerenciamento de riscos na prtica
ortodntica- como se proteger de eventuais problemas
legais. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2008 janfev;12(1):141-56.
12. Feldmann I, List T, John MT, Bondemark L. Reliability of
a Questionnaire Assessing Experiences of Adolescents in
Orthodontic Treatment. Angle Orthod. 2007 Mar;77(2):311-7.
13. Fillingim RB, Sinha, PK. An Introduction to Psychologic
Factors in Orthodontic Treatment: theoretical and
methodological issues. Semin Orthod. 2000; 6(4):209-13.
14. Freeman R. A psychodynamic understanding of the dentistpatient interaction. Br Dent J. 1999 May 22;186(10):503-6.
15. Gerbert B, Bleecker T, Saub E. Dentists and the patients who
love them: professional and patient views of dentistry. J Am
Dent Assoc. 1994 Mar;125(3):264-72.
16. Hans MG, Valiathan M. Bobbing for Apples in the Garden of
Eden. Semin Orthod. 2005 Jun;11(2):86-93.
17. Klages U, Sergl HG, Burucker I. Relations between
verbal behavior of the orthodontist and communicative
cooperation of the patient in regular orthodontic visits. Am
J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1992 Sep;102(3):265-9.
18. Maltagliati LA, Montes LAP. Anlise dos fatores que
motivam os pacientes adultos a procurarem tratamento
ortodntico. Rev Dental Press Ortod Ortop Facial. 2007
nov-dez;12(6): 54-60.
1. Abrams RA, Ayers CS, Vogt Petterson M. Quality assessment

of dental restorations: a comparison by dentists and patients.
Community Dent Oral Epidemiol. 1986 Dec;14(6):317-9.
2. Al-Omiri MK, Abu Alhaija ES. Factors affecting patient
satisfaction after Orthodontic treatment. Angle Orthod. 2006
May;76(3):422-31.
3. Anderson R, Thomas DW, Phillips CJ. The effectiveness of
out-of-hours dental services: II. Patient satisfaction. Br Dent J.
2005 Feb 12;198(3):151-6.
4. Atta AE. Practice efficiency: the customized treatment
process. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2004
May;125(5):630-3.
5. Bondemark L, Holm AK, Hansen K, Axelsson S, Mohlin
B, Brattstrom V, et al. Long-term stability of orthodontic
treatment and patient satisfaction. Angle Orthod. 2007
Jan;77(1):181-91.
6. Bos A, Hoogstraten J, Prahl-Andersen B. Expectations of
treatment and satisfaction with dentofacial appearance in
orthodontic patients. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2003
Feb;123(2):127-32.
7. Bos A, Vosselman N, Hoogstraten J, Prahl-Andersen B.
Patient compliance: a determinant of patient satisfaction?
Angle Orthod. 2005 Jul;75(4):526-31.
8. Brattstrm V, Ingelsson M, Aberg E. Treatment Co-operation
in Orthodontic Patients. Br J Orthod. 1991 Feb;18(1):37-42.
9. Burke L, Croucher R. Criteria of good dental practice
generated by dental practioners and patients. Int Dent J.
1996 Feb;46(1):3-9.
194
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108
19. Melani RFH, Silva RD. A relao profissional-paciente. O

entendimento e implicaes legais que se estabelecem
durante o tratamento ortodntico. Rev Dental Press Ortod
Ortop Facial. 2006 nov-dez;11(6):104-13.
20. Morgenstern AP, Feres MAL, Petrelli E. Caminhos e
descaminhos em Ortodontia. Rev Dental Press Ortod
Ortop Facial. 2004 nov-dez; 9(6): 108-21.
21. Nanda RS, Kierl MJ. Prediction of cooperation in
orthodontic treatment. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.
1992 Jul;102(1):15-21.
22. Newsome PR, Wright GH. A review of patient satisfaction:
2. Dental patient satistaction: an appraisal of recent
literature. Br Dent J. 1999 Feb 27;186(4 Spec No):166-70.
23. Petrone J, Fishell J, Berk NW, Kapur R, Sciote J, Weyant
RJ. Relationship of malocclusion severity and treatment
fee to consumers expectation of treatment outcome. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2003 Jul;124(1):41-5.
24. Richter DD, Nanda RS, Sinha PK, Smith DW, Currier GF.
Effect of behavior modification on patient compliance in
orthodontics. Angle Orthod. 1998 Apr;68(2):123-32.
25. Sari Z, Uysal T, Karaman AI, Sargin N, rg . Does
Orthodontic Treatment affect patient`s and parent`s
anxiety levels? Eur J Othod. 2005;27:155-9.
26. Sergl HG, Klages U, Pempera J. On the prediction of
dentist-evaluated patient compliance in orthodontics. Eur
J Orthod. 1992 Dec;14(6):463-8.
27. Sergl HG, Klages U, Zentner A. Pain and discomfort during
orthodontic treatment: Causative factors and effects
on compliance. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1998
Dec;114(6):684-91.
28. Sergl HG, Zentner A. Predicting Patient Compliance in

Orthodontic Treatment. Sem Orthod. 2000;6(4):231-36.
29. Sinha PK, Nanda RS, McNeil DW. Perceived orthodontist
behaviors that predict patient satisfaction, orthodontistpatient relationship, and patient adherence in orthodontic
treatment. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 1996
Oct;110(4):370-7.
30. Sinha PK, Ram S, Nanda RS. Improving Patient Compliance
in Orthodontic Practice. Semin. Orthod. 2000 Dec; 6(4):23741.
31. Turbill EA, Richmond S, Wright JL. Social inequality and
discontinuation of orthodontic treatment: is there a link? Eur
J Orthod. 2003 Apr;25(2):175-83.
32. Valle AJL. A Ortodontia pela viso do paciente [monografia].
Universidade Federal do Paran, Curitiba (PR), 2002.
33. Zhang M, McGrath C, Hgg U. Patients Expectations and
Experiences of Fixed Orthodontic Appliance Therapy. Angle
Orthod. 2007 Mar;77(2):318-22.
34. Zhang M, McGrath C, Hgg U. Changes in oral healthrelated quality of life during fixed orthodontic appliance
therapy. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2008
Jan;133(1):25-9.
Enviado em: xxxx

Revisado e aceito: xxxx
Contact address
Claudia Beleski Carneiro
Rua Rio Grande do Sul, 381
CEP: 84.015-020 - Ponta Grossa / Pr
E-mail: nnnn
195
2010 Sept-Oct;15(5):98-108

Dpjo 156 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dpjo 156 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dpjo 156 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ISSN 2176-9451

Volume 15, Number 6, November / December 2010

Dental Press International

Dental Press J Orthod. 2010 Nov-Dec;15(6):1-164

Ary dos Santos-Pinto

Bruno D'Aurea Furquim

Camila Alessandra Pazzini

Camilo Aquino Melgao

Carla D'Agostini Derech

Carla Karina S. Carvalho

Carlos A. Estevanel Tavares

(Online only articles)

Carlos H. Guimares Jr.

Daniela Gamba Garib

Carlos Martins Coelho

Eduardo C. Almada Santos

Eduardo Franzotti Sant'Anna

Enio Tonani Mazzieiro

Fernando Csar Torres

Giovana Rembowski Casaccia

Glaucio Serra Guimares

EDITORIAL SCIENTIFIC BOARD

Gustavo Hauber Gameiro

Haroldo R. Albuquerque Jr.

Henri Menezes Kobayashi

Hugo Cesar P. M. Caracas

EDITORIAL REVIEW BOARD

Jonas Capelli Junior

Jos Augusto Mendes Miguel

Univ. de Illinois / Chicago EUA

Jos F. Castanha Henriques

Jos Nelson Mucha

Univ. de Oslo / Oslo - Noruega

Jos Renato Prietsch

Jos Vinicius B. Maciel

Julia Cristina de Andrade Vitral

Jess Fernndez Snchez

Jlio de Arajo Gurgel

Univ. de Madrid / Madri - Espanha

Julio Pedra e Cal Neto

Jos Antnio Bsio

Karina Maria S. de Freitas

Marquette Univ. / Milwaukee - EUA

Leandro Silva Marques

Leniana Santos Neves

Univ. de Maimonides / Buenos Aires - Argentina

Leopoldino Capelozza Filho

Liliana vila Maltagliati

AAO / Dallas - EUA

Lvia Barbosa Loriato

Marcos Augusto Lenza

Luciana Abro Malta

Univ. de Nebraska - EUA

Luciana Baptista Pereira Abi-Ramia

Maristela Sayuri Inoue Arai

Luciana Rougemont Squeff

Tokyo Medical and Dental University

Lus Antnio de Arruda Aidar